u
HARVARD UNIVERSITY
LIBRARY
OF THE
Museum of Comparative Zoology
'Proceedings of the
Indiana Academy
of Science
1901
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
Indiana Academy of Science
1901.
EDITOR,
- - DONALDSON
BODINE.
ASSOCIATE EDITORS:
c.
A.
Waldo
,
W. A
. noyes,
C,
, H.
ElGENMANN,
Stanley Coulter,
V.
F.
Marsters,
THOMAS Gray,
M.
B. THOMAS,
-
JOHN S. WRIGHT,
INDIANAPOLIS,
IND.
1902.
INDIANAPOLIS:
Wm. B. Burford, Printer.
1902.
OCT no2
TABLE OF CONTEJS[TS.
A PAGE
An act to provide for the publication of the reports and papers of the Indiana
Academy of Science
An act for the protection of birds, their nests and eggs' '. !
Officers, 1901-1902
Committees, 1901-1902
Principal officers since organization
In Memoriam
Constitution
By-Laws ' ' ^^
Members, Fellows ^^
Members, non-resident ^^
Members, active ^'^
List of foreign correspondents
Program of the Seventeenth Annual Meeting 28
Report of the Seventeenth Annual Meeting of the 'indiana Academy' of
science
Report of the Field Meeting of 1901. ^^
The President's Address ^^
Papers presented at the Seventeenth Annual Meeting -!
Index ^*
305
(3)
AN ACT rO PROVIDE FOR THE PUBLICATION OF THE REPORTS
AND PAPERS OF THE INDIANA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE.
[Approved March 11, 1895.]
Whereas, The Indiana Academy of Science, a chartered
scientific association, has embodied in its constitution a pi*o-
vision that it will, upon the request of the Governor, or of the several
departments of the State government, through the Governor, and through
its council as an advisory body, assist in the direction and execution
of any investigation within its province, without pecuniary gain to the
Academy, provided only that the necessary expenses of such investiga-
tion are borne by the State, and,
Whereas, The reports of the meetings of said Academy, with the sev-
eral papers read before it, have very great educational, indvistrial and
economic value, and should be preserved in permanent form, and.
Whereas. The Constitution of the State makes it the duty of the Gen-
eral Assenildy to encourage liy all suitable means intellectual, scientific
and agricultural improvement, therefore,
Sectiox 1. Be it enacted by the General A-ssemhJy of the puijije-^tion of
State of [iidlana, That hereafter the anniial reports of the the Reports of
meetings of the Indiana Academy of Science, beginning with A^^^j°juy"'f
the report for the j^ear 1894, including all papers of scientific Science,
or economic value, presented at such meetings, after they shall have been
edited and prepared for publication as hereinafter provided, shall be pub-
lished by and under the direction of the Commissioners of Public Printing
and Binding.
Sec. 2. Said reports shall be edited and prepared for pub-
lication without expense to the State, by a corps of editors to Editins
Reports.
oe selected and appointed by the Indiana Academy of Sci-
ence, who shall not, by reason of such services, have any claim against
the State for compensation. The form, style of binding, paper, typography
and manner and extent of illustration of such reports, shall
, Number of
be determined by the editors, subject to the approval of the printed
Commissioners of Public Printing and Stationery. Not less Reports.
(5)
6
than 1.. ")()() iioi- more than o.iKHt coiiios of each of said reports shall Ije pub-
lished, the size of the edition within said limits, to be determined by the
concurrent action of the editors and the Commissioners <jf Puljlic Pj'int-
ing and Stationery: Proiifled, That not to exceed six hundred dollars
($G(X)) shall be expended for such pul)lication in any one year,
Proviso
and not to extend beyond 1896: Provided, That no sums shall
be deemed to be appropriated for the year 1894.
Sec. 3. All except tliree hundred copies of each volume
Disposition ,)f ga}(j reports shall be placed in the custody of the State
of Reports.
Librarian, who shall furnish one copy thereof to each pulilic
lilirary in the State, one copy to each university, college or normal
school in the State, one copy to each high school in the State having a
library, which shall ma Ice application therefor, and one copy to such other
institutions, societies or persons as may be designated by the Academy
through its editors or its council. The remaining three hundred copies
shall be turned over to the Academy to be disposed of as it may de-
termine. In order to provide for the preservation of the same it shall
be the duty of the Custodian of the State House to provide and place at
the disposal of the Academy one of the unoccupied rooms of tke State
House, to be designated as the ottice of the Indiana Academy of Science,
wherein said copies of said reports belonging to the Academy, together
with the original manuscripts, di-awings, etc., thereof can be safely kept,
and he shall also Cipiip the same with the necessary shelving and
furniture.
Sec. 4. An emergency is hereby declared to exist for the
Emergency, jj^-uj^^^^jj^^tg taking effect of this act, and it shall therefore take
effect and be in force from and after its passage.
AN ACT FOR THE PROTECTION OF BIRDS, THEIR NESTS
AND EGGS.
[Approved March 5, 1891.]
Section 1. Be it enacted by the General Assenmy of the
State of Indiana, That it shall be unlawful for any person to ^^rds.
kill any wild bird other than a game bird, or purchase, offer for sale any
such wild bird after it has been killed, or to destroy the nests or the eggs
of a.ny wild bird.
Sec. 2. For the purpose of this act the following shall
be considered game birds: the Anatidse, commonly called *""'''™e birds.
swans, geese, brant, and river and sea ducks; the Rallidfe, commonly
known as rails, coots, mudhens, and gallinules; the Limicola?, commonly
known as shore birds, plovers, surf birds, snipe, woodcock and sand-
pipers, tattlers and curlews; the Gallinjie, commonly knoAvn as wild tur-
keys, grouse, prairie chickens, quail, and pheasants, all of which are not
intended to be affected by this act.
Sec. 3. Any person violating the provisions of Section 1
of this act shall, upon conviction, be fined in a sum not ^^"^^ty.
less than ten nor more than fifty dollars, to which may be added impris-
onment for not less than five days nor more than thirty days.
Sec. 4. Sections 1 and 2 ot this act shall not apply to
any person holding a permit giving the right to take birds P*^™^*^'-
or their nests and eggs for scientific purposes, as provided in Section 5 of
this act.
Sec. 5. Permits may be gi-anted by the Executive Board Permits to
of the Indiana Academy of Science to any properly accredited Science,
person, permitting the holder thereof to collect birds, their nests or eggs
for strictly scientific purposes. In order to obtain such permit the ap-
plicant for the same must present to said Board written testimonials
from two well-known scientific men certifying to the good character
and fitness of said applicant to be entru.sted with such privilege and pay to
said Board one dollar to defray the necessary expenses attending the
granting of such permit, and must file with said Board a
properly executed bond in the sum of two hundred dollars, ^°"''-
signed by at least two responsible citizens of the State as sureties. The
bond shall be forfeited to the State and the permit become Bond
void upon proof that the holder of such permit has killed fo'feited.
8
any bird or taken the nests or eggs of any bird for any other purpose than
that named in this section and shall further be subject for each offense
to the penalties provided in this act.
Sec. 6. The permits authorized by this act shall )je in
Two VGtirs
force for two years only from the date of their issue, and
shall not be transferable.
Sec. 7. The English or European House Sparrow (Passer
Birds of prey. -, j . s ^ ■, •, i, , . ■, /.
domesticus), crows, hawks, and other birds of prey are not
included among the birds protected by this act.
Sec. 8. All acts or parts of acts heretofore passed in con-
repea ec . ^.^^ -\yith the provisions of this act are hereby repealed.
Sec. 9. An emergency is declared to exist for the imme-
Eiu urgency
diate taking effect of this act, therefore the same shall be
in force and effect from and after its passage.
OFFICERS, 1901-1902.
Harvey W. Wiley,
W. S. Blatchley,
John S. Wright,
Donaldson Bodine,
(jr. W. Benton,
J. T. SCOVELL,
M. B. Thomas,
D. W. Dennis,
President,
HAEVEY W. WILEY.
Vice- President,
W. S. BLA.TCHLEY.
Secretary,
JOHN S. WRIGHT.
Assistant Secretary,
DONALDSON BODINE.
Press Secretary,
GEORGE W. BENTON.
Treasurer,
J. T. SCOVELL.
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.
C. H. ElGENMANN,
C. A. Waldo,
Thomas Gray,
Stanley Coulter,
Amos W. Butler,
W. A. Noyes,
J. C. Arthur,
J. L. Campbell,
O. P. Hay,
T. C. Mendenhall,
John C. Branner,
J. P. D. John,
John M. Coulter,
David S. Jordan.
CURATORS.
BOTANY J. C. Arthur.
ICHTHYOLOGY C. H. Eigenmann.
HERPETOLOGY^
MAMMALOGY [ Amos W. Butler.
ORNITHOLOGY i
ENTOMOLOGY W. S. Blatchley.
10
COMMITTEES, 1901-1902.
M. B. Thomas,
M. J. Golden,
C. A. Waldo,
PROGKAM.
MEMBERSHIP.
W. A. McBeth,
NOMINATIONS.
W. A. NOYES,
AUDITING.
M. E. Crowell.
Glenn Culbertson.
A. J. Bigney.
W. K. Hatt,
W. S. Blatchley,
STATE LIBRARY.
A. W. Butler, Stanley Coulter, C. A. Waldo, J. S. Wright.
LEGISLATION FOR THE RESTRICTION OF WEEDS.
Stanley Coulter, John S. Wright, M. B. Thomas.
PROPAGATION AND PROTECTION OF GAME AND FISH.
C. H. ElGENMANN, A. W. BuTLER, W. S. BlATCHLEY.
EDITOR.
Donaldson Bodine, Wabash College, Crawfordsville.
DIRECTORS OF BIOLOGICAL SURVEY.
c. h. elgenmann, ^^ ^ ^ j. c. arthur,
Donaldson Bodine,
M. B. Thomas,
Stanley Coulter.
RELATIONS OF THE ACADEMY TO THE STATE.
D. W. Dennis, A. W. Butler, R. W. McBride, G. W. Benton.
GRANTING PERMITS FOR COLLECTING BIRDS AND FISHES.
A. W. Butler, Stanley Coulter, W. S. Blatchley.
DISTRIBUTION OF THE PROCEEDINGS.
A. W. Butler, .J. S. Wright, G. W. Benton.
11
M M ^ ^
^ ^
PhPhPhPL(PhPh<1<I
l-S »-? t-5
Ph P^ Ph P-l
66666600^^^^
(X) IX iX) ixi au
H H H H H
pq pq- oa pq pq
^ ^ ^ ^ ^
00000
s a
m
^ ,ii ;5 ^ P5
c pi
u IJ «
m m m
^ ^-^ i-i "-s <l <l <l
<j <ii <ji <.i w K H
S 3
pq pq
a a
p; pq 03
3 S 3
P3 pq P3
^^^^^^^^
a a
< <
w zjy w m m m r/i ^
aaccccaa
00000000
l-}l-S'-»l-S'-Sl-Sl-»'-5
a
03
0)
t-l
3
a
Pi
3
0
3
a
3
aj
Lh
t-.
id
0^
is
0
0
'O
^
a
3
3
-c
a
a
a
^ o
•-» P3
S d d S W
a :S
O <
^ d o. J o
3 O O 15 .61
55 P5
• . a;
< ^ t;
S ^
X ^ M
H ^' d Q S SC
lO CO I- on
a> — ^ .-H
00 00 00 CO 00 OS
00 00 00 00
00 GO iO
CO 00 CO 00 00 00
|tt ptemoriam.
PHILIP SCHAFFNER BAKER,
Born, Evansville, Indiana, 1851.
Died, Asheville, North Carolina, September Second, 1901.
Tice-President
OF THE
Indiana Academy of Science, 1901.
13
00I^^ST1TUTI0N,
ARTICLE I.
Section 1. This association sliall be called the Indiana Academy of
Science.
Sec. 2. The objects of this Academy shall be scientific research and
the diffusion of knowledge concerning the various departments of science;
to promote intercourse between men engaged in scientific work, especially
in Indiana; to assist by investigation and discussion in developing and
making known the material, educational and other resources and riches
of the State; to arrange and prepare for publication such reports of in-
vestigation and discussions as may further the aims and objects of the
Academj' as set forth in these articles.
Whereas, the State has undertaken the publication of such proceed-
ings, the Academy will, upon request of the Governor, or of one of the
several departments of the State, through the Governor, act through its
council as an advisory body in the direction and execution of any investi-
gation within its province as stated. The necessary expenses incuiTed in
the prosecution of such investigation are to be borne by the State; no
pecuniary gain is to come to the Academy for its advice or direction of
such investigation.
The regular proceedings of the Academy as published by the State
shall become a public document.
ARTICLE II.
Section 1. Members of this Academy shall be honorary fellows, fel-
lows, non-resident members or active members.
Sec. 2. Any person engaged in any department of scientific work,
or in original research in any department of science, shall be eligible
to active membership. Active members may be annual or life members.
Annual members may be elected at any meeting of the Academy; they
shall sign the constitution, pay an admission fee of two dollars, and there-
14
after Mil nnmuil fee of one dollar. Any person Avho shall at one time
eontri))nte fifty dollars to the funds of this Academy, may be elected a
life meml)er of the Academj', free of assessment. Non-resident members
may be elected from those who have been active members Init who have
removed from the State. In any case, a three-foui'ths vote of the mem-
bers present shall elect to membership. Applications for membership in
any of the forep'oing classes shall 1)e referred to a committee on applica-
tion for membership, who shall consider such application and report to
the Academy before the election.
Sec. 3. The members wlio are actively engaged in scientific work, who
have recognized standing as scientific men, and Avho have been members
of the Academy at least one year, may be recommended for nomination
for election as fellows by three fellows or members personally acquainted
with their work and character. Of members so nominated a number not
exceeding five in one year may, on recommendation of the Executive
Committee, be elected as fellows. At the meeting at which this is
adopted, the members of the Executive Committee for 189-1 and fifteen
others shall be elected fellows, and those now honorary members shall
become honorary fellows. Honorary fellows may be elected on account
of special prominence in science, on the written recommendation of two
members of the Academy. In any case a three-fourtlis vote of the mem-
bers present shall elect.
ARTICLE III.
Sectiox 1. The officers of this Academy shall be chosen by ballot
at the annual meeting, and shall hold office one year. They shall consist
of a President, Vice-President, Secretary, Assistant Secretary, Press Secre-
tary, and Treasurer, who shall perform the duties usually pertaining to
their respective offices and in addition, with the ex-Presidents of the
Academy, shall constitute an Executive Committee. The President shall,
at each annual meeting, appoint two members to be a committee which
shall prepare the programs and have charge of the arrangements for
all meetings for one year.
Sec. 2. The annual meeting of this Academy shall be held in the city
of Indianapolis within the week following Christmas of each year, un-
less otherwise ordered by the Executive Committee. There shall also be
a summer meeting at such time and place as may be decided upon by the
15
Executive Committee. Otlier meetings may be called at the discretion
of the Executive Committee. The past Presidents, together with the
officers and Executive Committee, shall constitute the Council of the
Academy, and represent it in the transaction of any necessary business
not specially provided for in this constitution, in the interim between
general meetings.
Sec. 3. This constitution maj^ be altered or amended at any annual
meeting by a three-fourths majority of the attending memljers of at least
one year's standing. No question of amendment shall be decided on the
day of its presentation.
BY-LAWS.
1. On motion, any special department of science shall be assigned to a
curator, Avhose duty it shall be, with the assistance of the other members
interested in the same department, to endeavor to advance knowledge in
that particular department. Each curator shall report at such time and
place as the Academy shall direct. These reports shall include a brief
summary of the progress of the department during the year preceding the
presentation of the report.
2. The President shall deliver a public address on the morning of one
of the days of the meeting at the expiration of his term of office.
3. The Press Secretary shall attend to the securing of proper news-
paper reports of the meetings and assist the Secretary.
4. No special meeting of the Academy shall be held without a notice
of the same having been sent to the address of each member at least
fifteen days before such meeting.
5. No bill against the Academy shall be paid without an order signed
by the President and countersigned by the Secretary,
6. Members who shall allow their dues to remain unpaid for two
years, having been annually notilied of their arrearage by the Treasurer,
shall have their names stricken from the roll.
7. Ten members shall constitute a quorum for the ti'ansaction of
business.
16
MEMBERS.
FELLOWS.
R. J, Aley ■ *J898 Bloomington.
J. C. Arthur 1893 Lafayette.
George W. Benton 1896 Indianapolis.
A. J. Bigney 1897 Moore's Hill.
A. W. Bitting 1897 Lafayette.
Donaldson Bodine 1899 Crawfordsville.
W. S. Blatchley 1893 Indianapolis.
H. L. Bruner 1899 Irvington.
Severance Burrage 1898 Lafayette.
A. W. Butler 1893 Indianapolis.
J. L. Campbell 1893 Crawfordsville.
John M. Coulter 1893 Chicago, 111.
Stanley (Coulter 1893 Lafayette.
Glenn Culbertson 1899 Hanover.
D. W. Dennis 1895 Richmond.
C. R. Dryer 1897 Terre Haute.
C. H. Eigenmann 1893 Bloomington.
Percy Norton Evans 1901 Lafayette.
A. L. Foley 1897 Bloomington.
Katherine E. Golden 1895 Lafayette.
M. J. Golden 1899 Lafayette.
W. F. M. Goss 1893 Lafayette.
Thomas Gray 1893 Terre Haute.
A. S. Hathaway 1895 Terre Haute.
Robert Hessler 1899 Logansport.
H. A. Huston 1893 Lafayette.
Arthur Kendrick 1898 Terre Haute.
Robert E. Lyons 1896 Bloomington.
V. F. Marsters 1893 Bloomington.
C. L. Mees 1894 Terre Haute.
W. J. Moenkhaus 1901 Bloomington.
Joseph Moore 1896 Richmond.
D. M. Mottier 1893 Bloomington.
W. A. Noyes 1893 Terre Haute.
L. J. Rettger 1896 Terre Haute.
J. T. Scovell 1894 Terre Haute.
Alex. Smith 1893 Chicago, 111.
W.E.Stone 1893 Lafayette.
"Date of election.
17
Joseph Swain *1898 Bloomington.
M. B. Thomas 1893 Crawfordsville.
C. A. Waldo 1893 Lafayette.
F. M. Webster 1894 Wooster, Ohio.
H. W. Wiley 1895 Washington, D. C.
John S. Wright 1894 Indianapolis.
NON-RESIDENT MEMBERS.
George H. Ashley Charleston, S. C.
M. A. Brannon Grand Forks, N. D.
J. C. Branner Stanford University, Cal.
D. H. Campbell Stanford University, Cal.
A. Wilmer Duff Worcester, Mass.
B. W. Evermann Washington, D. C.
Charles H. Gilbert ■ Stanford University, Cal.
C. W. Green Stanford University, Cal,
C. W. Hargitt Syracuse, N. Y.
O. P. Hay Washington, D. C.
Edward Hughes Stockton, Cal.
O. P. Jenkins Stanford University, Cal.
D. S. Jordan .* . Stanford University, Cal.
J. S. Kingsley Tufts College, Mass.
D. T. MacDougal Bronx Park, New YorkCity
T. C. Mendenhall W^orcester, Mass.
Alfred Springer Cincinnati, Ohio.
L. M. Underwood New York City.
Kobert B. Warder Washington, D. C.
Ernest Walker Clemson College, S. C.
ACTIVE MEMBERS.
G. A Abbott Indianapolis.
Frederick W. Andrews Bloomington.
George C. Ashman Frankfort.
Edward Ayres Lafayette.
Edwin M. Blake Lafayette.
Lee F. Bennett Valparaiso.
Charles S. Bond Richmond.
Fred. J. Breeze Pittsburg.
'■'■ Date of election.
2— Academy of Science.
18
E. M. Bruce
A. Hugh Bryan Indianapolis.
E. J. Chansler Bicknell.
Howard W. Clark Culver.
George Clements Peru.
Charles Clickener Tangier.
Mel T. Cook Greencastle.
U. O. Cox Mankato, Minn.
William Clifford Cox Columbus.
J. A Cragwall Crawfordsville.
Albert B. Crowe ! Ft. Wayne.
M. E. Crowell Franklin.
Edward Roscoe Cumings Bloomington.
Alida M. Cunningham Alexandria.
Lorenzo E. Daniels Laporte.
H. J. Davidson Baltimore, Md.
Charles C. Deam Bluffton.
Martha Doan Wefctfield.
J. P. Dolan Syracuse.
Herman B. Dorner Lafayette.
Hans Dnden Indianapolis.
Joseph Eastman Indianapolis.
E. G. Eberhardt Indianapolis.
M. N. Elrod Columbus.
Samuel G. Evans Evansville.
Carlton G. Ferris Big Rapids, Mich.
E. M. Fisher Urmeyville.
Wilbur A. Fiske Richmond.
W. B. Fletcher Indianapolis.
Austin Funk New Albany.
Charles W. Garrett Logansport.
Robert G. Gillum Terre Haute.
Vernon Gould Rochester.
Victor K. Hendricks Logansport.
Mary A. Hickman Greencastle.
John E. Higdon Indianapolis.
Frank R. H'ggins Terre Haute.
John J. Hildebrandt Logansport.
J. D. Hoffman Lafayette.
Allen D. Hole Richmond.
Lucius M. Hubbard South Bend.
Alex. Johnson Ft. Wayne.
Edwin S. Johonnott, Jr Terre Haute.
Ernest E. Jones Kokomo.
Chancey Juday Madison, Wis.
19
■\
0. L. Kelso Terre Haute.
Charles T. Knipp Bloomington.
V. H. Lockwood Indianapolis.
William A. McBeth Terre Haute,
Robert Wesley McBride Indianapolie.
Rousseau McClellan Indianapolis.
Richard C. McClaskey Terre Haute.
Lynn B. McMullen Indianapolis.
James E. Manchester. Vincennes.
W. G. Middleton . .' Richmond.
John A. Miller Bloomington.
H. T. Montgomery South Bend.
Walter P. Morgan Terre Haute.
Fred. Mutchler Terre Haute.
J. P. Naylor Greencastle.
Charles E. Newlin ■. .Irvington.
John Newlin West Lafayette.
John F. Newsom Stanford University. Cal.
R. W. Noble Chicago, III.
D. A. Owen Franklin.
Rollo J. Peirce Logansport.
Ralph B. Polk Greenwood.
James A. Price Ft. Wayne.
Frank A. Preston Indianapolis.
A. H. Purdue Fayetteville, Ark.
J. H. Ransom Lafayette.
Ryland Ratliff Bloomington.
Claude Riddle Lafayette.
Giles E. Ripley Decorah, Iowa.
George L. Roberts Greensburg.
D. A. Rothrock Bloomington.
John F. Schnaible Lafayette.
E. A. Schultze Ft. Wayne.
John W. Shepherd Terre Haute.
Claude Siebenthal Indianapolis.
J. R. Slonaker Bloomington.
Richard A. Smart Lafayette.
Lillian Snyder Rockville.
Retta E. Spears Elkhart.
William Stewart Lafayette.
J. M. Stoddard Crawfordsville.
Charles F. Stegmaier Greensburg.
William B. Streeter Indianapolis.
Frank B Taylor ._ Ft. Wayne.
J. F. Thompson Richmond.
20
A. L. Treadwell Oxford, Ohio.
Daniel J. Troyer Goshen.
A. B. Ulrey 1 North Mancheste
W. B. Van Gorder Worthington.
Arthur C. Veatch Rockport.
H. S. Voorhees Ft. Wayne.
J. H. Voris Huntington.
B. C. Waldemaier West Lafayette.
Jacob Westlund Lafayette.
Fred 0. Whitcomb 'Delphi.
William M. Whitten 8onth Bend.
Neil H. Williams Indianapolis.
William Watson Woollen Indianapolis.
J. F. Woolsey Indianapolis.
Fellows 44
Non-resident members 20
Active members 112
Total 176
21
LIST OF FOREIGI^ CORRESPONDENTS.
AFRICA.
Dr. .1. ^Medley Wood, Natal Botanical Gardens, Berea Durban. Soutli
Africa.
Soutli African Pliilosoplaical Society, Capo Town, South Africa.
ASIA.
China Branch Hoyal Asiatic Society, Shanghai, China.
Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta, India.
Geological Survey of India, Calcutta, India.
Indian Museum of India, Calcutta, India.
India Survey Dopai-tnient of India. Calcutta, India.
Deutsche Gesellschaft, flir Natur- und Volkerkundo Ostasiens, Tokio,
Japan.
Imperial University, Tokio, .Japan.
Koninklijke Naturkundlge Vereeniging in Nederlaudsch-Indie, Batavia,
Java.
Hon. D. D. Baldwin, Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands.
EUROPE.
V. R. Tschusizu Schmidhoffen, Villa Tannenhof, Halle in Salzburg,
Austi-ia.
Herman von Vilas, Innsbruck, Austria.
Ethnologische Mittheilungen aus Ungarn, Budapest, Austro-Hungary.
Mathematische und Naturwissenschaftliche Berichto ans Ungarn, Bnda
I>est. Austro-Hungary.
22
K. K. Geologische Reichsanstalt, Vienna (Wien), Austro-Hungary.
K. U. Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellscbaft, Budapest, Austro-Hungary.
Naturwissenschaftlich-Medizinisclier Yerein in Innsbruck (Tyrol), Austro-
Hungary.
Editors "Termeszetrajzi Fuzetk,'" Hungarian National Museum, Buda-
pest, Austro-Hungary. •
Dr. Eugen Dadai, Adj. am. Nat. Mus., Budapest, Austro-Hungary.
Dr. Julius von Madarasz, Budapest, Austro-Hungary.
K. K. Naturhistorisches Hofmuseum, Vienna (Wien), Austro-Hungary.
Ornithological Society of Vienna (Wien), Austro-Hungary.
Zoologische-Botanische Gesellscliaft in Wien (Vienna), Austro-Hungary.
Dr. J. von Csato, Nagy Enyed, Austro-Hungary.
Botanic Garden. K. K. Universitat, Wien (Vienna), Austro-Hungary.
Malacological Society of Belgium. Brussels, Belgium.
Royal Academy of Science, Letters and Fine Ai'ts, Brussels. Belgium.
Royal Linnean Society, Brussels, Belgium.
Society Beige de Geologie, de PaleontologiS et Hydrologie. Brussels,
Belgium.
Societe Royale de Botanique, Brussels. Belgium.
Societe Geologique de Belgique, Liege, Belgium.
Royal Botanical Gardens, Brussels, Belgium.
Bristol Naturalists' Society, Bristol, England.
Geological Society of London, London, England.
Dr. E. M. Holmes. British Phai'm. Soc'y. Bloomsbury Sq., London, W. C.
England.
Jenner Institute of Preventive Medicine. London, England.
The Librarian, Linnean Society. Burlington House, Piccadilly, London W.
England.
Liverpool Geological Society, Liverpool, England.
Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society, Manchester, England.
"Nature," London, England.
Royal Botanical Society, London, England.
28
Roj-al Kew Gardens, London, Englana.
Royal Geological Society of Cornwall, Penzance, England.
Royal Microscopical Society, London, England.
Zoological Society, London, England.
Lieut. -Col. John Biddulpb, 43 Charing Cross, London, England.
Dr. G. A. Boulenger, British Mus. (Nat. Hist.), London, England.
F. DuCane Godman, 10 Chaudos St., Cavendish Sq., London, England.
Mr. Howard Saunders, 7 Radnor Place, Hyde Park, London W., England.
Phillip L. Sclater, 3 Hanover Sq., London W., England.
Dr. Richard Bowlder Sharpe, British Mus. (Nat. Hist.), London, England.
Prof. Alfred Russell Wallace, Corfe View, Parkstone, Dorset, England.
Botanical Society of France. Paris, France.
Ministerie de 1' Agriculture, Paris, France.
Societe Entomologique de France, Paris, France.
L'Institut Grand Ducal de Tjuxembourg, Luxembourg, Lux., France.
Soc. de Horticulture et de Botaai. de Marseille, Marseilles, France.
Society Linneenne de Bordeaux, Bordeaux, France.
La Soc. Linneenne de Normandie, Caen, France.
Soc. des Naturelles, etc., Nantes, France.
Zoological Society of France, Paris, France.
Baron Louis d'Hamonville, Meui'the et Moselle, France.
Pasteur Institute, Lille, France.
Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris, France.
Bontanischer Verein der Provinz Brandenburg, Berlin, Germany.
Deutsche Geologische Gesellschaft, Berlin, Germany.
Entomologischer Verein in Berlin, Berlin, Germany.
Journal fiir Ornithologie, Berlin, Germany.
Prof. Dr. Jean Cabanis, Alte Jacob Strasse, 103 A., Berlin, Germany.
Augsburger Naturliistorischer Verein. Augsbxu'g, Germany.
Count Hans von Berlspsen, Miinden, Germany.
Braunschweiger Verein fiir Naturwissenschaft, Braunschweig, Germany.
Bremer Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein, Bremen, Germany.
Ornithologischer Verein Miinchen, Thierschstrasse, 37i/^, Miiuchen, Ger-
many.
24
Royal Botanical Gardens, Berlin W., Germany.
Kaiserliclie Leopoldische-Carolinisclie Deutsclie Akademie der Naturfor-
scher, Halle a Saale, Wilhemstrasse 37, Germany.
Koniglieh-Saclisische Gesellscliaft der Wissenschaften, Mathematisch-
Physische Classe, Leipzig, Saxony, Germany.
Naturhistorische Gesellscliaft zu Hanover, Hanover, Prussia, Germany.
Naturwissenscliaftlicher Vereiu in Hamburg, Hamburg, Germany.
Yerein fiir Erdlvunde, Leipzig, Germany.
Verein fiir Naturliunde, Wiesbaden, Prussia.
Belfast Natural Histoi-y and Philosophical Society, Belfast, Ireland.
Royal Dublin Society, Dublin.
Royal Botanic Gai-dens, Glasnevin. County Dublin, Ireland.
Societa Entomologica Italiana, Florence, Italy.
Prof. H. H. Giglioli, Museum Vertebrate Zoologj^ Florence, Italy.
Dr. All)erto Perngia, Museo Civico di Storia Naturale, Genoa, Italy.
Societa Italiana de Scienze Naturali, Milan, Italy.
Societa Africana d' Italia, Naples, Italy.
Dell 'Academia Pontitico de Nuovi Lincei, Rome, Italy.
Minister of Agriculture, Industry and Commerce, Rome, Italy.
Rassegna della Scienze Geologiche in Italia, Rome, Italy.
R. Comitato Geologico d' Italia, Rome, Italy.
Prof. Count Tomasso Salvndori, Zoolog. Museum, Turin, Italy.
Royal Norwegian Society of Sciences, Throndhjem, Norway.
Dr. Robert Collett, Kongl. PrederilvS Univ. Christiana, Norway.
Academia Real des Sciencias do T>isboa (Lisbon), Portugal.
Comite Geologique de Russie, St. Petersburg, Russia.
Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg, Russia.
Imperial Society of Naturalists, Moscow, Russia.
Jardin Imperial de Botanique, St. Petersburg, Russia.
25
The Botanical Society of Ediuburgli, Ediuburgb. Scotland.
John J. Dalgleisb. Brankston Grange, Bogside Sta., Sterling, Scotland.
Edinburgh Geological Society, Edinburgh, Scotland.
Geological Society of Glasgow, Scotland.
John A. Harvie-Browu, Duniplace House, Larbert, Stirlingshire, Scotland.
Natural History Societj', Glasgow, Scotland.
Plijlosophical Society of Glasgow, Glasgow, Scotland.
Royal Society of Edinburgh, Edinburgh, Scotland.
Royal Physical Society, Edinburgh, Scotland.
Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh. Scotland.
Barcelona Academia de Ciencias y Artes, Barcelona, Spain.
Royal Academy of Sciences, Madrid, Spain.
Institut Royal Geologique de Suede, Stockholm, Sweden.
Societe Entomologique u Stockholm, Stockholm, Sweden.
Royal Swedish Academy of Science, Stockholm, Sweden.
Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Basel, Switzerland.
Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Berne, Berne, Switzerland.
La Societe Botanique Suisse, Geneva, Switzerland.
Societe Helvetique de Sciences Naturelles, Geneva, Switzerland.
Societe de Physique et d' Historie Naturelle de Geneva, Geneva, Switzer-
land.
Concilium Bibliographicum. Ziirich-Oberstrasse, Switzerland.
Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Zurich, Switzerland.
Schweizei'ische Botanische Gesellschaft, Zurich, Switzerland.
Prof. Herbert H. Field, Ziirich, Switzerland.
AUSTRALIA.
Linneau Society of New South Wales, Sidney, New South Wales.
Royal Society of New South Wales, Sidney, New South Wales.
Prof. Liveridge, F. R. S.. Sidney, New South Wales.
Hon. Minister of Mines, Sidney, New South Wales.
26
Mr. E. P. Ramsey, Sidney, New South "Wales.
Royal Society of Queensland, Brisbane, Queensland.
Royal Society of South Australia, Adelaide, South Australia.
Victoria Pub. Library, Museum and Nat. Gallery, Melbourne, Victoria.
Prof. W. L. Buller, Wellington, New Zealand.
NORTH AMERICA.
Natural Hist. Society of British Columbia, Victoria, British Columbia.
Canadian Record of Science, Montreal, Canada.
McGill University, Montreal, Canada.
Natural Society, Monti-eal, Canada.
Natural History Society, St. Johns, New Brunswick.
Nova Scotia Institute of Science, Halifax, N. S.
Manitoba Historical and Scientific Society, AVinnipeg, Manitoba.
Dr. T. Mclhvraith, Cairnbrae, Hamilton, Ontario.
The Royal Society of Canada, Ottawa, Ontario.
Natural History Society, Toronto, Ontnrio.
Hamilton Association Library, Hamilton, Ontario.
Canadian Entomologist, Ottawa, Ontario.
Department of Marine and Fisheries, Ottawa, Ontario.
Ontario Agricultural College, Guelph, Ontario.
Canadian Institute, Toronto.
Ottawa Field Naturalists' Club, Ottawa, Ontario.
University of Toronto, Toronto.
Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa, Ontario.
La Naturaliste Canadian, Chicontini, Quebec.
La Naturale Za, City of Mexico.
Mexican Society of Natural History, City of Mexico.
Museo Nacional, City of Mexico.
Sociedad Cientifica Antonio Alzate, City of Mexico.
Sociedad Mexicana de Geographia y Estadistica de la Republica Mexlcana,
City of Mexico.
^T
WEST INDIES.
Botanical Department, Port of Spain, Trinidad, British West Indies.
Victoria Institute. Trinidad, British West Indies.
Mnseo Nacional, San .Jose, Costa Rica. Central America.
Dr. Anastasia Alfaro, Secy. National Museum, San Jose, Costa Rica.
Rafael Arango, Havana, Cuba.
Jamaica Institute, Kingston, Jamaica, West Indies.
The Hope Gardens, Kingston, Jamaica, West Indies.
SOUTH AMERICA.
Argentina Historia Natural Florentine Amegline, Buenos Ayres, Argen-
tine Republic.
Musee de la Plata, Ai-gentine Republic.
Nacional Academia des Ciencias, Cordoba, Argentine Republic.
Sociedad Cientiflca Argentina, Buenos Ayres.
Museo Nacional, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.
Sociedad de Geographia, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.
Dr. Herman von Jhering, Dir. Zool. Sec. Con. Geog. e Geol. de Sao Paulo,
Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil.
Deutscher Wissenschaftlicher ^'erein in Santiago, Santiago. Chili.
Societe Scientifique du Chili, Santiago, Chili.
Sociedad Guatemalteca de Ciencias, Guatemala, Guatemala.
PROGRAIVI
SEVENTEKNTH ANNUAL PvlEETINQ
Indiana Academy of Science,
STATE HOUSE. INDIANAPOLIS,
Decen^ber 26, 2,1 and 28, 1©01.
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.
Mason B. Thomas, President. P. S. Baker, Vice-President. John S. Wright, Secretary.
E. A. ScHULTZE, Asst. Secretary, G. W, Benton, Press Secretary.
J. T. ScovELL, Treasurer.
D. W. Dknnis, Stanley Coulter, J.L.Campbell, J. P. D. John,
C. H. EiGENMANN, Amos W. Butler, 0. P. Hay, John M. Coulter,
C.A.Waldo, W.A. Noyes, T. C. Mendenhall, David S. Jordan.
Thomas Gray, J. C. Arthur, John C. Brannek,
The sessions of the Academy will be held in the State House, in the rooms of the State
Board of Agriculture.
Headquarters will be at the Hotel English. A rate of S2.0() and up per day will be made
to all persons who make it known at the time of registering that they are members of the
Academy.
Reduced railroad rates for the members can not be obtained under the present ruling of
the Traffic Association. Many of the colleges can secure special rates on the various roads.
Those who can not do this could join the State Teachers' Association and thus secure a one
and one-third round trip fare. ROBT. J. ALEY,
KATHERINE GOLDEN,
Committee.
GENERAL PROGRAM.
Thursday, December 26.
Meeting of the Executive Committee at Hotel Headquarters 8 p. m.
Friday, December 27.
General Session 9 a. m. to 12 m.
Sectional Meetings 2 p. m. to 5 p. m.
Saturday', December 28.
General Session, followed by Sectional Meetings 9 a. m. to 12 m.
(28)
29
LIST OF PAPERS TO BE READ.
ADDRESS BY THE RETIRING PRESIDENT,
PROFESSOR M. B. THOMAS,
At 11 o'clock Friday morning.
Subject: " Forestry in Indiana."
Tlie following papers will be read in the order in which they appear on the program,
except that certain papers will be presented "pari passu" in sectional meetings. When a
paper is called and the reader is not present, it will be dropped to the end of the list, unless
by mutual agreement an exchange can be made with another whose time is approximately
the same. Where no time is sent with the papers, they have been uniformly assigned ten
minutes Opportunity will be given after the reading of each paper for a brief discussion.
N. B. — By the order of the Academy, no paper can be read until an abstract of its contents
or the loritten paper has been placed in the hands of the Secretary.
GENERAL.
1. Correlation of Forestrj' and the Sciences, 10 m W. H. Freeman
2. The Center of Population of the United States, 5 m J. A. Miller
3. The Relation of Scientific Organizations to Manufacturers,
10 m R. B. Polk
4. Moiuuls and Burial Grounds of Bartholomew County, In-
diana, 5 m J. J. Edwards
5. Experiments in the Hybridization of Fishes, 15 m. .W. J. Moenkhaus
6. Microscopic Organisms Found in the Lafayette, Indiana,
Reservoir, 10 m Severance Burrage
MATHEMATICS, PHYSICS AJSiD ASTRONOMY.
7. Investigations in the Electro-deposition of Platinum, 8 m.,
J. A. Cragwall
8. Note on Some Experimental Work with a New Form of
Pressure Regulator. 10 m Wm. K. Hatt
0. Elastic Changes in Bars of Nickel Steel. 10 m Wm. K. Hatt
10. KirkAvood Observatory. 10 m J. A. Miller
11. Daylight Meteors (by title) J. A. Miller
12. Physical Observations of Mars at the Opposition of 1901.
10 m W. A. Cogshall
13. On the Density and Surface Tension of Liquid Air. 10 m. .C. T. Knipp
30
14. A Few Experiments with Liquid Air, 3 m C. T. Knipp
15. Tlie Bitangeutial of the Quintic, 20 m U. S. Hanna
IG. A Theorem in Geometry, 3 m J. C. Gregg
17. A Simple Proof that the Medians of a Triangle Concur,
3 m J. 0. Gregg
IS. Note on an Attempted Angle Triseetiou, 3 m R. J. Aley
19. A Problem in Geometry, 3 m J. A. Cragwall
ZOOLOGY.
20. An Aberrant Etheostoma, 3 m W. J. Moenkhaus
21. The Spinning of the Egg-sac in Lycosa, 5 m W. J. Moenlihaus
22. The Culture of Amoeba, 2 m A. .J. Bigney
23. Protective Coloring of Terns, 5 m A. J. Bigney
24. Effect of Pressure on Developing Eggs, 10 m A. J. Bigney
25. Zoological Survey of Minnesota, 10 m U. O. Cox
26. The Eyes of the Rhineura Floridana, the Blmd Amphis-
baenian from Florida, 10 m O. H. Eigenmann
27. The Eyes of the Blind Shrimp from the Artesian Well at
San Marcos, Texas, 10 m E. M. Neher
28. Report of the Biological Station, under the direction of
C. H. Eigenmann
(ai 'M:\]>s of ^^'inona, Pilce and Center Lakes, 10 m. . . .A. A. Norris
(b) The Mollusca of Winona Lake, 10 m A. A. Norris
(c) The Dragonflies of Winona Lake, 10 m E. B. Williamson
(d) The Flora of Eagle Lake and Vicinity, 10 m H. W. Clark
ie) Plant Ecology of the Winona Lake Region, 10 m. .Lucy Youse
29. Variation Notes, 5 m C. H. Eigenmann and Clarence Kennedy
30. . The Ilistoi-y of the Eye of Amblyopsis; Abstract, 10 m.,
C. H. Eigenmann
31. Zoological ISIiscellany, 10 m C. H. Eigenmann
GEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY.
32. Niagara Group Unconformities in Indiana, 10 m M. N. Elrod
33. The Valley of the Lower Tippecanoe River, 10 m F. .1. Breeze
34. Concerning a Series of Well-defined Ripple Marks in the
Hudson River Group, Richmond, Indiana, 10 m..
Joseph Moore and A. D. Hole
35. Variation in the Spires of Seminula Argentia (Shepard)
Hall. 10 m J. W. Beede
31
*36. Note on the Clianges of P'auna at the Beginuing of the
Kansas Permian, 5 m J. W. Beede
37. Topography and Geography of Bean Blossom Valley, Mon-
roe Connty, Indiana, 3 m V. F. Marsters
*38. Note on Cross-bedding in the St. Lonis Limestone, Mon-
roe County, Indiana, 5 m V. F. Marsters
39. Wabash River Terraces in Tippeeauoe County, Indiana,
12 m Wm. A. McBeth
40. History of ^Yea Creek, Tippecanoe County, Indiana, 12 m.,
Wm. A. McBeth
41. Paleontology of Bartholomew County, Indiana, Mam-
malian Fossils, 5 m J. J. Edwards
CHEMISTRY.
42. Organic Acid Phosphides, 5 m P. N. Evans
43. Adsorption of Dissolved Substances, 10 m P. N. Evans
44. The Determination of Manganese in Iron and Steel, 10 m.,
W. A. Noyes and G. H. Clay
45. A New Hydroxy-dihydro-alpha-Campholytic Acid, 10 m.,
W. A. Noyes and A. M. Patterson
BOTANY.
46. Some Drug Adulterations of Note, 10 m John S. Wright
47. Notes on Apple Rusts, 8 m H. Whetzel
48. Notes on the Genus Stemonitis, 8 m H. Whetzel
49. Vegetation of Abandoned Rock Quarries, 10 m Mel T. Cook
*50. The Phytogeographic Regions of Indiana, 10 m Stanley Coulter
51. Contributions to the Flora of Indiana, 5 m Stanley Coulter
52. Germinative I'ower of Conidia of Aspergillus Oryzae, 10 m..
Mary F. Hiller
53. A Study of the Histology of the Wood of Certain Species of
Pines, 10 m Katheriue E. Golden
54. A Comparison of the Microscopic Structure of Cuban, Mex-
ican and Philippine Mahoganies, 10 m Katherine E. Golden
*55 Some Characteristic Plants of Tennessee, 10 m G. W. Martin
*56. Interesting Phases in the Development of Cypress "Knees,"
10 m G. W. ^Martin
'■'Paper not presented.
32
57. Spore Resistauce of Loose Smut of Wheat to Formalin and
Hot Water, 10 m Wm. Stuart
58. Some Additions to the Flora of Indiana, 3 m Wm. Stuart
59. Effect of Composition of Soil TJiwn the Minute Structure
of Plants, 15 m Herman B. Dorner
GO. A Collection of Myxomycetes, 10 m Fred Mutehler
THE SEVENTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE
INDIANA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE.
The seventeenth anuual meeting of the Indiana Academy of Science
was held in Indianapolis, Friday, December 27, 1901, preceded by a session
of the Executive Coiumittee of the Academy, 8:30 p. m., Thursday, Decem-
ber 2Gth.
At 9:15 a. m., December 27, President Mason B. Thomas called the
Academy to order in general session, at vv'hich committees were appointed
and other routine and miscellaneous business transacted. Following the
disposition of the business, papers of general interest were read until 11
o'clock, at which time the retiring President, JNIason B. Thomas, made
his address; subject, "Forestry in Indiana."
At 2 p. m. the Academy met in two sections— biological and physico-
chemical— for the reading and discussion of papers. President Thomas
presided over the biological section and Dr. Thomas Gray acted as chair-
man of the physico-chemical division. Both sections adjourned about 4:30
and the Academy was assembled in general session for the transaction of
business.
Adjournment. 5 ]). m.
THE FIELD MEETING OF 1901.
The members assembled at Orleans, Orange County, leaving this point
in carriages early Friday morning, INIay 24. They visited the region of
Lost River, which is rich in geological, botanical and zoological features.
From this locality the party went to West Baden, in which district Sat-
urday, May 25, Avas spent.
33
PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.
Mason B. Thomas.
Forestry ix Indiana.
It seems strauge that while European countries, with their vast tracts
of forests, were spending money, energy and time in an effort to secure
a conservative and economical management of their timber lands and, in
most cases, had brought the whole question to a very practical and wise
solution resulting in the maintenance of the steady value of the forest
crop and securing by careful and well managed cutting the largest possi-
ble yearly production and revenue, the United States did practically noth-
ing to arouse her citizens to some such rational forestry management. It
was not until 187.3 that the American Association for the Advancement of
Science, at it.s Portland meeting, appointed a committee to urge Congress
to some action in connection with our forestry interests. The recommen-
dations of this committee were favorably received, but not until 187G was
the Commissioner of Agriculture required to appoint a man to study our
forestry resources, the consumption and exportation of our timber, the ex-
tent of our supply, the effects of forests on our climate and the best
methods to employ in conserving them. Since that time the work of the
r>epartment at Washington has grown under the care of Messrs. F. B.
Hough. X. H. Eggleston, B. E. Fernow, and the present l^orester, Mr. G.
Pinchot. who in the order named have been in charge of it. They have,
witli very meager appropriations— to 1899 but $247,216.85 — collected and
published a large amount of valuable information relating to our forests,
their use. care and abuse, and have secured the cooperation of many pub-
lic-spirited men and not a few scientists, wlio have started, in many
States, active campaigns educating the public in forestry matters and se-
curing proper forestry legislation. Our federal government can not obtain
the desired results without the active coiiperation of the States and the
supi)ort of its private citizens. Our own fair Indiana has been very remiss
in the discharge of her duties in this matter, and the neglect has resulted
in a great loss to our timber interests and the consequent injury to its
numerous dependencies.
The State of Indiana is a part of the North Central Division of our
country and includes .36,3-50 square miles, witli an acreage of 23.264.0(Xt.
3— Academy of Science.
34
When the early explorers paddled their birch canoes from the Ohio up
the Wabash and its tributaries they passed through a great wilderness
of native forests of giant oaks, elms, maples and beeches. From the
very banks of the streams where they landed to the tops of the highest
hills was one unbroken covering of the forest primeval. The tall syca-
mores, lining the river banks like sentinels, crowded into the rushing
waters the overhanging willows at their feet and guarded the giant elms,
hard}' soft maples and buckeyes of the rich river bottoms, while from the
higher ground looked down the tall and rugged oaks, the mighty l)ee(lies
and hard maples, walnuts, ashes and hickories, with here and there a
towering tulip, all vying with each other for soil and sunshine. The Ioav-
lands of the north were clothed to the very water's edge with tamarack,
ash and soft maples and the sterile soil of the south supported a thick
growth of cedars and scrub oaks. Everywhere trees and shrubs of lesser
size struggled witli each other and with multitudes of herbaceous plants
for every inch of soil and ray of sunshine. The records of the dimen-
sions of some of these giants of our virgin forest seem past belief. A few
illustrations will suffice.
Red maple — Height, 108 feet; circumference, 13 feet.
Hickory— Height, 150 feet.
Tulip- Heiglit, 190 feet; circumference, 25 feet.
Sycamore- Height. 120 feet: diametei", 13 feet.
Cottonwood— Height, 150 feet; diameter, 8 feet.
White ();ik--Height. l."(t feet; circumference, 20 feet.
r.asswood-Heiglit. lOd feet; circumference, llVy feet.
'J'he for(^st floor was a spongy mass of forest litter that held in its pores
tlve products of many rains and freely gave of its wealth to thirsty soil of
open areas and to the multitudes of springs that Ivept the I'ivers to a \u\\-
form volume. Birds and animals of many kinds and in gi'eat numbers
found here a suitable home, while the streams were stocked with an
abundance of fish whose nearly ideal environment gave no suggestion of
future extermination. Such AA^as the picture of the forest primeval.
This condition, contrasted with the one Ave noAv see about us, tells
of striking changes during a short period. Everywliere level fields of
beautiful corn. Avheat. and other crops clothe the tracts that were once
covered with forests.
In 1870 the State contained 7.180.:',34 acres of forest, which was one-
third of its era. This acreage iilaced Indiana well up in the list of for-
est States. In 1880 this had been rednced to 4.:'?>5.161 acres, or one-fifth
of the State's area. The records show that up to that time the forests
had been removed mostly in the interests of agi-iculture and that no large
bodies of the original tracts remained. At this period Indiana ranked
fifth in her lumber manufacturing interests, but tlie statistician records
the warning that, at the present rate of consumption, the forests of the
State must soon cease to be commercially important.
In 1890 one-twelfth of our total area remained in forests, and the de-
cade between 1880 and 1890 may be said to mai'li the greatest real loss to
the State. The large decrease before this period was so closely connected
Avith the clearing by settlers for cultivation that little of the timber, in
ti-acts not suitable for argicultiu-e had been disturbed.
Between 1870 and 1880 2,854.143 acres of timber were removed and
3,829,459 added to cultivated lands, indicating a gi'eat demand for all
tracts cleared in tlie past and also such open areas as might be tillable,
while between 1880 and 1890 2.604.005 acres were cleared and but 1.173,-
744 acres added to cultivated fields. Over 260,000 acres were cleared annu-
ally diu'ing this period, or an excess of (50.000 acres yearly over what was
removed in the most active immigration period just preceding. Timber
was cut for revenue, and the demands of the manufacturing and shi]t-
ping interests caused tlie owners to forget the relation of forests to our
general prosperity. How the statistician's prediction has been fulfilled
may be realized by reference u. the statement of a well-known forester,
who, last year in reviewing the forestry interests of each State, says of
Indiana that her forests have long since ceased to be of any value commer-
cially. While this is not strictly true, it does illustrate the drift the State
is making in this direction, since we now have but 1,227,141 acres, or one-
twentieth of our whole area, in forests, and much of this has been cut over
and the valuable part removed. The State no longer has any important
supplies of valuable timbers, like oak, walnut, poplar, etc.
At present our largest tracts of timber are in the extreme southern
part, in Franklin. Harrison, BroAvn. .Tackson, Lawrence, Martin, Perry
and Washington counties and a small tract in the north in Allen and
Kosciusko counties. A few scattered tracts may be found elsewhere, but
in the main these bodies are small and the timber of little consequence.
The western border of the State contains but little timber and is the
eastern edge of the great treeless region that extended over the north in
Benton, Newton and .Jasper counties ;ind over much of Lake. Porter, La-
36
poi'te, Pulaski, White, Tippecanoe and Warren. Some of this is now cov-
ered with young forests that will eventually add much to the forest re-
sources of the State.
An examination of the topography of the State shows that the cleared
lands include the headwaters of our principal rivers and streams. The
entire basin of the Wabash and its tributaries has been more or less
denuded, or at least does not contain any considerable area of timber land.
The basins of a few small streams, like the Blue and Pigeon Rivers and a
part of White River, are still wooded and the influence of the remaining
tracts here, as elsewhere, is manifest in the less conspicuous changes in
the streams so protected. Truly the problem of securing the proper main-
tenance and control of the forests of the State is grave and important.
In order to api^reciate fully the real value of our forests to our State
let us consider their general influence upon some of our natural condi-
tions and industries affecting the general prosperity of our commonwealth.
One of the most important assertions made by those who advocate
rational forestry management is that the forests exercise a very large in-
fluence on our climate and rainfall. So great have been the claims of these
zealous advocates that I sometimes feel that the vi'hole cause of forest
care is seriously injured by claims for which no convincing proof is
forthcoming and which do not appeal to educated people accustomed to
think for themselves. In fact, tod often scientific men have indulged in
pleasant contemplations on this subject and made statements that were
not founded on sufficient data to satisfy a man who did not believe things
because he wished them to be so. For the thorough examination of this
problem we must have accurate data of climatic conditions for many years
and in connection with these careful records of forestry changes for the
same territory. In the study of these it should be kept in mind that gen-
eral climatic variations occur in all countries even where no changes have
been made in forestry matters and it accordingly becomes difficult to de-
termine the exact relation of the forest changes to climatic variations in
other countries where marked changes have taken place in the forests.
Notwithstanding the fact that different climatologists maintain exactly op-
posite views regarding forest influences on the climate, there are certain
facts that are hardly controvertible. It is doubtful if the forest tract
influences vei-y largely the climatac conditions or total rainfall of a coun-
try except in a very few favorably located regions, but the important
thing for us to consider is the value of Indiana forests to our own com-
3Y
momvealtli and if po8si1)le the extent to wliicli AA^e would lie Justitied iu
devoting time and money to secure certain forestry regtilations.
The soil of a forest is less susceptible to sudden variations in tempera-
ture than that of the fields outside, and consequently warms more slowly in
summer and its cooling is delayed in the winter. The summer effect is
much more marked than the winter effect. The mean annual temperature
of the forest soil is about 21 degrees lower than that outside. In the sum-
mer this cool soil will temper the air above it, start currents in the direc-
tion of adjoining fields and lower their temperature.
The average annual evaporation within the forest is but fifty per cent,
of that in the open, and the difference between the two is greatest in
the summer when the saving for the forest is the largest and most needed.
About twelve per cent, of the precipitated water is evaporated in the year
from forest soil and forty per cent, from open fields, the presence of the
forest litter effecting a saving in some cases of seven-eighths of what
would otherwise evaporate directly. Much of this difference is due to the
looseness of forest soil and its poor capillarity that fails to draw the water
to the surface. That the forest serves as a windbreak, in preventing cur-
rents of air from rushing over adjoining fields and depriving them of their
moisture, is obvious to all.
The extent to which the forest influences affect the adjoining fields, and
the distance to which this may be felt, depends on the nature of the
forest, its size, composition, age, exposure, undei'brush. elevation, prox-
imity of streams, etc.
A collection of all of the published records of temperature and rain-
fall taken in the State has been studied, but they do not furnish such
data as would in any way bear on the problem in hand. The earliest rec-
ords were made in 1807 at but two points in the State. The central oflice
at Indianapolis was not organized until 1882 and its first publication was
iu 1884. In a half dozen places records were kept from 1872 to 1881 and
then discontinued. All of these stations were cities or towns and do not
afford data for the forests about. Certain it is that statistics to support
our claims are not forthcoming in Indiana, but our conditions are not
unlike those of other States from which these facts were gathered, and
the results are applicable to our own territory.
The infiuence of the forests on the fertility or productiveness of our
land has been discussed from may points of view and it is liardly safe
to generalize in a matter so dependent on the controlling influences of local
38
conditions. Tlie forests do affect climatic conditions in their immediate
vicinity, and furtlier, tlieir influence is along the line of those changes
that would act most beneficially to agricultural crops. Tlie preservation
of the rainfall by the forests is also of great advantage to our agricultural
interests. These beneficial influences in Indiana are, in my judgment, evi-
dent only in the immediate vicinity of forests, and their removal has not,
as far as statistics show, affected the production of certain crops in the
whole State in any prejudicial way. The general disastrous effect will not
be evident for some years. The great richness of our soil and its general
suitableness for agriculture delays the certain penalty, but it is sure to
come, and then the restoration will be a long and difficult process.
The annual yield of corn per acre has been gradually increasing in
the whole State during the last thirty years, as the averages for these
flve-y ear periods will show:
1S76— 1880 23.55 bushels per acre
1881—1885 23.48 bushels per acre
1886—1890 29.77 bushels per acre
1891—1895 30.4 bushels per acre
1896—1900 37.2 bushels per acre
While it is doubtless true that some of this increase may be due to
better methods of cultivation, yet it is hardly likely that this has produced
any appreciable change during the last ten years, while during that period
we have removed 509,045 acres of our forests, or more than one-third of
the whole amount that remained. The avea*age yield for each of the last
three years is larger than for any previous year in the history of the
State. Practically the same is true of our wheat, as these records will
show :
1880—1884 12.3 bushels per acre
1885—1889 13.2 bushels per acre
1890—1894 15.8 bushels per acre
1895—1900 12.46 bushels per acre
This nearly steady increase is interrupted by the very low acreage of
1895 and 1896. when the yield per acre was below that of any previous
year for which records exist, and certainly this falling off could not be due
to deforestation since the three succeetling years returned to the normal
yield per acre. The year 1891 produced the largest yield in the history
39
of the State, 20.9 bushels per acre. With oats the records show practically
the same:
1878—1880 19.3 bushels per acre
1881—1885 30.5(3 bushels per acre
1886—1890 27.39 bushels per acre
1891—1895 26.26 bushels per acre
1896—1900 29.99 bushels per acre
These fluctuations do not indicate the constant deleterious influences of
deforestation, and in 1899 and 1900 the yield per acre reached its maxi-
mum.
The same general conditions are found to exist in the case of other
cereals.
While these things are true for the whole State, in those localities that
haA'e suffered most from deforestation the amount of wheat and otlier
grains produced on an acre has fallen off with the steady decline of the
forests. These local losses seem to be made good by the heavy yields of
newly cleared ground which has not yet felt the full effect of cutting
away its adjoining timber, but the time must certainly come when what
has been true in so many countries will be found true here. The world
is full of examples of barren and sterile areas that were once verdant
and productive, and the change has been brought about as the result of
deforestation.
The whole Mediterranean country was once the garden of the world,
but with the ruthless destruction of the forests came the blight of drought,
cruel winds, storms and snows, that ruined rich plantations, made vine-
clad slopes unproductive and impoverished the entire basin. Parts of Ger-
many, France and Spain have taken alarm at the approach of similar con-
ditions and, at great expense, have restored to the lands their covering
of trees and the return of prosperity has demonstrated the necessity of
forests to the fertility of the soil.
One of the direct results of the destruction of our forests has been
the disappearance of our springs, the consequent failure of our domestic
water supply and the variation in volume and regularity of our streams.
The annual rainfall has varied but little during the last fifty years, but
the method of its disposal has materially changed. The great water
capacity of forest soil and litter, the rapidity with which water percolates
through it. the irregularitv of the forest floor and the general absence of
40
ditches and gullies, decreases surface drainage during precipitation. The
uniform covering of snow in winter prevents the soil from freezing and
when the snow melts this body of Avater is retained. The great mass of
water formerly held by the forest and gradually given out to the .streams
as they carried off the more immediate supply now flows from unprotec-ted
tields like rain from gi-avel streets, washing away the best of the upland,
inundating the lowlands, and making agriculture along the banks of many
streams most uncertain.
Then, too, the navigability of our streams has been seriously affected.
The headwaters no longer contain sufficient water to float even the old-
time flatboat, and farther down the stream the channel is simply a laby-
rinth of bars and shoals, products of denuded fields above, making naviga-
tion impracticable. The failure of our streams to compete as formerly in
the commerce of our State increases the cost of living and destroys what
otherwise might be a gi'eat industry.
The Wabash River, extending northward from the Ohio, receives tribu-
taries from almost every section and drains four-fifths of our common-
wealth. The central and southern parts are reached by the north and east
branches of the White River and the north and north central parts by the
Wabash and Tippecanoe. The records of the early navigation of these
streams is full of interest. The head of navigation for boats of small
draught was Monticello on the Tippecanoe, Logansport on the Wabash,
Indianapolis on the White River, and on the east fork of the White and
Muscatatuck rivers, as far east as Scott County. On the southeast the
White River was navigable to Bi-ookville.
Some of these early boats had really a large carrying capacity. One
built at Terre Haute for the navigation of the Wal>ash was one hun-
dred and thirty feet long and twenty-nine feet wide, with a carrying
capacity of three hundred and fifty tons.
From the heads of navigation and below, and from the smaller tribu-
taries of all of Indiana's streams from many miles in the interior, fiat
boats cai'ried lumber, pork, poultry, corn, wheat, oats, fruits and hoop-
poles down the Mississippi to New Orleans and the returning river steam-
ers distributed gi-eat quantities of freight up many of these streams into
the State. To some extent the smaller tributaries of the Ohio that reached
into the State through one or two counties were factors in our transporta-
tion system. But all of this has passed away and from only a few places
on the lower Wabash do we receive any practical advantage from our
41
waterways. It would be unreasonable to claim that deforestation has
been the cause of all this, for cultivation of open fields and the extensive
underdrainage of level areas has contributed veiy materially to these
results.
Our lumber interests are of sufficient importance to demand our very
careful protection. They represent the second largest industry in the
State and with the disappearance of the supply of raw material our very
large income from them will be seriously curtailed. For many years our
timber industries have drawn raw material from the best of our timber
resources at a comparatively low price, but now the quality of this material
is decreasing and the price increasing. Both of these factors make it
diflicult for our manufactm-es to compete with corresponding establish-
ments located in timbered districts. To be sure, much of the raw material
could be shipped in, and indeed aljont eighty per cent, of it is now im-
ported, but this additional cost makes it impossible for our manufac-
turers to compete successfully and they are compelled to move to other
States. We have already lost some of our important plants to Kentucky.
Missouri and Arkansas.
In 1840 our lumber production (raw material for our factories)
amounted to $420,791, in 1877 to $10,791,428, and in 1893 to $18,403,267.
The last ten years has seen an almost phenomenal increase both in
number and variety of Avood industries. More than fifty different kinds
of establishments are using wood as their raw material, and to supply this
demand timber has been cut without reference to its effect on the land or
the State.
Some interesting and striking facts are discovered from an examina-
tion of oiu- fruit crops in connection with the deforestation of our lands.
The discoveries are certainly suggestive of a very close relation between
the two.
In 1880 the eleven counties producing the largest yield of apples were
as follows:
Bushels of Acres of
Counties. Apples. Forest.
Allen 1,007,576 108,132
Crawford 608,043 50,005
Harrison 610,500 81,807
Kosciusko 602,462 52.275
Laporte 617,353 33,457
42
Bushels of Acres of
Couuties. Apples. Forest.
Ripley 650,735 69,183
St. Joseph 780,243 43,958
Steuben 655,843 47,973
Sullivau 1,059,149 46,867
Washington 888,421 80,852
Waj-ne 607,377 47,265
Several of these counties are among the most heavily wooded of any
in the State and, with the possible exception of Laporte, they all contain
a \evy large acreage of forest. The history of the apple crops in connec-
tion with the history of the removal of the timber in these counties helps
to substantiate our claim for their importance. In 1897 these counties
made the following showing:
Bushels of Acres of
("ounties. Apples. Forest.
Allen 6,170 29,876
Crawford 9.894 22,374
Harrison 57.241 40,125
Kosciusko 721 24,052
Laporte 1,304 17,490
Ripley 7,t}30 27,079
St. Joseph 980 9,463
Steuben 432 1,746
Sullivan 13,123 9,718
Washington 8,202 42,381
Wayne 3,863 7,718
From these figures it appears that the counties now exhibiting the
largest falling off in their apple crops show nearly corresponding reduc-
tion in their forest areas (Allen, Sullivan, Steuben, Kosciusko, St. Joseph).
Similar conditions are not found all over the State, but it is cei'tainly
suggestive that those counties that formerly produced the largest apple
crops and have suffered most from deforestation have fallen to the end of
the list in their yield of apples (Steuben, Sullivan. St. Joseph, Allen), and
the importance of the forest becomes the more significant when we dis-
cover that of the counties formerly producing the largest crops those
have fallen off the least that have removed the smallest amount of timber
(Crawford. Harrison, I^apoi-te. Ripley, Washington).
43
These relations are too significniit and constant to be simply coincident,
and iu my judgment do demonstrate a very close relation Ijetween tlie for-
•ests and tlie fruit cfops.
It is true that many counties lilve Tipton, Vigo, Putnam and Hendriclis,
tliat are not now largely covered with timber, are among our Ijest pro-
<lucers of apples, but in these places investigation shows that the raising
of apples is attended with great dilhculty and spraying and other precau-
tions are required that twenty years ago were not necessary. I do not
insist that the presence of large tracts of forests in Indiana are absolutely
necessary for the production of a successful fruit crop, but tlie facts seem
to show that such tracts are conducive to its best development. It is
more than a coincidence that Harrison County, with the largest acreage
of forest of any county in the State, stands second in the size of its apple
crop and first in its peach crop.
The influence of the forest is manifested in their moderating effects
that prevent sudden changes and extremes of temperature that would be
injurious to fruit trees; also the retention of the snow in winter prevents
the ground from freezing and imperiling their roots. The removal of the
forests in the vicinity of orchards has caused the disappearance of the
hii'ge nuinbcr of birds that formerly made their homes near but are now
driven to distant forests for nesting and seldom appear in the orchard.
Uliese birds formerly destroyed large numbers of insect pests that no^^'
so seriously affect both trees and fruit. The general absence of these
insects in luMvily timbered counties is doubtless due to the birds. It is
iinT likely that tlie i)resence of new insect pests, introduced into the State
in nursery stuck and in other ways, would account for the decline in many
counties since any sucli pest would soon be generallj- distributed over
the State and affect all regions alike. The raising of perfect apples is
a i tended Avith ditticulty and yields such poor financial retiu-us that the
number of trees iu the State has decreased twenty-five per cent, during the
last twenty years, but the decline in the yield has been fifty-five per cent,
for the same period.
There can be no question as to the infiuence of the forests on the
abundance and condition of the fish in our streams. The presence of
fish depends largely on the constancy and character of the water iu the
stream and this is so directly connected Avith the size and location of our
forests that tlie relation is easily recognized.
44
Early records show that our fishing industry was very important and
the source of no little revenue that provided the sole support of many of
our citizens. Nearly all of this has passed away, fisRing is not now an
established business and the food tishes are gradually disappearing from
our streams. It is ti-ue that seining, dynamitiiig, and other methods of
illegal fishing and stream pollution are rasponsible for much of this, but
the complete disappearance of many streams and the steady reduction of
others, with the uncertainty of their volume, has been by far the largest
factor in the decline. This iiucertain fiow and decrease in volume pre-
vents the stream from clearing itself particularly in the summer when the
danger from its pollution is greatest. Such waters are not suitable either
for the homes of fish or their spawning;, and we must change the character
of our streams if we expect to return to our former conditions.
The present condition of the forests in the State as they appear from
a general examination makes us realize the magnitude of the problem
we are facing. Nothing succeeds like success, and to this might be added
nothing fails like failure. This is exemplified in studying the large tracts
of partially cleared and neglected timber land all over our State. A
great portion of this area is covered with old and ill-shapen trees of valu-
able woods not removed in lumbering and many thrifty trees of wood that
is not now considered valuable and. in addition to this, many thrifty
trees of good timber not yet large enough to be marketable, growing with-
out any care or attention, too isolated to secure for the valuable trees
the benefits of natural pruning that would result in clear stems, or to se-
cure for the vicinity the natural advantages of a forest in retaining the
forest litter or influencing the soil. Avater supply, and to some extent the
climatic conditions. At the same time the trees are too close and afford
too much shade to permit the growth of good grass. The problem is too
complex for the average owner, the whole area grows steadily worse and
soon ceases to excite a desire for impro^^ement in the mind of the holder.
The causes of this decline in our forests, beyond the legitimate clear-
ing for cultivation, have been many, but the most important of all has been
man's greed and the desire for immediate realization of his heritage.
This desire has not been curbed by an api^reciation of the importance of
oiu' forests to our prosperity. For this educated people, who are conscious
of the many important consequences resulting from the decline of our
forests, are more or less responsible.
45
Some of the other causes of the forest's decline may be properly con-
sidered in turn.
The greatest foe that attacks our forests is fire. No other destructive
-agent leaves us with so' little in our hands to mourn over or to form the
incentive for future care and protection. The great destroyer engulfs
■eveiything it reaches and we are left with ruined and blacliened fields
that indicate the cost of its visit. The loss and danger is two fold: First,
the destruction of old and marketable standing timber that could soon be
converted into cash, and the stunting and scarring of many young trees
that never recover or make at most an insufficient growth, in the end to
be discarded as poor or unsound timber; second, the loss of forest humus
and of young sprouts and seedlings that represent the working capital
■of the farmer or forester. Upon this the hopes of his future profits depend,
and while the loss seems difficult to estimate at the occurrence, it becomes
more manifest as time passes and the fields become simply waste laud
covered with herbaceous and shrubby vegetation, scattering noxious weeds
over all the region and bringing no returns to the owner.
The extent to which Indiana has sufi'ered from forest fires can hardly
he discovered. We have had no historic fires, such as those of Michigan
■or Wisconsin, to use as a suitable text for vigorous protestations against
■carelessness on the part of farmers, hunters and railroads, but careful
estimates show that we are annually losing large sums in this way, and
a little care and foresight would relieve us of this useless waste. In 1880
S<>,427 acres of timber were burned over, resulting in an estimated loss of
$130,335, and during that year no unusual tires occurred. This indicates
approximately oin* annual loss. We should take immediate steps to check
this waste.
Something must be done to secure immunity from the great loss we
suffer from browsing animals, which now prevent the reforesting of many
tracts that would otherwise soon naturally gi'ow up to young trees. The
pasturing of our wood lots prevents the possibility of natural increase in
the forest acreage and deprives the forest soil of much of its value from
the destruction of its litter by the stamping of cattle. This can be more
efficiently remedied by securing the cooperation of the ownei- than by
legislation.
The State also loses much from destructive lumbering. A visit to any
of our large timber tracts shows the reckless waste from this cause.
Without any thought of the future a tract is cleared of its timber and only
4(;
the lipst of the lo.ys jiic (Irnwii out. Frt'i|ueutly large tops with ttieir
limbs that niiulit lie utilized in many ways are left. 8mall trees or sap-
lings are removed for wood or are cut down in making roads and in clear-
ing and the possibility of early reforestation is destroyed. The debris of
such reckless logging operations remains on the gTound to invite destruc-
tive fungi and insects and furnish fuel for fires that otherwise might run
out if the ground was clear or covered with a thrifty growth of young
trees.
The marked increase in the number of concerns using small and s -c-
ond growth timber makes it important that we watch the development of
our young forests lest they, too. fall a victim to man's greed before they
are of sufficient size to be profitably marketed or before plans for system-
atic cutting are inaugurated.
Insect ravages are a soiu'ce of very serious loss to our foi-ests in many
parts of the State. Our records show occasional outlireaks in various
localities and whole forests are frequently deniided. "NA'hile in the major-
ity of cases this does not at once result in the death of the tree, it does
produce serious loss in its effect on the reduced growth and diminution
in thickness of the animal ring, that valuable increment that represents
practically the only return to the owner. Frequently ileformations and
abortions of various parts result from the attack of boi-ers and other
insects. In most cases it is hardly practicable to inaugurate extermiua-
tive measures when any considerable area is affected because of the great
cost and difficulties in treatment, but Avhere local outl)reaks occur, due to
particularly dangerous pests like the San Jose scale, and the whole region
is thi-eatened, the State can well afford to cooperate and promptly back
such measures as will result in wiping out the cause of the danger.
A most important and practical precaution to prevent the increase in
insects and fungi is to remove, as far as possible, old stumps and logs,
cut down and conv(M-t into wood or lumber dead trees, or remove their
bark, and thus decrease the possi))ility of the multiplication of the pests
by destroying their usual and most freciuent breeding places.
As far as I have been able to observe, our State has "suffered little in
the way of extensive outbreaks in any particular locality from parasitic
fungi, and while a goodly number of species of these destroying agents
may be found in the State, yet they are of the kind that attack very old
or dead timber and could be readily controlled by proper attention to the
destruction of their usual breeding places, as was suggested in the case
47
of the insect, pests. The marketing of timber deteriorating from the pres-
ence of fungi would preclude serious loss.
Of other forest enemies, storms, lightning, snow, gnawing animals, etc.,
we have our occasional outbreaks, but none of sufficient magnitude in
recent years to cause serious loss. The destruction frequently resulting
from the first agent could usually be very much reduced if prompt meas-
ures were taken to market, as soon as possible, all timber that had in any
way been irrepai*ably injured.
We should carefully guard every avenue of waste. Our inexhaustible
fuel beds should be made, as far as possible, to take the place of the more
valuable timber that is now being used for wood. INIany so-called worth-
less and cheap woods could doubtless be substituted for valuable kinds
now generally used and a more accurate knowledge of the propei'ties of
our various woods by our wood workers would effect a great saving.
More ui>to-date methods of sawing, happily now being largely used,
would also increase our resources.
The importance of our forests to our State should now be apparent.
Their influence on the rainfall secures in time and place results of greatest
benefit to all. They likewise influence in a beneficial way the immediate
climatic conditions, the value of our soil for agricultural purposes and the
production of a satisfactory fruit crop. They determine very largely the
number and character of our streams, their importance as water-ways,
and the abundance of food fishes. They are indispensable to flourishing-
manufacturing and commercial industries, thus affecting the distribution
of population. I may also add, we owe something to them for the mainte-
nance of good sanitation and low mortality.
The very much depleted condition of our forests and the danger of
their complete destruction from the forces just enumerated calls for
immediate and vigorous action. This should be along two well defined
lines: education and legislation. The land owners of the State can be
forced to do but little, but by judicious and united efforts a public senti-
ment can be created in favor of the movement and tlie majority of the
forest owners will join in the efforts to secure practical results.
The State, county and township agricultural associations at all public
gatherings should present forestry topics for discussion, and here, as else-
where, competent persons should present the facts applicable to local
conditions, giving to the farmers simple and practical directions for the
care of their forests and the most economical methods for increasing their
48
acreage. At fairs and meetings of associations opportunity is nearly
always afforded for such work. Our teachers should be urged to give
at their gatherings frequent opportunity for the presentation of such
forestry matters as would be appropriate to the occasion. At our agri-
cultural college and in connection with several of our public educa-
tional institutions com-ses in forestry should be given so that our coming
generation of agi-iculturists, teachers and professional men may deal
with our problems in an intelligent way. We need in everj- community
men trained in foresti-y matters who, even though they may not be
actively engaged in forestry work, will be the leaders of public sentiment
and the organizers of movements in the direction of forest care. Some
of tliese men may in time be encouraged to supplement the work of
the State by securing control, at tax sales or in other ways, of suitable
forest lands and managing them in a manner to obtain a permanent in-
vestment, that could be made to yield a reasonable return to their pos-
terity. In some countries large estates have been left in this way, pro-
tected by proper conditions that would prevent subsequent holders from
depreciating the value of the investment, that, well managed, would yield
a very liberal return.
Although the State does not own forest lands, she should educate her
citizens in this subject for the same reason that she now does in agri-
cultural matters, even though she is not engaged in agriculture.
It is also important that the public schools lend their influence to this
cause in devoting some part of their time to the general study of our
trees and the value of our forests. This need not be introduced into the
cui'riculum as a regular subject, but in connection with the nature work
in the grades some few matters might be presented and in the liigh school
a few talks to tlie whole student body each term would accomplish very
nnieli, indeed a simple, recognition of the importance of the subject would
greatly assist in securing a hearing with the young. A German proverb
says, "Whatever you would have appear in the nation's life you must in-
troduce into the public school, and in not doing this we are missing one
of the most important means of bettering lur forestry conditions."
Fortunately one day has been set apart for the consideration of our
forest interests, and the proper observance of arbor day in our State affords
one of the very best methods of presenting this subject to the people.
This day should be carefully observed in every school district in the State
as a holiday and «ii)propriate exercises should be prepared for the occa-
49
sion. In these exercises the pupils of our public schools should take as
prominent a part as possible by reading suitable poems or presenting
essays on vai-ious subjects connected with our trees 'and forests.
In addition to this there should be presented to the people at these
gatherings a. thoroughly practical talk by some one trained in forestry
matters on subjects that will reach the farmers, who own ninety-seven
per cent, of tlie forests, and direct them in improvements and work thai
will result in a betterment of our forestry conditions. An effort should be
made to correct the prevailing impression that forestiy means the hoarding
of trees. It should be clearly explained that the application of proper
methods would result in inaugurating a system of intelligent cutting that
would bring to the owner the largest yearly returns without impairing his
investment. It should be further explained that there is no desire to re-
forest laud well adapted for cultivation, but rather to cover with forests
the vast areas of brush and waste land, that in 1893 represented thirty-five
per cenr. of our total acreage, and that only in this way can these tracts
be made profitable.
The thoroughness with which the State is settled makes it likely that
this land is unfit for cultivation, and if this could be added to our perma-
nent forests, and these properly managed, our condition would be almost
satisfactory. This waste land is well scattered throughout the State, but
several large tracts are located in Harrison. Parke. Perry, Jackson and
Crawford counties, and these should, if possible, be secured l>y the State.
No other line of activity offers as large returns Tvith so little labor as the
reclaiming of these waste tracts. A little tree planting, pruning, and clear-
ing of worthless stock for wood to pay the cost of the work, and the pro-
tection of these trees from forest enemies would soon secure a forest that
would become, if properly managed, a permanent and paying investment.
An especial effort should be made to reclaim all of this land that is
locateil in any way to influence our streams and if possible restore to the
State these important factors in our prosperity.
In some States the results from the work of arbor day have been very
important. In New York, last year, the day was observed in 10,251 school
districts, and in twelve years 229,616 trees have been planted. Our State
.shonld not be behind in this matter.
The next important means by which we hope to secure a betterment
of our forestry conditicms is through legislation. The history of forestry
legislation in Indi.-uia at the opening of the last legislature was summed up
4— Academy of Science.
50
by au emiiKMit botanist who, in discussing the forestry hiws of several
States, said of Indiana that slie liad notliing to offer in this direction.
^^■hi]o tills docs represent the main facts in the case it does by no means
tell the whole story. A law passed in ISU!) exempted from taxation pi-r-
nianent forest land containing not less than 170 trees per acre and also
any areas that might be i)lanted to the same number or more, cultivated
a few years and [irotected from cattle for a stated time. A like exemption
could l)e secured by bringing land containing 10b or more trees to the same
standard and maintaining it as a forest.
This law has in it much that is good, but the results of its operation
demonstrate the ditticidty of accomplishing nmch by legislation without
provision for education. This law was intended to indtice owners to secure
a. compactness that would make their tindier lands forests in all that this
term means to the forester and thus prevent the clearing of land below
the point where it ceased to be a. forest and became a woods jiasture. The
financial consideration was not enough to attract any veiy large number of
people and the farmer was not made to see the beneficial effects of the
forest so preserved or th(> possilyility of their management to secure prutit-
able returns. Further no attempt was niad(> to direct the owner in his
efforts to bring his depleted foi-ests 1o the standard where exemption could
be secured and consequently the total acreage was not increased. But
284 exemptions, including ~i.'-W2 acres, have been secured in the whole
State.
The law ])asse<l by the last legislature seems to be a wise one in that
it places the forestry matters of the State in charge of a pro]>eily organized
board Avith authority to make all desirable recommendations for the regu-
lation of our forests. The last legislature deserves our special conmiemla-
tion in its taking the first official step and establishing a board of for-
estry. I am certain that this board will receive the hearty support and co-
oi)eration of the Academy of Science and of the public spirited citizens
who have for many years persistently urged attention to our forestiy in-
terests and thus have opened the way for forestry legislation. To secure
any permanent benefits additional laws must be enacted, whenever such
as are suitable to our local conditions are suggested, and the campaign of
education inaugtu-ated nuist be pushed l>y all friends of forestry. Had the
State adopted any radical legislation Avithout the thorough study of the
situation within our borders it might have resulted in a misfit, since only
those forestrv laws are reallv effective that are based oh the exact needs
51
of a locality. Additional lo.uislatioii must t'ollow iiiv»'siioati(»ii and not
precetle it.
What it is possible to ac-coniplisli l).v forestry legislation may be dis-
covered i)y an examination of the legislation in those States that have done
most in forestry matters. A few of these States have Avorked out prob-
lems very similar to those that now confront us and from them we may
learn much. In New York, as the pioneer in this country, the legislation
has developed as the result of experiment and investigation with the single
purpose of preserving to the State its valual>le forests. The State first,
in 1885, secured control of certain large tracts of virgin forest and placed
the management of these in the hands of a forestry commission. This
commission was given charge of all forestry matters, including the collec-
tion and dissemination of information, the care of forest fires, the re-
forestation of new lands, and, in fact, was the custodian of the State's
forests. This board has been several times reorganized, until the men who
compose it. are each charged with the responsibility of a certain part of
the State's work. The remuneration is sufficient to obtain thoroughly
competent persons for each department and thus secure a Imsinesslike
service. This board has expended more than $3,000,000 in the purchase
of forest lands of the Adirondacks. With it all they have wisely guided
public sentiment until the people are wholly in sympathy with the work
and are proud of their foresight in saving to the State so much that is
vitally connected with its prosperity. In addition to this New York has es-
tablished a school of forestry that has already accomplished much toward
solving many problems peculiar to American forests. It is fortunate that
NeAV York has been so generous in conductmg her experiments on such
a large scale, for the outcome of this will be of incalculable aid to other
States which have the same problems to face. We can not copy European
forest methods and hope to secure the greatest efficiency in our forest
work. T'rinciples are valuable but the methods of their application must
vary.
In rennsylvania the history of forest legislation shows the usual re-
sults. Failure to fix responsibility and to arouse public sentiment made
the laAV inoi>erative, but in 1897 the people Avere stirred to action, forest
fires were promptly put out and the State has established forest reserves
by retaining the land that came to it from the nonpayment of taxes and
in condemning for that purpose suitable tracts at the headwaters of her
principal streams. Laws relieving forest land owned Ity farmers from
52
taxation has done much to encourage tree planting, and what was missed
in our own law has been secured here by educating the people to a
realization of the importance of immediate action.
The States of New York, Pennsylvania, Wisconsin, Minnesota and
Michigan, representing the most advanced iwsition in foresti-y matters
and in accord with the best judgment of the foremost forestry experts in
the United States, have recognized the importaxice of the State in the
control of her forests and the dangers of leaving an industry so vitally
connected with the prosperity Qf her people wholly in the hands of private
parties. The aim of the most rational forestry legislation should Ije to
permit the State to obtain control of large tracts, located suitably to
influence the head waters of our streams and our agricultural interests
and secure permanency to our lumber industries, and then place the man-
agement of these in the hands of trained foresters who would secure from
them a financial profit to the State in addition to maintaining tlieir liighest
efficiency as forests. Then the maintenance of smaller tracts that may
be acquired from the nonpayment of taxes and adding to these, as occasion
presents, lands not especially suited for agricultural pui-poses. This
policy, in those States where its effects have been observed, has received
the universal support of the people. Depredations interfering with the
best development of the State reserves can be controlled by positive legis-
lation that will fix responsibility and punish the guilty. Forest tliieves.
fires, browsing on public lands, etc., could all be controlled witli ease.
In whatever is done the State must talce its citizens into its confidence
and be prepared to defend each policy or line of action by careful figures
based on facts secured from the local conditions. The State shoidd lilce-
wise avoid anything that savors of a monopoly in this enterprise and
should in evei'y way encourage private cai>ital to cooperate in the worlv.
It would doubtless be out of place at this time to make suggestions for
radical legislation since the present forestry board will no doubt soon have
plans along this line based on the very careful study of the local condi-
tions. I wish, however, to commend to the consideration of our legislators
the very comprehensive and rational law before the Michigan legislature
last winter. This in my judgment is tlie most perfect plan of forestiy
legislation that has been presented in this country. This bill was prepared
by a forestry commission appointed in 1899, and was based on the needs
as discovered from a study of the conditions.
53
The organization of the fire warden force is most complete; it places
responsibility carefully and makes the expense of fighting fires fall largely
upon the counties in which it exists, and if any negligence on the part of
the warden is discovered the whole liurden falls on the county in which
he is shown to be remiss. A series of State reserves are to be established
in suitable localities where land can be secured from that which has come
to the State because of the nonpayment of taxes. The entire management
of these forests is placed in the hands of the commission,- and they are em-
powered to appoint a trained forest warden, with assistants, who will
have the immediate management of these lands and be responsible to
the commission. Appropriations are made for the worlv. and every phase
of it seems to be covered by carefully drawn and very comprehensive
legislation. While the laws are based largely on those of New York, they
contain a few improvements, and in some respects they might be safely
adopted by our own State as more applicable to our conditions. Certain
details of the laws in many States are very A'aluable. but the aim of our
State should be toward practical results and not to experiment with any
plan unless it has proven to l)e applicable to many cases and might be
effective in our own. The people must he shown the wisdom of each step
and this will make oiu- forestry work easy.
A word of caution in connection with the subject of legislation may not
be out of place. Great care should be exercised against tlie possibility of
excessive exemption from taxation or the raising by tax of money to pay
premiums on forest plantations, else the burden will fall too heavily on
otu' agi'icultural regions that are not fortunately located for forests, and
result in a prejudice against any forestry legislation. While stieh legisla-
tion is a great incentive to forest attention and does stimulate a healthy
interest in forest matters, it must not be too liberal or continued beyond
a period when its educational effect is desirable, since practical forestry
is a profitable occupation and should stand on its own merits. True some
farmers have tried it and failed, so liave they tried farming and not met
with success, but long experience with forests under many and varied
conditions has demonstrated the success of the plans, and there can be no
question as to its outcome in our State. The problems that confront us
in Indiana, may be briefly stated as follows:
1. Preservation of our forests now located on lands that are not
suitable for agriculture and the management of these tracts so that their
productiveness will be permanent.
54
2. The reforestation in tlie most economical Avay of similar lands,
now denuded, and securing for them the very best management possible.
3. The maintenance of such other tracts as may be necessary to secure
the proper protection to our agricultural, commercial, and sanitary
interests.
4. The seciu'ing of all needed legislation that Avill place our f5restr\
interests in the hands of competent persons and supporting them iV»y all
authority necessary to secure wise management jind p(M-nianenoy to the
proper conditions.
As bearing upon tlie direct solution of lliesc problems 1 may be per-
mitted to make some specific recommendatiims. Tlie State should estab-
lish forest reserves in different sections whei-e at the public expense pe-
culiar problems connected with each locality could lie worked out liy
experts in charge and plans presented that would be sutiieiently i»i(»fital)le
to induce private capital to engage in the imdertaking. It is fnrllier de-
sirable that tlie State follow the plan nlrejidy inaugm':it(Ml in tliis couiitrx
and establisli in connection witli one of our State institutioiis ;i school of
forestry where our people could be trained in tliis brjiiicli of iiuUistri.-il
activity and where the forestry interests of the State could !)(> centered.
But in all of these matters the intelligent support of Iiidi.ma's best
citizens is solicited and it is only with the hearty cooperation of every
one that anything worthy of our great State can be accomplished.
Many fascinating fields for work and investigation along these lines
are opening in Indiana, and it is hoped that our scientific friemis may be
induced to cooperate witli our State board in tlu^se matters.
Correlation of Forestry and the Sciknces.
W. H. Freeman.
Forestry as the science of promoting and fostering the forest area by
preservation and cultivation has a significant correlation with the more
prominent sciences of geography, zoiilogy. engineering, maiiufncture and
government.
This as :i fact is beyond questioning, but the ways, manner and extent
of the correlation are not generally known, nor have educators, especially
in the United States, given it merited consideration. There are excuses for
this. Educators and the people generally are not to be censured for this
55
lack of atteiitiuii iu the presevvatiou aud cultivation of forests, eveu for
their own good aside from the good of science. Forestrj- is a subject of
very recent agitation iu America and especially is it so in Indiana, but it
is growing steadily.
President lioosevelt voices this condition of the knowledge of forestry
iu the opening sentence of his message bearing on the subject. He says,
"Tublic opinion throughout the United States has moved steadily toward
a just appreciation of the value of forests." Trusting that you all are
familiar with wliat he says about forestry in his message. I shall, express-
ing my appreciation for such eminent recognition of it. pass to the dis-
cussion of rlie coniu^ctive phases mentioned at the beginning.
Forestry as a science issue, it seems to me. is far-i'eaching in its
intluences. I think with consistent reason it can l)e shown that tht^re is
scarcely an industrial or intellectual life which forestry does not affect
directly or indirectly.
Geography and forestry are closely connected iu matters of climate,
di-ainage aud surface coutuur. Forests by their presence have marked
intluences on climate iu governing the phenomena of temperature, moisture
and storms. It is asserted by students of the subject that the denudation
of forests is the cause of the growing extremes of temperature, violent
atmospherii- changes, changed precipitation, moisture waste through
heightened evaporation and the unhindered flow over the surface to the
streams.
The arguments ai'c: First, the forest foliage, as a transpiratory agent,
is a great soui-ce of moisture to the atmosphere; second, the foliage l)y
its shade prevents the sun's rays from striking the earth's surface and
thus prevents evaporation: third, the forest litter, httnius and roots, col-
lect, hold and store the rainfall for the gradual and constant resource of
water for streams and springs; fotirth, the lack of forest litter, hiunus and
roots permits the rainfall to flow quickly over the surfaie to the streams
and away, thus facilitating the drying up of springs and streams and re-
stricting the climatic agents.
In addition to the facts stated al)ove. deforestation means the uninter-
rupted sway of the winds to carry destruction with them and allows the
sun's rays unbroken to overheat tlie surface aud cause abnormal atmos-
pheric conditions resulting in violent storms.
I neeil only to remind you that the climatic e(iuilil>rium is different
from ten ye.-irs ;igo. Tlie temperature extremes for the year 188(5 were
56
lUl and 25. In 1896 they were lOo and 22. More frequent storms of de-
structive character occur throughout the summer, and the fall and lay of
snow is not so constant as formerly. I am not prepared to say that the
annual precipitation is much less than before deforestation, but believe the
almost certain annual drouth is heightened because the rainfall is not con-
served to the soil because of the conditions before mentioned.
Forestrj^ and drainage are reciprocal. The surface drainage is changed.
No one rationally doubts it. It is contracted generally, more quickly spas-
modic in overflow and becoming more intermittent. The streams in for-
mer times under conditions of dense woods contained water all the yeaf
round. The rivers dammed by fallen trees and drift prevented the hasty
escape of the water from their beds. . But now the drifts are gone and
for the greater part of the year the streams are stagnant and dead. This
is true, especially of the Pigeon. Eel and Wal)ash rivers. Many of the
lakes have shrunken in area and the small creeks and streams no longer
exist.
The same causes answer for these conditions as for the climate: les-
sened transpiratory agents, increased facilities for evaporation, aided
escape of the rauifall and destroj^ed storage conditions.
The unhindered flow of the rainfall over the surface correlates for--
estry and erosion. Erosion is altering in many places, to a considerable
extent, tlie contour of the l^tate and resulting in serious damage to the
streams. Tlie surface is being gullied and the soil carried into the streams
and s]irings. tliereby clogging and tilling them up.
Tliis devastation of The streams relates forestry and zoology. The
congestion of the streams with the erosive sediment filling up the deep
holes and the intermittent flow are destructive to the propagation of many
of the fishes. The drying up of the deeper sloughs and swamps is extermi-
nating the mollusks and crustaceans. The same may be said of every
other water-inhabiting species.
It may be argued that in many instances it is well such is the case,
but for science it is not good.
Forestry and ornithology are mutually related. The destruction of
the forests means the destruction and extinction of many of the birds.
Trees are the natural homes of most of our beautiful birds. It is in the
forest that they nest and hatch their yomig. The larger food birds of both
land and water habitations are almost entirely extinct in this State. The
same is true of many of the finest species of plumage and song birds.
57
All these facts so far given, you may say, are not because of forestry,
biit from the lack of it. It is sadly tnie, and forestry at best can not
hope to retrieve, but it can, if properly conducted, nourish the neglected
condition and foster the remnants. The science of engineering and for-
estiy are mutually affected, as is also manufacture and construction.
"Timber physics" is the term applied to these relations. Forestry in its
most complete development should strive to make knovpn the properties
of all timbers used for purposes of engineering, manufacture and con-
struction. This know^ledge should be extended to cover the properties of
timber structure, physical conditions of growth and mechanical qualities.
To be of value the tests made should be of the largest number, speci-
men and physical limitations. A definite knowledge of these and their
relation to the mechanical properties will be of inestimable value to users
of wood in the lines of work mentioned.
Since we are beginning to plant forests, the production of wood merely
is of the smallest consideration, but to produce at the same time quality
(•f wood is the thing to be considered. It is the endless variability in tim-
ber pliysics that has kept it in the background, but I believe with the
thorough inauguration of systematic forestiy it must come to the front.
It is a well-known fact by all who have to handle wood in constructive
connections that our knowledge, technically, of wood properties is very
unsatisfactory and has resulted in untold loss in every conceivable manner.
In matters of forestry and government there are to be found at the
present time some of the most scientific problems for legislation and con-
trol. The management and control of the United States forest reserves
against depredations of cutting, grazing, cultivation and fires, and the
problem of irrigation and irrigation reservoirs for the reclamation of the
arid sections of the Middle West from regions of desolation to areas of
life, industry and prosperity involve difficulties of interstate significance
and large public interest.
In closing, I say it seems to me the points discussed are some of the
ways in which foresti-y and the sciences are I'elated. As "scientific, lilce
spiritual truth, has ever from the beginning been descending from Heaven
to man," so let it continue, and remain for science to substitute facts for
appearances and demonstrations for impressions.
Facts in all these, definitely ascertained and generally disseminated
and taught in the schools, will rebound in lasting good to an energetic
people. This means for Indiana. The saying, "We hail science as man's
58
truest friend and uoble helper" was never more applicable than now and
at home. 1 appeal to you as men of science to lend a helping hand and
bring forth the truth to a receptive humanity.
Relation of Scientific Organizations to Manufacturers.
R. B. Polk.
In lookinu- over the constitution and by-laws of this organizalion. I
hnd stated among its objects the following: "To assist by invi'stigation
and discussion in developing and making known the material, educational
and othei- resources and riches of the State. To arrange and prepare for
pultlication siich reports of investigation and discussions as may further
the aims and objects of the Aca<lemy as set foi'tli in these artide^s."
Being identified with the manufacture of cei'tain food products, and
Ix'ing a member of this organization, lias induced me to give some tliought
to the results which might be produced if there could be consummated a
<'loser relationship between this society and manufacturers. In suggest-
nig that a movement of this kind be inaugurated, I am taking it for
granted that the paramount motives of this organization are for tlie en-
lightenment of the public at large, and the advancement of science in
general.
It is a fact that there is a certain amount of prejudice on the part
of manufacturers against scientists. Avhich 1 believe to be directly due to
a lack of understanding and co()peration. Thei-e is. in fact, too much an-
tagonism between manufacturers and our health officers. This is, per-
haps, due. to some extent, to impractical and incompetent men being
idaced in these positions. It may. indeed, he laid in some cases to the
fault of the laws they are ti-ying to enforce. And. though I whisper it,
it may be due to a desire on the p;irt of some manufacturers to use
fraudulent methods in the sale of their goods.
It is a belief too primary to (piestion that science in the hands of
men of genius has been directly responsil)le for nearly all great improve-
ments in the production of pm-e foods. We have to but mention such
names as Appert. Pasteur. Iviebig, Hansen, Jorgensen and others and
investigate tlieir works to substantiate this assertion.
59
There have recently been some efforts made on the part of oi-gauized
manufacturers of food products to utilize the services of some chemists
and bacteriologists to solve certain scientific prol)lems bearing on processes
for canned goods. All such efforts have, however, been spasmodic and
have been dropped; the results thus being minimized. I believe that
what is needed to produce real results is quiet, persistent effort, and I
think necessarily on the part of an organization.
There are three ways in which manufacturers have need of organized
srientilic aid: First, in the practical Avork of production; second, regulat-
ing our food laws; third, in educating the public to the use of pure foods,
and to the fact that such goods can not be produced as clieaply as adul-
terated ones.
While it is necessary for the manufacturer to understand the mechan-
itvil details and general processes of his factory, it is impracticable for him
to become an authority on the obscure scientific details. The ordinary
farmer will not leave his work to investigate the mineral constituents of
<-ertain plant cells, however great the scientific value. The brewer does
not care to know whether or not the bacteria which sours his product is
s)>ore forming, so he has a method of keeping clear of them. The baker
<l<ies not care what particular variety of yeast he uses if he has the
right one, and it is pure enough for practical uses. Yet, the foundation of
his business depends upon the separation and i)urity of tlie yeast he em-
ploys. The canner will not investigate what action sulphite of soda will
have on tin until it has cost him $60,CMM» in one year, as was experienced
by a packer a few years ago. Thousands tipon thousands of dollars have
been lost because such facts as tliese have been unknown. In fact, the
field is so broad that work in many departments of an organization would
bo necessary.
Tliere is, and has been, great need in our States of a som'ce of un-
prejudiced authority on the sul).ject of foods which could l»e referred to
in framing laws. Legislatures are fickle. Health otficers are stibject to
political change, which makes the interpretation of the law subject to
"change without notice." I am not presuming that it is the scope of this
society to become a political factor, but had it been operating on the lines
I have suggested it would onjy be a natural sequence for it to Itecome an
advisory authority for lawmakers as well as manufacturers.
In order to show some of the uncertainty the manufacturers have to
deal with. I will read extracts from two different letters. One from tlie
60
Food ('oniniissioiiei- of Pennsylvania, the other from the Chief Chemist of
the Agricultural Department, which is in answer to an inquiiy made by
a chemical house in New York. The following is from the Food Comniis-
sioner of Pennsylvania:
•'A number of manufacturers of 'catsup' have represented that the
strict enforcement, at this time, of rule No. 12. of the decisions iiulilishcd
in Bulletin No. 30, by this department, so far as it relates to catsup, will
seriously injure their busiuess. They state that the catsup for next year's
irade was manufactured before the rule referred to was issued and that
the goods now contain a preservative. Icnown as benzoate of soda, the use
of which is prohibited under the law. Whilst rule No. 12 does not abso-
lutely prohibit the use of preseiwatives in food, it does fix the responsibility
upon the manufactiu-ers of showing that a preservative is necessary, and in
case of doubt as to its effect upon the health of the consumer, of showing
that it is not injurions. Before strictly enforcing any new law, or new
ruling, the Dairy and Food Commissioner has always given manufacturers
and dealers reasonable time in which to lie heard, and. if necessary, to get
rid of adulterated goods already on llic market, and tliis is in recognition
of the fact that all reputable mannt'.-ictnrers and dealers ch'slre to comply
witli every lawful regulation of Irade I'or tln> protection of the pulilic
health, and only need to know wh;it the law is. and Vie given reasonable
time to adjust their business to its requirements. In order, therefore, to
give time for the proper settlement of the points at issue, the enforce-
ment of rule No. 12, so far as it relates to the use of a moderate quantity
of benzoate of soda in catsup, is suspended until opportunity shall be
given manufacturers to make clear tlie fact that its use is necessary and
not injurious to health. A meeting will be arranged for in the near
future, at which all who are interested can liave opportunity to be heard."
It seems that the theory of the law has been reversed in this case
by holding a thing wrong until it is proven right. This letter is practically
a retraction, and it is very evident tlie law was passed without fair
investigation.
The following is from a chemist, which was written in answer to a let-
tm' from a chemical house which manufacttu'es carmine:
•T am in receipt of your letter of the 3d inst. relating to the classifica-
tion of carmine. I appreciate the position in which you are placed, but
do not consider that it would be permissible to class carmine with vege-
table colors. Of course, it is not a coal tar derivative and has never been
61
-alleged to be in.iurious except when used in the form of a tin lake. Strictly
speaking, however, as I said before, it is not a vegetable color and I
shoixld not be inclined to class it as such. It is unfortunate that tliere is
so large an element who regard all vegetable colors as harmless and all
others as objectionable."
You will notice from these letters that it is almost inipossilile for the
manufacturer to get definite lines to work to.
To kill an evil we must get at its head. The greatest excuse for
-adulterated goods is that the i)ublic wants something that looks nice, and,
above all, something that is cheap. As long as this demand exists, it
will be satisfied. It is true we have laws requiring adulterated goods to be
labeled as such, but they are juggled with to such an extent that they con-
fuse the public all the more. While these requirements are in force con-
cerning the labeling of adulterated goods, there is no stamp of approval
provided for the pure food, and, the consuming public being unacquainted
with the label requirement, has to take the manufacturer's word for it.
Laws regarding adulterated foods are necessarily technical. Tech-
nicalities can not reach the spirit of a manufacturer, though he may com-
ply with their litei'al requirements. Foods may be and are prepared un-
der the most filthy and uiisnnitaiy conditions, yet fill the technical re-
quirements of the law.
How much greater the incentive to a manufacturer if he could have
his goods and methods inspected and receive suggestions from an un-
jtrejudiced organization, which, by its researches, had become thoroughly
competent.
I believe the State of Indiana could not make a greater move in favor
()f pure foods and benefit the public more than by delegating power to
the Indiana Academy of Science, if it were willing, to place on goods which
had passed its inspection, its stamp of approval. While the public should
be protected, the manufacturer should be encouraged. In conclusion I
wish to say that the needs which I have tried to present are real and not
imaginary. While there would probably be considerable apathy on the
part of some manufactiirers in cooperating with this movement, those
who are really interested in the quality of their products will greet a
movement of this kind with their enthusiastic support.
62
Mounds and Burial Grounds of Bartholomew Cuuntv. Indiana.
J. J. Edwards, M. D.
It has repeatedly been stated that there are no artificial earthworks
or mounds within the eonnt.v which may be ascribed to a prehistoric race.
After investigation and numerous incjuiries we sum up the data thus ob-
tained and offer it for what it is worth to the student of archaeology:
1. A circular mound sixty feet in diameter and about three feet high,
but by cultivation now almost level with the surface of the field,
is situated on the farm of Henry Blessing, in Wayne township^
section 1, township 8, north, range 5 east. Some years ago it was
explored ;ind five skeletons were found, besides numerous stone
implements. Many articles of stone, together with fragments of
bones, have since Ih'ch obt.-nncd. A Mi;in named Sam. ('I;irk found
an entire skull, which he used as a •"di'lnking gom-d." 'IMiis momid
is one and a half miles northeast of Wailesbiiro.
2. There is a small circul;ir iiidund on the Lloyd Mo\dridge farm, twa
mil(>s west of Cox's Crossing, in Columbus township, in section 34,
townshij) 9, north, range .") east. Mr. Oscar liowe informs me that
seveivil skeletons and relics h.avc I»cch unearthed here. It has not
been systematically explored.
3. There is a small circular mound just north of the .lackson and Bar-
tholomew county line and soutli of the farm of Eli .Mar(iuette. It
is situated in a stri]) of woodlaml east of the highway which runs
southeast from .Tonesville. and is in section 10. township 7. north,
range (!, east. 1 do not knoAV if it has lieen exi>l(>i'ed.
4. While opening the Wailesboro railroad gravel \nt a large skeleton was
exhumed. Beside him were buried several relics of stone, amoug^
which was a I)eautiful gorget of polished striped slate, now in my
jHissession. It i.s different from, but more nearly resembles, the
gorget figured as 130, page US. of the thirteenth annual report of
the Bureau of p:thnology (Washington. I). C.. L^^itl-'.H.'. jiuldished
lS!)t;.) than any I have seen figured.
5. In liMH, on opening a gravel pit just north of Wailesltoi-o. in section l-I,
in the angle formed by the pike and railroad and nortli of the
crossing, a human skeleton was unearthed, Init no relics were
obtained. This was about one hundred yards north of the place
where the large skeleton .al)o\(' referred to was exhumed.
63
6. There is a mound located on the Pence farm, on Flatrock River, Flat-
roclv township, two miles northeast of Clifford; explored by Dr.
Arwine in 189.S. Bones, ashes and arrow-points were found.
7. There is a monnd one and one-half miles east of the last mentioned
(No. 6l on Tames Hagar's farm. Never explored.
8. Burial place on farm of James Remy. near Burnsville. See eleventh
Geological Report. 1881, page 204.
!). Bones have been taken from the Remy gravel bed, near Biirnsville.
Ibid.
10. Bones have lieen taken from the Hacker 1)urial place. Ibid.
Microscopical ()R(iANi8MS Found in the LaFayette (Ind.)
Reservoir.
Severance Burrage.
The reservoir of the city of LaFayette is located in a parli on Oak-
land Hill, the highest point of land east of tlie city. Avitli an altitude of
about two hundred feet above the level of the Wabash River. The reser-
voir itself is built up above the surrounding land level, and the survej'
head of the reservoir is given as two hundred and tliirty-two feet. The
reservoir is not quite two hundred feet S(iuare. has a depth of twenty-
eight feet, and a capacity of four million two hundred tliousand gallons.
The Avater witli Avhich this reservoir is supplied is ol>tained from tlie
regular city supply Avells, wnich are driven forty or more feet into the
bed of the AVabash River. The water from these wells is remarkably
pure and free from organisms. A recent l)acteriological analysis showed
but one germ to a cubic centimeter, and a microscopical examination was
a complete blank. Of course, this remarkable purity is at once lost when
this Avater is pumped up to tlie reservoir and exposed to the air and sun-
light.
It is the purpose of this paper to give a census of the micro-organisms.
exclusive of the bacteria, found in this reservoir Avater, the figures being
obtained from tAA'enty microscopical analyses, coA'ering a period of five
years:
64
Maximum number Average Percentage
in any in of
Diatoms— one sample. all samples, occurrence.
Asteriouella 8,700 271.8 GO
Cyclotella 2,500 129.5 50
Diatoma GOO 10.9 30
Navicula 8,100 108.G 75
Syuedra 135,400 18,766.6 100
Piuularia 200 .3.8 25
Cocooiieis GOO 15.4 25
Gomphonema 100 0.9 5
Meridion 100 0.9 5
Cocfonema 300 8.1 20
Melosii-ii 4,200 47.2 10
Fragllaria 300 4.4 15
Nitzschia 50 0.4 5
Tabellaria 50 0.7 10
Algae—
Chaetophuru 100 5 5
Oedogonium 100 5 10
Kapliidium 50 0.4 5
Protococcus 100 5 5
Sceuedesmus 2,800 671.4 20
Fungi—
Creuotbrix 4,400 IOG.4 35
Beggiatoa 1,200 90 10
Infusoria—
Dinobryon G4,000 6,546.6 90
Peridinium 28,900 1,031.8 50
UrogleiiJi 800 75.3 25
Rotatoria—
Anurea .KM* 12G 25
Polyartbra KK) 5 5
Crustacea-
Cyclops 10 0.6 15
.Total number of species represented, 27.
Particular attention is called to the three forms, Uroglena, Asteriouella
and Dinobryon.
65
The colouy-building iufusorial form InxjleHU has appeared iu the water
of the LaFayette reservoir rather regularly in the summer months since
1896, and has been the cause of much annoyance to the water works offi-
cials. . At such times it has imparted a very disagi-eeable odor and taste
to the water, leading- many consumers to complain that there were dead
fish or eels in the pipes. In the summer of 1898 it became necessary to-
have the water completely drawn off from the reservoir In order to thor-
oughly cleanse it and get rid of the Uroglena. Thei-e has been no serious
trouble since that time.
The star-shaped diatom Asterionella, although occurring in considerable
numbers, has not. as far as kuo^\ni. caused any noticeable effect on the
odor or taste of the water. Yet this is the organism which has so often
given the characteristic geranium taste to many eastern water supplies.
Another infusorial form. Dinohrijou. is present in the water of the
reservoir in large numbers at the present time. Should this number in-
crease to any great extent, we may expect to have a fishy odor and
ta.ste imparted to the water.
Aside from these three above mentioned forms, the organisms found in
the reservoir have practically no effect on the odor or taste of the water.
Physical Observations of the 1*lanet Mars at the
Opposition of 1901.
W. A. COGSHALL.
Observations of tlie last opposition of ]Mars were made at the Kirk-
wood Observatory of Indiana I'niversity from the time the twelve-inch,
telescope was in place, early in February, till late in May. The observa-
tions consisted mainly in drawing tlie surface markings and were car-
ried on nearly every good night between the dates mentioned. The draw-
ings submitted herewitli were all made between Fel)ruary lo and May 1.
Drawings of two dift'erent ol)servers are included in the series, part being
by Professor .J. A. Miller, and part liy tlie writer. Where the drawings
of both for the same night are placed together tliey are generally marked
by the proper initials. In all this work tlie drawing was done as inde-
pendently as possible, neitlier looking at tlie other's drawing until both
were complete. It will be seen that in every case the marlcings drawn
are essentially the same, although the draAvings vary slightly both in
detail and in the location of the dark areas. Dr. :Miller almost always plac-
ing the dark regions of the soutliern liemisphere somewhat fartlier to
the south than did the writer.
60
67
» \ \
i40^iAvt ^]/^
^?» li g^"
Aphzs 7^
Ahh zsr 3<^s
Mays. 8^
68
This oi)i)()sition was not nearly so favorable to the ol)servati()ii of sur-
face eliaraeteristies as some in tlie past, as Mars and tlie <'artli were so
situated that at the time of opposition Mars was at his greatest distance
from the sun, while the earth Avas at its least distance, thus making the
distance between .Mars and the earth almost a maximum. So great is the
eccentricity of the planet's orbit that this distance at opposition maj' vary
from thirty-five million miles to over sixty-two million miles. In this
ease it was near the latter limit, the nearest approach being on the 22d
of Fel)ruary.
This opposition was also somewhat unfavorable if we compare results
witli those obtained in IS'.ii' and 1S'.)4. in that the southern pole of the
planet which was at that time turned toward us. at this opposition was
turned away from us.
The large dark areas on the planet are mainly in the southern hemi-
sphere and are the most easily seen of anything on the surface except the
polar cap. It will be observed that there are also lai'ge dark areas in the
northern hemisphere, but these, for tlie most part, are very changeable,
both in size and shape and intensity, indicating prol)al)ly that they are
really water and that the change is piu'ely seasonal in character. One of
the most cons]iicuous markings on tlu^ planet at the time of opposition was
the great polar ice cap. It will be observed that the early drawings all
re])resent this feature as large, and the l)rilllant white color made it stand
out in a very consiiicnons manner against the yellow and red of the rest
of the surface, while, toward the end of the series, the cap has diminished
in size so as to be easily overlooked altogether. It will also be observed
that the ice cap is represented willi a dark fringe surrounding it. that
this fringe follows the edge of the cap as it melts away, and that at the
same time the dark areas near this pole become much enlarged and much
nioi'e intt'iise in contrast with tlie briglit yellow of the disk. This tends
to show that these dark patches are really water and as the polar snows
melt, the water runs out over the comparatively level surface in great
pools.
A few of the numerous so-called canals are shown. As to just the
character and origin of these objects there has been a great deal of dis-
cussion. Their reality was even questioned for some time after their dis-
covery, but of that there can now be no doubt at all. These canals were
first seen by Schiaparelli in 1877, and from that time till the present they
have been a constant source of perplexity. The same observer shortly
69
alteiward niuioiinoed that at eertain seasons these canals appeared to be
doul»led, and tlie same thing has been seen many times since, although as
yet there is no really probable explanation offered. It has been supposed
to lie an optical effect by some, and due to atmov^pheric causes by others,
and by some it is thought that the canal is really douI)le. This doubling
is shown in the drawing made on April 7.
As the rotation period of Mars is about thirty-nine minutes longer than
our day, by looking at the planet at the same hour on successive nights
we will see any particular marking shifted to the right from the center
by about IK degrees Martian longitude for each night. We are therefore
able, in the course of about thirty-eight days, to view the whole surface
by looking for a short time each night, and the rotation is sufficiently
rapid so that even in the course of three or four hours tlie amount of
new detail brought into view is large.'
In the drawings of February 15 the most conspicuous part of the whole
dislv is the great northern ice cap with a large dark area liordering it.
The dark band of color across the southern part of the planet is a portion
of that great area, supposed at one time to be water, and near the center
of the disk are two of the so-called canals, which, on this night, could
be followed only for a short distance.
In all these drawings the contrast lietween the light and darlv parts of
the planet has been drawn greater than it really appears, so that the
drawing would reproduce better. The outlines have been made distinct or
hazy as they appeared, but the dark parts of the planet are not so dark
generally as shown here.
By comparing the drawings of February 15 and those of February 20.
the eastward drift of about ten degrees per day, mentioned above, has
brought into view a very dark and conspictious marking which will be
found a numlier of times in the drawings of later date and which was
always connected with the dark area about the pole by a well defined but
irregular dark mark liest shown in the draAvings of the early part of April.
This was the first real detail ever seen on the planet and was drawn by
Huyghens in 1(>.19. It has probably received more attention from observers
than any other part of the planet. This dark line, with many more, from
the polar seas leading toward the equator naturally suggests that the so-
called canals do really carry away the water resulting from the melting
snow. As they are about thirty miles wide, it has been suggested as
more probable tliat they are really strips of vegetation bordering the
5— Academy of Science.
70
canal proper, and it is also probable that much of the dark belt covering
the greater part of the southern hemisphere is due mainly to vegetation.
These areas deepen in color very decidedly at aliout the time the water
would reach them if it were really conducted from the poles to the equa-
torial regions in the canals, and after the ice cap is all melted and no evi-
dence of other water supply is visible, these areas again turn ligliter in
color as if the vegetation dried up or died.
Some of those who have done the most in the observation of the planet
ai'e of the opinion that the extreme regailarity and geometric exactness of
the canal system indicate that it is artificial in its origin and it is only fair
to say that this is the appearance of the planet wlien seen to the best
advantage. While tliis idea leads to tlie conclusion (hat tliere is or has
been some sort of intelligent life on ]\lars. yet the canal system die tliey
real canals or something else) has as yet no other explanation which we
can consider at all possible. If we assume the existence (in the planet of
some sort of intelligent life, a canal system sucli as we see would be
essential, as we can see no storms and hut very few clouds, the wliole
water supply being apparently the melting jdlar cap.
On the other hand, it is possilile tliat tlie pdlnr cni)s ;ire not ice, but
some other material which will vaiiorize in tlie Marti.-m sunlight and
solidify during the long polar niglit. I'nlcss .Mars has some s-ource of
heat which tlie earth has not, tlie temperature, even at the best, must be
far below that experienced at the same latitude on the earth; and as the
atmosphere is not more than one-half as dense as ours this difference in
temperature is greatly intensified. It has been suggested that the caps
are solidified carbon dioxide and we can not say that tliey are not. Tlie
most that can be said for this theory is that carlion dioxide will act that
way at a low enough temperature, lint it fails to explain in any degree
the seasonal changes in color, and suggests no use or origin for the marks
called canals. The ice theory a<-counts for everything but the temperature
to melt it.
Consequently, the climatic conditions on Mars, the physical charac-
teristics of its surface, its habitaliility and inhabitants are still open ques-
tions upon which much time and laltor must lie expended before we can
say much about them witli certaintv.
71
A Problem ix Geometry.
J. A. Cragwall.
TO CONSTRUCT A SQUARE THAT SHALL BE ^, OF A GIVEN SQUARE.
The method given below can not be new, nor does it involve any new pro-
cesses or discoveries; but in all the textbooks examined b_v the writer no mention
has been made of such method.
It is here given because of its simplicity and directness, in the hope that
some teacher will consent to lighten the work of the pupil in geometry to that
extent. The construction is as follows:
Let ABCD be the given square. Lay off
on one side of the square, as AD a distance
DE equal to — of AD. Then, CDEF is a
rectangle with base equal to a side of the
square and altitude ~ of it. Then CDEF is
^^ • ^
-TV- ot the square ^ow construct a square
equivalent to this rectangle and we have a
S(iuare that is ^ of the given square.
Some Investigations in the Electro-Deposition of Platinum.
J. A. Cragwall.
When the work for this paper was beguu. it was with no intention
of making any study of the deposition of platinum, but to obtain a foil
that could be used to separate an electrolyte into two compartments and
at the same time to set up no barriers to the passage of a current of elec-
tricity: it was thought that in this way some new light might be thrown
on the subject of the migration of ions. Not being able to secure plat-
inum leaf thin enough for the purpose, an effort was made to make it by
depositing platinum electrolytically on some metal that could afterwards
be dissolved and leave the platinum intact. The work proved of greater
proportions than was anticipated, so tliat the limited amount of time
would only permit a partial investigation into the action of the electrolyte
and the character of deposit. The available literature on the subject was
72
very meager, the bibliography of the deposition of metals giving very little
light.
Dr. William II. Walil. of I'hila(lel])hia. has written a pamphlet which
deals with the subject qualitatively and in a rather iudetinite manner. In
the investigation several problems presented themselves for solution,
among them being the following:
I. The metal that shall be used for the cathode;
II. The solution of platinum to use for electrolyte;
III. The current density tliat gives tlie best character of deposit at the
most rapid rate:
IV. The concentration of solution that gives best results;
Y. The temperature that gives highest efficiency and best character of
deposit;
\l. If the foil is porous or granular, the way to treat it so as to remedy
tlie defect and get a dense, tougli deposit;
VII. The li(iuiil that will dissolve the metal of the catliode and leave the
jilat inum foil intact,
^lost of tliese problems aic very closely related, so that results for
several were sometimes olitained from tlu' same set of experiments.
<»n account of tlie smooth surface it will take, the ease with which it
in;iy lie dissolved, that it will take a deposit of another metal so readily,
and that it can be rolled into thin sheets, copper seems the best metal for
the catlidde. The anode, of com-se. should be platinmn, carbon or other
substance that will not be acted on by the nascent gas set free in the reac-
tion.
II AND III.
The salt of iilatintim used must be such that it is easily dissolved and
will start up no harmful secondary action during the passage of the cur-
rent. Platinic chloride will not serve on account of this last restriction,
riatinic hydrate, however, is almost ideal and was used in all experi-
ment!?.
At first an effort was made to use platinic hydrate dissolved in oxalic
acid, forming oxalate of platinum, the proportions used being—
1 oz. platinic hydrate,
4 oz. oxalic acid,
4000 c.c. distilled water.
i6
Experiments gave the highest current density tliat conld be used
without the appearance of platinum blaciv, as being about .0(X)1 amperes
per square centimeter, and even then there was a slight appearajice of gas
at the cathode. The liiiuid was of a clear straw color when warm. Ijecom-
ing purple on cooling; but, after allowing the current to run for about 15
minutes, a dark cloudy appearance was noticed at the anode that gradu-
ally spread to the whole liquid. No chemical analysis was made to de-
termine the composition of this, though it is very likely that it was plat-
inous hydrate. The liquid was then tightly stoppered and left for about
two months, when it was found that all The platinum had been reduced
to the form of spongy platinum. This was due to the fact that oxalic
acid is an active reducing agent.
Taken as a whole, the. experiments with oxalate of platinum were
very unsatisfactory, the cuiTent being low, the solution unstable and the
deposit dark, as if some of the dark precipitate was occluded in the
deposii.
Mention is made of these trials for the reason that the results are
contrary to the statements of Dr. Wahl.
The next solution tried was made l)y dissolving platiuic hydrate in
caustic potash in the proportions—
1 oz. platinic hydrate,
4 oz. caustic potash,
2(XK^ c.c. distilled water.
It was possilde to use a current density of .003 amperes per square
centimeter and get a bright smooth deposit, when the liquid was held at
a temperature of 05 P. When the deposit was made comparatively thick,
however, there was some appearance of crystallization. Trial showed
a current density of .002 to be about as high as it was best to go with
this particular solution at the above temperature.
lY.
Tests were now made to determine the effect of varying the concen-
trations of the liquid. As al)ove noted, when the proportions were—
1 oz. platinic hydrate.
4 oz. caustic potash,
2000 c.c. distilled water,
the maximum current density that could be used and get a clear, bright
deposit was .0035 amperes per square centimeter.
■74
With a solutiou in tbe proportions of
2 oz. platinic hydrate,
4 oz. caustic potash,
2000 c.c. distilled water,
it was foirnd possible to run the current density up to .006 amperes.
With another solution in which the proportions were
5 oz. platinic hydrate,
8 oz. caustic potash,
4000 c.c. distilled Avater,
the current reached .012 amperes before the appearance of platinum
black.
Increasing the platinic hydrate in tlie above so as to have 6 oz. plat-
inic hydrate, increased the current density to .015 amperes per square
centimeter. The amount of caustic potash was increased so as to make
a solution having the proportions—
2 oz. platinic hydrate,
1 oz. caustic potash,
4000 c.c. distilled water,
when it was found that .002 amperes was as high as the current density
could be caiTied. Increasing the amount of caustic potash still further
decreased the amount of current that could be used.
From the results given it may be concluded that the greater the per
cent, of platinum in the solution, the higher the current density that can
be used. Any Increase in the amount of caustic potash lessens the maxi-
mum current density.
V.
In regard to the temperature that gives the best results, the experi-
ments showed that any increase in the temperature raised the maximum
current density that could be used. Thus, at 65 F. .0035 amperes per
square centimeter was the maximum, while a temperature of 100 F. per-
mitted the use of a current as high as .008 amperes per square centimeter,
with corresponding changes for intermediate points.
^ ■ 75
YI.
Biirnisliiiig- the foil with a smooth bent ghiss rod, or ^yith a piece of
hard wood, made the phitiimm denser. Lightly beating the foil between
chamois skins was of some assistance, though for the purpose in view
great care had to be exercised to prevent getting the deposit of unequaL
thickness over the foil.
YII.
There are many liiiuids that will dissolve the copper — notably, nitric
acid. but. on account of the formation of gas during the reaction and the
consequent tearing of the foil, it and several others had to be discarded.
Ammonium chloride was foiuid to lie the liest, though its action is very
slow. The result may be hastened, however, by first making this foil of
copper, the anode in a copper sulphate electrolyte and dissolving away
a, large part of the copper before putting, the foil in the bath of ammonium
chloride.
There is one serious difficulty that is met in dissolving the copper.
After all the copper has been dissolved, it is extremely difficult to re-
move the foil from the liquid on account of the cohesion being sufficient
to add enough Aveight of water to the foil to tear it as it is taken from
the liquid or roll it up so that it is useless.
This can only be overcome by placing the foil where it is to go when
completed, and then dissolve away the copper.
Although some very fair foils were made in these experiments, it is
hardly fair to say that they were wholly successful. But the work opens
up another avenue that may lead to something very useful— the electro-
plating with platinum of delicate s\u-gical instruments, etc., to take the
place of nickel. It is well known that many efforts have been made to
use platinum for such purposes, but, as far as the writer knows, with very
indifferent success on account of the great trouble and consequent cost of
the work. Using an electrolyte of platinate of potassium, it is possible to
keep it constantly saturated by simply keeping a bag of platinic hydrate
hanging in the solution; the process is comparatively rapid and needs lit*
tie attention after once started. The plated article will stand consider-
able amount of usage, and, of course, will not tarnish under any ordinary
circumstances.
'Note on Some ExperIxMents With a New Form of Pressure
Regulator.
William Kendrick Hatt.
rjeneral.— Tlie writer here records some experiments which were made
under his direction in the Engineering Laboratory of Pm-diie University
on a new apparatus by Mr. Will Hull, of the class of 1001. who developed
the details of the apparatus from the suggestion of Mr. .1. T. Wilkin,
engineer for the Connersville Blower Company, Counersville. Ind.
The apparatus (Fig. 1) consists essentially of an expanding nozzle
and a flat circular disc, against which the .let from the nozzle is directed,
the disc being enclosed in n suital)le chamber. The action is similar to
that of the well-known ball nozzle, and the disc replaces the ball. In case
•of the ball nozzle the back pressui'c foi'cing tlie Iiall against the jet is
the pressure of the atmosphere. In the a|iparatus here desci-ibcd tlie disc
is enclosed in a chamlier. .-md tlie back pressure is the pressure of the
water in the chamlier. This pressure is greater than Tliat in the rapidly
moving sheet of water on the up-stream face of the disc, so that the disc
moves toward the nozzle until e(Hiilibrium is cstalilished. The disc thus
automatically throttles the up-stream.
When this apparatus is inserted in a iiipe line the pressure on the
down-stream face of tlie disc is preserved fairly constant (within the
limits of the experiments and for certain range of pressure in case of the
apparatus used), while tlie up-stream pressure varies within wide limits.
The principle of the apparatus will have an a|)])lication whenever it is
desired to deliver water at a constant pressure to a machine from a source
of supply subject to fluctuations of pressure. Whether a design of disc
and nozzle could be readied which would regulate the pressure in case of
jiir or steam is not determined.
The experiments were initiated with the desire to olttain infctrmation
which would serve as a l)asis for proportioning this apparatus to serve
various conditions of pressure and delivery. The experiments were inter-
rupted before that ix)int was reached. The results obtained and the ex-
ample are generally- interesting and it seems worth while to record them.
Mr. Hull used various combinations of disc and nozzle until he found
the proper combination which would regulate the pressure used iu case
of the api)aratus availai>le.
I i
78
In brief, he found that a nozzle of form specified in Fig. 2 (called a
14 inch nozzle), in combination with a 2 inch flat disc, would regulate the
pressure in a % inch pipe to the following extent:
The pressure on the down-stream section of the pipe was preserved
constant at 2^,2 pounds by the action of the disc while the pressure of the
up-stream section varied between 10 to 40 pounds per square inch by gauge
(as sliown on Fig. 4).
FlQ^
APPARATUS.
Fig. 1 shows the construction of the apparatus with nozzle, disc, cham-
ber and spider for supporting the disc. The fitting of the apparatus for
experimental work is shown in Fig. 3. The two gauges for measuring
the pressures were placed as close as possible to the chamber containing
the disc. The fittings were made with great care. The valves shown were
for controlling the pressures used in experimentation.
METHOD OF EXPERIMENT.
The apparatus was attached to the standpipe of the hydraulic lab-
oratory, the pressure in which Avas controlled by a steam pump. Start-
ing with a given standpipe pressure, say 40 poimds, the water was
allowed to flow through the apparatus, being throttled by the lower valve
to indicate a down-stream pressure of, say 2i/o pounds per square inch on
the lower gauge. This down-stream pressure was allowed to remain
fixed during the test, the lower valve not being disturbed. The up-stream
79
pressure was varied l).v the use of the upper valve, throttling the up-
stream section. In this way up-stream pressures of from 40 pounds per
square inch down hy 5 Ave pounds per square inch steps to the lower
limit were effected. The apparatus discharged into a weighing tank and
the discharge was weighed. The temperature of the water was taken
every minute because this temperature varied greatly throughout the tests,
due to the fact that the standpipe tank was connected to the condenser
of a Corliss engine. (With respect to the effect of the temperature on the
results, it may be said that when the temperature of the discharge rose
above the 100° F., the tail pressure gauge showed a very unsteady pres-
sure, the needle vibrating with a range of as much as one-half pound.
The disc was no doubt at this time subject to vibrations, -which, when
the temperature of the water rose to 110° F., were of such frequency as
to cause a musical note. Under the latter condition the needle was too
sluggish to respond and remained at a fixed position. The movement is
probably connected with alternate periods of vaporization and condensia-
tion of the water on the upper side of the disc.)
Results.— The following combinations of nozzle and disc were used:
One-eighth-iuch nozzle. 1-inch disc; %-inch nozzle, li/o-inch disc; %-inch
nozzle, 2-inch disc; 3-16-inch nozzle, 1-inch disc; 3-16-inch nozzle, l^^-inch
disc; 3-16-inch nozzle. 2-inch disc; 14-inch nozzle, 1-inch disc; i/4-inch noz-
zle, li/o-inch disc; i/4-inch nozzle, 2-inch disc.
Of these, the i^-inch nozzle gave successful results; the %-inch nozzle,
with the 2-inch disc, gave the best results. These are shown in Fig. 4.
In working the head pressure down toward the tail pressure the former
would approach a critical point at which the difference of pressure became
so slight that the regulating effect ceased and both head and fail gauges
suddenly moved to the same reading. The disc at this period, no doubt,
dropped away from the jet. That is a certain difference of pressures is
needed to enable the apparatus to work. This difference of pressure be-
came greater as the tail pressure was increased, as is shown in Fig. 4.
In experiments with the other orifices mentioned the lines shown in
Fig. 4 became straight lines inclined to the horizontal. The hump in Fig. 4
was characterized by an unsteady head pressure.
One disc was bevelled so as to give a constant area of passageway to
the expanding ring of watei", that is, it was dished with the deepest
part next to the nozzle. This disc preserved a constant difference of pres-
sure between the head and tail pressures.
80
Some experiments were carried on with air as the fluid passing
through the pipes. With the nozzle and discs used there appeared to be
no governing- effect, in case of these air pressures.
In general it may be said that the shape of the nozzle has most to
do with the action observed. A num))er of nozzles of different form were
used; those most nearly lilvc that shown on Fig. 2 gave the l>est governing
effect.
The size of the disc affects the results obtained with any given nozzle.
Two-inch disc gave better results tlian 1-incli or the li/^-inch disc.
The action desired could be oljtained with water at a, temperature of
75° P. as Avell as at the higher temperatures.
A very pretty cylindrical sheet of water could be obtained l)y remov-
ing the lower part of the casing. The disc acted like the well-known liall-
nozzle. T'nder these conditions, witli a head pressure of 40 pounds and a
nozzle velocity (as figured from the discharge) of 14.G feet per second, it
was found necessary to exert a force of 0 pounds to pull the disc from
the jet.
WATER.
^4-IXCH
Orifice.
2-TxrH Disc.
GAOE PRESSURE.
Discharge
Per Min.
Tempera-
ture of
(JAGE PRESSURE.
Discharge
Per Min.
Tempera-
ture of
Head.
Tail.
Cubic Ft.
Water.
Head.
Tail.
Cubic Ft.
Water.
40 lbs.
2.5 lbs.
0.301
105^ F.
1
40 lbs.
7.5 lbs.
0.334
88^ F.
a5 "
2.5 "
0.304
105 "
1 35 "
7.4 "
0.337
92 "
30 "
2.5 "
0.304
108 "
30 "
7.5 "
0.342
93 "
25 "
2.5 "
OMi
109 "
25 "
7.5 "
0.342
93 "
20 "
2.4 "
0.300
112 "
22.5 "
8.2 "
0.342
95 "
15 "
2.4 "
0.300
112 '•
20 "
8.0 "
0.350
96 "
12.5 "
2.5 "
0.304
111 "
17.5 "
7.25"
0.323
95 "
10 "
2.3 "
0.282
106 '•
15 "
6.2 "
0.314
94 "
7.5"
1.9 "
0.267
112 •'
40 lbs.
5 lbs.
0.330
95- F.
40 lbs.
10 lbs.
0.377
82= F.
35 "
4.8 "
0.322
100 "
35 "
10 "
0.385
81 "
30 "
4.5 "
0.315
99 "
30 "
10.2 "
0.388
80 "
25 "
4.4 "
0.306
97 "
25 "
10.7 "
0.388
78 "
20 "
4.4 "
0.306
100 "
22.5 "
10 "
0.385
78 "
17.5 "
4.5 "
0.315
105 "
20 "
9 "
0.361
78 "
15 "
4.5 "
0.315
104 "
17.5 ^'
8 "
0.336
78 "
12.5 "
4.0 "
0.302
105 "
10 "
32 "
0.270
108 "
81
On Changes in the Proportloxal Elastic Limit of N^ickel
Steel, With a Note on Calibration of Testing Machines.
W. Kendrick Hatt.*
The variabiHty of the proportioual ehistic limit of metal due to over-
strain ami its subsequent recovery after a period of I'est, or proper anneal-
ing, have been studied by investigators, among whom may Ije named
Bauschinger, Professor Gray and Mr. Muir.
The writer records here the results of experiments ou a special nickel
steel rolled for the purpose by the Bethlehem Steel Company. The ex-
periments had two ends in view:
1. To calibrate the testing machines of Purdue University, in com-
parison with the testing machines of the government testing laboratory of
the Watertown Arsenal, and those of the I'niversity of Illinois.
2. To study the variability of the proportional elastic limit and yield
point of this special nickel steel.
The proportional limit here mentioned is that limit beyond which
stress ceases to be proi>ortional to strain. The yield point spoken of below
is that limit at which a. sudden increase in the elongation occurs- with-
nut an increase in stress.
CALIBPATIOX.
A testing machine of ordinary screw type consists of a screw press
and a. large platform scale. It is necessary, of course, to ascertain if the
load on the scale lieam correctly indicates the pressure on the platform.
This is often accomplished by loading the platform with a dead load of
pig iron. For light loads the purpose might be served by a calibrated
spring. The use of nickel steel bars of high elastic strength furnishes us
with a spring of high capacity, whose deformation may l)e accurately
measured. Calil>ration by means of these l)ars may be readily effected
and relative errors in the machines detected. The absolute error may
be known by comparison with a machine that has been caliln-ated by the
dead Aveight method. The bars can be preserved and used from twne to
time to detect changes in the machine due to wear of knife edges. This is
"The main observations on which this note is based were carried out under the
author's supervision by Messrs. R. Hitt and J. H. Jascha, senior students in Purdue Uni-
versity, 1901.
82
a more accurate method tliau that often used, Involving the breaking of
a half dozen steel liars from one rod at different laboratories and compar-
ing the average breaking load.
In the work of examining the accuracy of the Purdue University test-
ing machines, three nickel steel bars were used; two with a length be-
tween shoulders of 12 inches, and one with a similar length of 30 inches.
In the case of the latter bar, it was possilile to attach two extensometers
to the bar in tandem, and by exchanging the position of the extensometers
to compare the latter. 'J'he modulus of elasticity was measured -in case
of each bar on the machines of the three laboratories using the extenso-
meters possessed by the three laboratories. One of these extensometers
was sent from one laboratory to the other. If the extensometers are alike
in their graduation and the modulus of elasticity of the bars is found to
be equal on the various machines, the latter may be judged to have no
relative errors. The observations at the University of Illinois were taken
under the direction of Professor A. N. Tall tot.
Taking the average of three bars tested at the three laboratories it
appears (Table I) that the value of Young's Mudulus at the Purdue labo-
ratory is (in 1(X),0(X) pounds per square inch unitsi 20.22: at Illinois
laboratory. 20.3.3: at Watertown laboratory. 2S.GG. Between the Purdue
lab(irntoi-y and the Illinois lalioi-atoi'v there is tlius a relative differ-
ence of only about i-j of one per cent., an accuracy much in excess of
that needed in any work for which these machines are used.
By intcrclianging tlie ixisitidns of two extensometers in case of the long
bar. an opjiortuniiy existed of comparing the indications of two extenso-
meters ^)f different type— the Uiehle extensometer (a screw micrometer)
and the Johnson extensometer (a roller type). In Table II it is seen that
the two extensometers yield identical results.
It is thus assuring to know the reliability of the ordinaiy type of
testing macliiiie and extensometer. If tlie WatertoAvn machine is con-ect,
the other machines yield result.s about two per cent. high. The Water-
town extensometer. however, was not compared with the othei* extenso-
meters.
ELASTIC CHANGES.
After the work of calibrating apparatus was complete, two of the
bars were used in the study of the varinbility of the proportional and yield
limit.
83
The results are shown in Table III. These results show that the be-
havior of nickel steel under oversrrain is like to that of ordinary steel,
namely:
Overstrain destroys the P-limit. and elevates the Y-limit.
The P-limit may be restored by annealing for a few moments in a
bath above 212° F. The P-limit may be also restored by a period of rest.
By a process of overstrain and subsequent annealing-, the P-limit may be
elevated to nearly the ultimate strength.
The decrease of diameter was also measured. The ratio of side con-
traction to longitudinal extension was found to be nearly 14. which is
the value of Poisson's ratio for this metal.
TABLE I.
Value of E. in 100,000 Units as Derived from Tests on Bars of Nickel Steel at
Three Laboratories.
Bar.
Watertown. , Purdue.
j
Illinois. Average.
1
28.71
28.59
28 6(3
29.29
29.32
29.36
29.40
29.14
29.20
29.23
2
29.14
3..
29.20
Average
28 G6
2i*.22
29.33
.
T.\BLE II.
'Comparison of Extensometers
'
EXTENSOMETEK.
Illinois,
200,000 Olsen.
Purdue,
300,000 Riehle.
Koller.
Screw — ].
Screw— 2.
Roller.
Position —
On top
29.40
29.00
29.40
29.00
29.50
On bottom
29.10
84
Analysis
TABLE III.
Shoiving Variability of P-Limit.
Bar No. 1.
Carbon 0.27 %
Manganese 0.58 %
Silicon 0.214%
{ Ph 0.024%
Sulph 0.036%
Copper 0.028%
Nickel 4.552%
H
o
6
is
Description of Test.
!« O .
r/- r.; =J
■S^ a
-'is
Go- 3
o c
52
.t: o
SiS
^ o
S
1^
Note EfiTeet of Test.
1
Original
29.3
2(5.4
24.8
29.0
28.2
29.2
28.0
26.0
88.0
0.0
0.0
100.0
112.0
109.0
110.0
110.0
90.0
94.0
116.0
117.0
112.0
116.0
116.0
-96.0
98.0
•■•■100.0
116.0
-117.0
'■■114.0
116.0
116.0
9.
45 hours after
3
4
118 hours after and in 450-
F.bath
P-limit restored by annealing.
5
6
7
After in bath at 218° F
500 hours after
Overstrain restored by anneal-
ing.
8
10 minutes after
Test to destruction 15% elonga-
tion, 42% contraction in 8".
Bar No. 2.
Original
15 hours after
2 weeks after
10 minutes after
After in bath at 190 F
29.7
92.0
95.0
=>100.0
26.1
70.0
100.0
-117.0
24.8
0.0
100.0
109.0
24.6
0.0
108.0
25.3
0.0
112.0
115.0
Overstrain.
Overstrain.
P-limit destroyed.
P-liniit destroyed.
115.0 I P-limit not restored.
"Indicates that the test overstrained the metal.
E. taken between limits of stress of 25,000 to 85,000.
85
The Kirkwood Observatory of Indiana University.
John A. Miller.
At its November meeting of 1900 the Board of Trustees of Indiana
University appropriated a sum of money for tlie purchase of a telescope
and some accessories, and for the erection of an Observatory. The Ob-
servatory is built of Indiana limestone and was completed in January of
1901. It contains six rooms— a library and computing room; a lecture
room, which may be darkened at any time, equipped witli a Colt electric
lantern, lantern slides and other illustrative apparatus, a convenient dark
room: a transit room; the dome room and a room similar to it and imme-
diately below it.
The skeleton of the dome, which is twenty-six feet in diameter, is
of white pine and is built according to plans furnished by Messrs. War-
ner & Swasey, who also furnished the running mechanism. It is cov-
ered with tin. The performance of both dome and shutter is entirely sat-
isfactory.
The design of the Board of Trustees, that the equipment is to be used
in a large part for iustrnction and in part for pin-poses of research, de-
termined largely the character of the instruments which we afterwards
purchased. In the dome-room is mounted a twelve-inch refractor. The
objective is by Erashear, and is of high optical excellence, giving star-
images which are free from fringes or distortion and on a black field. The
mounting is by Warner & Swasey. It is provided with coarse and fine
circles in both declination and right ascension, the fine ones being provided
with reading microscopes and electric illumination. A star dial-dial
located on the north side of the pier and driven by the driving clock, from
which the right ascensions can be read directly, is of almost mdispensable
convenience. The ch'iving clock drives regularly and the entire mounting
is of the highest mechanical excellence.
The telescope has as accessories a micrometer by Warner & Swasey.
provided with elec-tric illumination: a polarizing helioscope; a battery of
positive and negative eyepieces by Erashear, and two positive eyepieces
by Steinheil und Sohne of Munich. The transit room contains a small
universal instrument by Bamberg, a chronograph by Fauth & Co.. a Bond
sidereal chronometer, and a sidereal clock. A Howard sidereal clock, with
contact that breaks an electric current each second except the fifty-ninth,
and the last ten seconds at the end of every five minutes, will be put in
6 — Academy of Science.
86
place in a fow weeks. Mr. O. L. Petitid idler, of Chicaso. lias kiuilly loaned
the Observatory a paralnjlic mirror fifteen inches in diameter and with
a focal len;;th of 120 inches, which he constructed at h:s optical works.
The monntinft- for this mirror lias been desisned by Mr. W. A. C'ogshall
and in large part constructed by him. The reflector will be in place by
the first of March and will be used chiefly in photographing nebuhi?.
These instruments, together with a portrait lens of Ave inches aperture
and a Browning e(iuatorial of four inches aperture, which for many years
have been the property of rhe University, constitute a nucleus aroiuid
which the University authorities hope to collect a more complete ecpiip-
men;-.
The Observatory is located on rhe University campus, aliout HOO feet
from the nearest Itullding. With iiractically an unlii-okcn liorizon within
75 degrees of the zenith -as low as one can usually observe, and in most
instances the view is entirely unobstructed.
We have found the seeing at tlie Observatory fair. On an average
clear night a i)o\ver of :i(io can Ik> used effectually; on about half the
working nights we use a power of 4S(f. wliile a night when a power of
more than (>()(> can be used is compai'atively rare.
The Observatory is essentially a Students' Observatoiy. Those who
take covH'ses in general astronomy are permitted to use the telescope a
limited nunil)er of hours each week, and though this work is optional, few
fail to avail tliemselves of an ()i)p<irtiniity to use the telescope an hour.
No accurate measurements or really scientific work is attempted by these
students.
In addition to tlie work in spherical and practical astronomy and
work carried on by the teaching force certain students are encouraged to
undertake woi-k in the nature of research. This generally consists of
drawing pl.anetary details or in making mlci'ometical measures of double
stars or of planetary disks. The oliserving lists are made out under
the direction of the Instructors and in general consist of stars that need
measuring. We are engaged at present iu measuring the double stars
discovered in the process of making the catalogues of the Astronomische
Gesellschaft. These as a rule are not dilflcult objects. Also search is
being made for ni>w pairs witli a fair degree of success.
The Observatory liears the name of Dr. Daniel Kirkwood. tlie emi-
nent astronomer, who, for nearly half a century, was a meml)er of the
faculty of Indiana University and who, by his manly (luallties, won the
87
lasting esteem of his students and his colleagues, and by his devotion to
his science a lasting name among his contemporaries.
The Observatory was formally dedicated May 15, 19()1. The dedica-
tory address was giveu by Astronomer AV. J. Hussey, astronomer in the
Lick Observatory. He spoke of "Astronomy and Modern Life." President
Swain spoke of "Personal Recollections of Dr. Kirkwood."
Daylight Meteors.
John A. Miller.
The Center of Population of the United States.
John A. Miller.
A Theorem in Geometry.
John C. Gregg.
DEF is the triangle formed by the tangents at the vertices of a triangle ABC
inscribed in the circle O. Draw EOP meeting BC in P and join PF. Show
that EPF is a right angle. 2)
Demonstration.
Draw FG perpendicular to CA pro-
duced, and join OF. Denote the angles
of ABC by A, B, C, and the sides by a,
b, c. Then
FG = AFsin B
-= — sec C sin B
^— sin C sec C
= y tanC
= HP, which is perpendicu-
lar to CO. Hence HPFG is a rectangle and EPF is a right angle.
88
A Simple Proof That the Medians of a Triangle Concur
John C. Gregg.
Theorem.— The three medians of a triangle are concurrent.
DfiiMONSTKATION.
Let AD and BE be two of the medians;
they will meet in some point G. Join CG
and extend it to meet AB in F. Extend AD
to H, making DH = DG, and join HB and HC.
Since BC and GH bisect each other, BGCH
is a parallelogram. In the triangle ACH,
since GE is drawn through E, the middle
point of AC and parallel to HC, G is the
3/^ I X\ ^ middle of AH. And in the triangle ABH,
\ ^^» ^ since G is the middle of AH and GF is paral-
lel to BH, F is the middle of AB and CGF is
the third median, and the theorem is estab-
lished.
On the Density and Surface Tension of Liquid Air.
C. T. Knipp.
[Ab.<tract. PubHshed in the Physical Review, February, 1902.]
The variation of the density of liquid air with time was determined.
The li(jnid was contained in a given Dewar bull). The sinker method
was used, and it was assumed that the coefficient of expansion holds at
the temperature of liquid air. A curve was platted which indicates that
.933 is the density of l](iuid air when first made.
In the determination of the surface tension two methods were em-
ployed—the capillary tube method and the maximum weight method.
Owing to the distortion due to the bulb, also to the agitation of the liquid
surface, the first was not considered reliable. The second method, how-
ever, worked very Avell. The variation of the surface tension with time of
the liquid contained in the above bulb was determined. A curve was
platted. From the curve the surface tension of li(iuid air when first made
was found to be 9.4 dvnes.
89
A Few Experiments with Liquid Air.
C. T. Knipp.
[Abstract.]
Tbree experiments were given, using the liquid as a refrigerant. (1)
The resistance of nianganin wire at the temperature of liquid air; (2) the
absorption of heat by conduction into the liquid; (3) the action of a Cu-Fe
thermostat when placed in the liquid.
(1) The temperature coefficient of maiiganin wire was found to agree
fairly well with that found by Dewar. Cooling the wire to the tempera-
ture of liquid air caused it to undergo no permanent change.
(2) By connecting a block of copper through a copper rod to a bath of
liquid air the temperature of the block of copper can be reduced to nearly
that of the refrigerant. This principle enables any intermediate tempera-
ture to be maintained. By this method a connecting rod of copper about
ij sq. cm. in area and 20 cm. long froze a cu. cm. of mercury placed in the
block of copper in O14 minutes.
(3) A Cu-Fe. thermostat was found to be very sensitive, and it was
also noticed that the same coefficients hold at the temperature of liquid
air.
The Bitangextial of the Quintic.
U. S. Haxna.
Xote ox an Attempted Ax(4le Trisectiox.
R. J. Aley.
The Zo()Logical Survey of Mixxesota.
Ulysses O. Cox.
With the establishment of the Geological and Natural History Survey
in Minnesota provision was thereby made for collecting and describing
the various faunal forms of the State. For a number of years after the
survey was established work was done only along geological lines. In
1886 there appeared a list of the Aphida? of Minnesota, by Mr. O. W. Oest-
90
Innd. and in the following year a synopsis of the same group by the same
author. In IS'JU there was published a report on the Mammals, by
Professor C. L. Herrick. This report can not, however, be considered
anything but preliminary, since it was Avritten before any great amomit
of investigation had been done and it will, no doubt, lie superseded later
l)y an enlarged and up-to-date report. In 1802 there appeared a pre-
liminary report on the Birds. l)y Dr. P. L. Hatch: in 18^)5, a report on the
Copepoda. Cladocera and Ostracoda. by Prof. C. L. Herrick. which is prob-
ably final; and in 1897 a preliminary report on the Fishes, by the writer.
The first three reports mentioned were issued under the direction of Prof.
X. H. Winchell. State Geologist, but the others have been published under
the direction of Prof. H. F. Nachtrieb, State Zoiilogist. who for the past
eleven years has had entire charge of the work of the survey. Every sum-
mer for ten years parties have been at work in the various portions of the
State collecting material and data for the tinal reports. During the past
three seasons the work has lieen especially aclivo. In May, 1899, a house-
boat, christened the Megalops, was built and launched at Maukato, on
the ^Minnesota River, and very successfully floated to Red Wing, on the
;Mississipi>i. Itefore the close of the season. A desci'iption of the Megalops
and an nc(« mnr of the first season's trip appears in the Proceedings of the
Indiana Academy of Science for 1899. In the summer of 1900. In early
June, the Megalops was restocked and started from Red Wing on its
second season's journey, down ihe Mississippi. Consideral)le time was
spent on Lake Pepin, as the conditions and fauna there varied greatl.y
from tiiat of the ^lississippi River proper. Tlu' territory along the Missis-
sipisi was (luite carefully explored and material collected as far as Browns-
ville. Minn., which is within a few miles of the southern boundary of the
State. Attention was given primarily to the fishes. Imt miich other material
was also collected, especially insects, batrachians and reptiles. Near the
close of August the Megalops was again anchored for tlie winter, this
time at Brownsville.
Early last spring Prof. Naclitrieb purchased for the survey a gaso-
line launch, and Avith it towed the ^legalops back to the head of Lake
Pepin, wliere it was beached and served as a station diiring the sum-
mer. This region is especially rich on account of the variety of condi-
tions. On the one hand there is Lake Pepin, which is about two miles
wide and nearly forty miles long. In many places it has fine sandy and
gravelly shores and in others there are marshes. It is hemmed in by
91
high bluffs, which aro from two hundred to three hundred feet above the
water level, but in places there are low points which extend out from the
bluffs into the lake for one-fourth of a mile or more, and on these numerous
tishermen are located. Seining, also other forms of netting, is allowed in
the lake, so an abundance of material for study can readily be obtained.
The water is usually clear and varies in depth from ten to thirty feet.
As is well known. Lake Pepin is simply a remnant of what was once
the large glacial Mississippi Kiver. At the lower end of the lake the Chip-
pewa Kiver empties from the Wisconsin side and carries with it a great
amount of sediment, cliietiy sand. This deposit has tilled up the bed of
the original stream at that point, and consequently dammed it and pro-
duced a lake. At all other places along its course what was once the
magnificent ^Mississippi, two to four miles in width, is now narrowed down
to one, or at most two or three, small channels and a few bayous. At the
upper end of the lake the delta is exceedingly well marked. There are
three main channels of the river, several lakes and numei-ous bayous,
some with water connection and others without, during the di-y season.
92
There is -water of various depths, marshes, clear pools and all the chief
forms of aquatic vegetation that this region of Minnesota affords— in fact,
all the conditions that could be desired for an inland laboratory. The
region abounds in breeding places for fishes, l)atrachians and reptiles;
many species of mollusks are found in the lake, and the lower forms of
aquatic life are everywhere abundant.
Thus it would seem that an ideal spot had l)een found for a lake lal)o-
ratoi-y for the University of Minnesota, which it is hoped the authorities
may see their way clear to establish there in the near futiu'e.
During the past summer Prof. Nachtrieb kept a small party at the
head of Lake Pepin in the beached Megalops, with which he spent the
greater portion of his own time. Large collections were made, among
which were many insects, numerous fish stomachs and a quantity of his-
tological material.
During the past summer Prof. Nachtriel), with an assistant, spent a
few weeks on the Lake of the Woods, studying the lake sturgeon, and the
writer, M'itli three .•issist;ints, ])ut in tlio entire summer on Lake Vei'rnilion,
at Tower. .Minn. L.ike ^■ermilion is some forty miles long in one direc-
tion, much narrower in the other, but it is not one open uodj^ of water,
Imt i-atlier a number of small lakes connected by numerous channels. It
is in the heart of what was once an evergreen forest region, and its shores,
which are chiefly rocky, border on the granite on the one hand and the
very early stratified forms on the other. The water is clear and pure
e.xcept for the floating forms of aquatic life in midsummer, and it varies
in depth from five lo forty feet, with possibly a few small areas that are
deeper.
AVe established our camp on Pine Island, about seven miles from
Tower. There was no one living within six miles of the place and no
facilities for camping except numerous beautiful locations among the
pines and tlie outfit wliich we carried with us. We erected two tents and
from the dilapidated roof of a former homesteader's cabin secured enough
boards to make some tables. We also made an excavation in the bank,
lined it with slabs split from cottonwood poles, rooted it over with boards
and tar paper from the dilapidated caltin, and thus had a very efficient
dark room, in whicl! we successfully developed more than three hundred
negatives. Om- outfit, in addition to the culinary department, consisted
of seines, gill-nets, other smaller nets, a canvas boat, microscopes, books,
cameras, guns, preserving jars and fluids, and other minor articles. One
93
membei- of the party, Mr. J. B. Guthrie, devoted nearly all his time to
insects, of which he secured a large collection. Another member of the
partj' gave special attention to leeches, and a third collected and studied
the mammals. The writer devoted nearly all his time to a study of the
fishes. Collections were made of the species found in the lake and the
inflowing streams, and many of the species were dissected and photo-
graphed. Attention was also given to a study of the habits of these
fishes. From the main camp expeditions were made to all parts of the
lake.
We were on the lake about two months and a half, and found the
camping method a very satisfactory and pleasant one. The limit of this
paper will not permit me to state any of the results of our work, but they
will appear later in the forthcoming reports of the survey, some of which
are now under way.
Culture of Amoeba.
A. J. BiGNEY.
Several years ago I presented a paper before this Academy on a new
method of obtaining amoeba. This method was as follows: Take some
of the green scum from the surface of some ponds and place it aside for
a few weeks, during which time great numbers of amoeba will have
developed. This scum must be compo,';ed mostly of euglena in the resting
stage. I have never known this method to fail.
During the past season I have had unusual success with this method
of securing them. About the first of September I obtained some of these
euglenae and placed them in a wide-mouthed two-ounce bottle and left
them on my desk for about two months, at which time I needed them for
class use. When I first took this material from the pond there were a
few amoeba in the midst of the euglena. When I needed a supply I found
them by the hundreds on almost every slide. Frequently there would be
so many that they would literally fill the field of the microscope. They
were large specimens. It was the largest supply that I have seen reported
in this country. It may be that others have had equal success with some
other method. We used them for some time and then nearly all the re-
maining ones went into the resting stage.
94
Protective Coloring in Terjsts.
A. J. BiGNEY.
Protective coloring in birds luis been and still is a snbject of great
interest to the ornithologist. Since ecological factors are receiving so
much attention now on the part of biologists, every item bearing upon
variations due to environment is of interest, since it tlirows some light
upon the question of evolution.
One of the most remarkable instances of protective coloring came
under my ol)servation during the past summer on the island of Feni-
kese, made famous by Louis Agassiz's tirst marine laboratory. This island
is occupied by only one family. Nothing is raised except a tew garden
plants and sheep. There are otlier inlial>itants of the island, however, that
aie more important than sheep— at least to the biologist. These are the
terns. Long before one reaches the island he cxin hear the shrill voices
of myriads of these birds as they tly about the island almost constantly
from daylight to dark. These terns are protected by law and hence
have become A'ery numerous. Almost countless thousands are to be found.
The sounds of their shrill voices make a lasting impression upon a pe-r-
son. The island is entirely made iip of glacial material, here and there
C(>ver»Ml with grass. The beaches around the entire island .are (luite wide
and covered with granite pebbles of various colors, mostly of a white,
gray or slate color, giving them a mottled appearance. The grass and the
soil is very much the same in color. The dead grass furnishes a line
place for nesting and also for hiding-places for the young birds. In the
l)reeding season the nests and young birds are so numerous that one has
to pick his Avay carefully, lest he step on some of them. They are so
nearly the color of the ground and grass that you can hardly see either
bird or nest. If the parent bird is on the nest the deception is almost
perfect.
The most deceptive coloring is in the young birds when they lie out on
the pebbles to warm themselves in the sunlight. The imitation is so per-
fect that you have to look for some time before you can see the birds.
The eggs are mottled in the same way as the sticks, grass and earth that
compose the nests. The adult birds are not mottled as are the young
birds or the eggs, thus showing that this is truly a protective coloring.
95
Experiments on Developing Eggs.
A. J. BiGNEY.
The greatest mysteries in the biological world are undoubtedly locked
up in the egg. If we can understand the intricate changes that go on in
a developing egg Ave have accomplished much. Considerable light has been
thrown upon this subject during the past few years. Eminent biologists
all over the world are spending their lives trying to solve the mysteries.
A'arious experiments have been devised to try to throw light upon these
early chauges in the egg.
These experiments which I performed were under the direction of Dr.
Lillie, of the Chicago University, at the Woods HoU Marine Laboratory.
Experiment 1. — The egg of a common sea minnow, the Fundulus. was
used. When the egg was in the two-celled stage one of the blastomeres
was punctured with a needle and pressed out of the vitelline membrane.
The other blastomere went on developing. Its development, however,
was slower. It went through all the regular changes and became an em-
bryo. The only difference that could be discerned was in size. It was
considerably smaller than the normal embryo. I succeeded in keeping it
alive seven days. I have not studied the embryo any more to see whether
there -are internal changes that are different from the normal embrj'o.
The significance of this ability of one Olastomere to develop into a com-
plete embryo is not fully understood. In this egg it seems to indicate that
the developing power is equally distributed throughout the egg.
Experiment 2.— lu this experiment the eggs of the sea-urchin Arbacia
were used. The eggs just fertilized were placed under a long cover-glass
with a thin piece of cover-glass under one end, thus giving a graded i^res-
sure upon them. In the segmentation of these eggs the first and second
cleavage planes were natural, but the third was parallel to the first, the
same as in the Fundulus. The blastoderm in the eight-celled and sixteen-
celled stages were almost identical with corresponding stages of Fundu-
lus. The eggs did not develop further than thirty-two cells where the
pressure was greatest.
Experiment 3.— Arbacia eggs five minutes after fertilization were
shaken violently for about a minute. The membranes suri-ounding the
eggs were thereby broken: the eggs were then placed in artificial sea
water in which there was no calcium. Eggs were thus ti'eated at two-
celled, four-celled and eight-celled, with the following results:
9G
Those separated at the two-celled stage lived to form plutei.
Those separated at the four-celled stage formed regular blastulae iu
most cases.
Those separated at the eight-celled stage also formed regular blastulae.
Experiment 4.— This is an experiment in artificial parthenogenesis in
arbacia. Plutei six days old were reared bj^ Dr. H. J. Hunter, of Kansas
University. He carried on the work longer and he has specially reported
on this, hence only this reference.
These experiments are very interesting and may be of considerable
importance when we learn how to perfectly interpret them.
The Eye of Tal.emonetes AntrorUxM,
Edwin Manson Neher.
Contributions from the Zoological Laboratory of the Indiana University, under the direc-
tion of C. H. Eifrenmann. Xo. 47.
A blind shrimp. Palnemonetes antrorum, evidently occurs in abund-
ance in the subterranean streams about San Marcos, Texas. It comes out
of the artesian well of the I'ulted States Fish Commission at that place
in large numbers. The well is about one himdred and ninety feet deep
and has a yield of about one thousand gallons per minute.
A brief description of rahiemonetes was published by Benedict, 1890.
The material examined consists of young specimens, 5 to 5.5 mm. long
from tip of rostrum to tip of telson and adult specimens measuring 15
mm. along the same line. Most of them were collected by Dr. C. H.
Eigenmann at the San Marcos Avell in September, 1899. Others have since
been sent by Mr. .T. L. Leary, Superintendent of the United States Hatch-
ery at that place.
The material at my disposal was preserved in 4 per cent, formalin.
The anterior end of the cephalo thorax was dehydrated and imbedded it
paraffin by the chloroform method. Sections were floated out on warm
water and fixed to the slide with glycerin-albumen and stained with
Mayer's haemalum, followed by eosine. Specimens of P. exilipes, which
were used for comparison, were treated with Perenyi's fluid for forty-
eight hours before imbedding and the sections were depigmented in 10
per cent, nitric acid for ten hours. The cuticle of the blind shrimp was
found to section readily without softening in Perenyi's fluid.
97
According to Chilton, "94, the degeneration of the eyes of crustaceans
may follow one of three lines. We may have —
-:^
1. Total atropliy of optic lobes and optic nerves, v\'ith or witliout the
persistence in part of the pigment or retina and the crystalline lens.
2. Persistence of optic lobes and optic nerves, but total ati'ophy of
the rods and cones, retina (liigment), and facets, or,
98
3. Total atrophy of the optic lobes, optic nerves, and all the optic
elements.
The degeneration of the eye of the species under consideration has evi-
dently folloAved the second of these lines. The optic stalk has suffered
a foreshorti'uin.u-. and as a. cnnseijucnice the optic sangiia liaA'e become
telescoped. The greatest reduction lias taken place in tlie ecto-dernial por-
tions of the eye. which are reduced to ;i group of cells not exceeding and
probably fewer than '■>'>(>. Inasmuch as a single normal ommatidium con-
tains sixteen cells, the degree of degeneration reached is readily seen to be
very great.
The extent of Hie nioditicat ion of the eyes can i)erliai)S be most ri'adily
dcsci-ilied l)y ;i (•innii.irisoii of the eyes and optic stalk' of this species witli
those of r.-iliiMiionetes exiliiies. taken in Hie S:ni .Marcos Itiver. lint a sliort
distauce from tlie artesian well.
The eye and oi>tic st.-ilk of V. exilipes iireseiits tlie general appear-
ance of the crustacean eye. Tlie stalk is a tniiiciite cone (Fig. 1), at-
taclied liy its siiiaber end. On tlie distal end is tlie lai'ge. dark, consiiicn-
oiis. hemisiphei-ic;il eye. It is \\ ider tlian tlie widest part of tlu' stalk.
In I'. ;iiitro]Mim the eye stalk is niucli smaller ( I'Mg. "Ji, .as may be seen
from the following l.-ihle:
exilipes. antrorum.
Length of specimen 17 mm. 15 mm.
Length of stalk to retina 787 // 525 /^
Width of stalk at retina 700 // 175 //
Width of stalk at base 387 ," 337 /-t
Width of retina 962.5 // 0
Nothing apiieais to remain of the eyes excejit llie short, colorh^ss,
delicate stalks. The stalks ;ire conical, being .-ittJiched by their larger
end. The axis of tlH> stalk is liamllel with that of the body.
The distal end of the optic stalk of P. antrorum is covered with a single
layer of indifferent hypoderm with nuclei 7.2 m by 3.6/v, except at a short dis-
tance from the distal end of the outer lower quarter of the stalk, where a
group of slightly modified hypodermal cells, three deep, replace the single
series of outer parts. The nuclei in this group of cells are rounded, measur-
ing about 6 to 8 // in diameter. This group of cells measures about 50 /a by
70//. There is no indication of an arrangement of the.se cells into anything
resembling the arrangement of the cells in an ommatidium.
99
The following data gives the number of retinal cells found in each of a
series of cross sections. Sections are 65 ," thick and counted from in front :
No. of Sections. No. of Cells in Retina.
1 to 8 0
8 11
9 19
10 20
11 27
12 33
13 33
14 28
15 27
16 20
17 7
18 7
19 5
20 0
21 11
22 13
23 10
24 10
25 5
26 6
27 0
28 8
29 4
30 2
31 0
32 0
Total 327
In P. exilipes there is a space between the basement membrane of the
hypoderm and the membrana propria of the optic ganglia, which is occupied
by the fine fibers which connect the ommatidia and optic ganglia. In P.
antrorum this space is filled with coagulated haemolymph (Fig. V). This
haemolymph is in circular or angular blocks. These blocks begin about 40 //
from tip of eye and extend back through a space of about 60 or 70 fi to the
100
cells of the optic ganglia. Small particles of coagulated haemolymph also
extend down the outside of the eye for about half of its length.
Only a veiy few specimens of the young shrimp. P. antrorum, could
be obtained. These were from 5 to 5.5 mm. long. The optic stalk and eye
are much larger in pi-oportlon to the size of specimen (Fig. Ill) than in
the adult antrorum, but they are actually not as large as in the adult.
The internal structure showed no greater differentiation than in the ej'e
of adult.
I am very grateful to G. H. Parl^er for assistance in the interpretation
of the structure of this ej'e.
EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.
Figure 1. Itorsal view of the front end of V. exilipes.
Figure 2. Dorsal view of the front end of P. antrorum. showing the small
eyes.
Figure o. Dorsal view of the front end of a young P. antrorum about 5
mm. long.
Figure 4. Photograph of a cross section ihrdugh the optic stalk of P.
anti'oruiii, showing rlic group of retinal hypodermal cells of
the right eye.
Figure 5. Photograph of a longitudinal section through the optic stalk
of P. antrorum, showing the group of retinal hypodermal
cells.
Figure (i. Enlarged view (photograph) of group of retinal hypodermal cells
sliown in Fig. 5.
Figure 7. Photograph of another group of retinal hypodermnl cells. Hor-
izontal section.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
Benedict. James E.. '!>(;.— Preliminary (h'scription of a new genus and three
new species of crustaceans from an artesian well at San Marcos, Texas.
Proc. IT. S. Nat. Mus. Advance sheet. April 14, 1896.
Proceedings xviii. pp. G15-(il7. August 12. 1S9(!.
Chilton, Charles, '94.— The Subterranean Crustacea of New Zealand; with
some general remarks on the faiuia of caves and wells.
Trans. Liim. Soc. Loud., vi. pt. 2. 1894.
101
Parker, '!)().— The eyes in blind crayfisli.
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xx, pp. 153-162, plate i.
Parlver, '91.— The Compound eyes in crustaceans.
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxi, pp. 45-140, plates i-x.
The History of the Eye of Amblyopsis.
C. H. ElGENMANN.
[Abstract.]
A. DEVELOPMENT.
The eye of Amblyopsis appears at the .same stage of growtli tliat it
appears in fishes developing noi'mal eyes.
The eye grows but little after its appearance.
All the developmental processes are retarded and some of them give
out prematurely. The most important of the latter is the cell division
and the accompanying growth that provides tlie material for the eye.
The lens appears at the normal time and in the normal way. l)ut its
cells never divide and never lose their emliryonic character.
The lens is the first part of the eye to show degenerative steps and it
disappears entirely before the fish has reached a length of 1 mm.
The optic nerve appears shortly before the fish reaches ."> mm. in
length. It does not increase in size with the growth of the fish and pos-
sibly never develops normal nerve fibers.
The nerve does not increase in size with growth of the fish.
The optic nerve gradually loses its compact form, becomes fiocculent,
dwindles and can not be followed by the time the fish has reached 50 mm.
in length. In the eye it retains its compact form for a much longer time,
but disappears here also in old age.
The scleral cartilages appear Avhen the fish is 10 mm. long; they grow
very slowly— possibly till old age. They do not degenerate at the same
rate as othm- parts of the eye if they degenerate at all.
102
B. HISTORY.
The history of the eye may be divided into four periods:
(a) The first period extends from the appearance of the eye till the
embryo reaches 4.5 mm. in length. This period is characterized by a
normal paliiigenic development except that cell division is retarded and
there is vei'y little growth.
(b) The second period extends from the first till the fish is 10 mm.
long. It is characterized by the direct development of the eye from the
normal embryonic stage reached in the tirst period to the highest stage
reached by the Amblyopsis eye.
(c) The third period extends from the second period to tlie beginning
of senescent degeneration, from a length of 10 mm. to about SO or 100 mm.
It is characterized by a. number of changes, which, while not improving the
eye as an organ of vision, are positive as contrasted with degenerative.
There are also distinct degenerative processes taking place during this
period.
(d) The fourth period begins with the beginning of senescent degen-
eration and ends with death. It is characterized by degenerative processes
only, which tend to gradually disintegrate and eliminate the eye entirely.
103
•w -s
S B
6
o o
G
H
2
c
<A
a
S
-c .n
g a
^
B a
C3 CS
1 1
13
B
O
>■
i 1
1
5 :
■ i
1
a .
a a
p
>. s
>»
>.
"
•^
o a
o J.
©
©
o o o
m S
M
fq
CO CO o
S s
a;
t£
o
o
o§
g
a a
■s S
a
S 1
a
s 1
1
0 0==
1
B =
S= B
S
o
" -
IT
;-l
fc. t. iC
CO 1^ 1
'S^ 1
<M
-o
o jO cq
a
o
o
C.
«P
o a>
M eq
«
s
t4_ ^
B
° C
, o
ir
a
£
£
c
g
g
i>
a
^•
E
1
1
?
g
a
1
1
c o
Qi
w ^
%.
o
C
c
<=
>c
in
t~
p:
m
tTi
o c
o
^ o
E
1
1
^.
1
1
1
1
1
1
>.
E
1
l-s
<=
"5
ir
^
o
g
^
«l
H
E
o -2
a 1
^_
1
c
1
1
1
1
1
'^.
a .. 1
1
1
1
1
1
■e .-
r-
•r
c «
ir
iri
o 1
W
c
it Appe
ir DiflFe
iation.
£
g
£
g
g
a
o
E
£
a
a
a
Is
£
3
>
£
£
1
g
£
a
m -^^
lit
in
B
■^-2
o
o
—
■*
I-H
IT
ci
IM
t
'^
^
-•
•^
i
IM
lO
<- £3
.1 =s
S a
H
P5
c
a
3
tM
5
c3
i_
'o
u
o
o
r
K
3
^
^
•^
."^
-^
C
u
*a.
«=
o
cS
®
-^
s
a>
B
c
Z
J3
o
a
'o
o
E
©
a
0)
B
B
3
C
c
"ti
c
5C ^
>
•^ a.
or
C
©
B
>
J3
O
s
s
o
c
c-
&!=
iJ
c
H
U
s
C
C
O
m
c
o
02
U
7 — Academy of Science.
104
D. CONCLUSIONS OF GENERAL BIOLOGICAL INTEREST.
Some late stages of development are omitted by the giving out of de-
velopmental processes. Some of the processes giving out are cell division,
resulting in the minuteness of the eye and the histogenic changes which
differentiate the cones and the outer reticular layer.
There being no causes operative or inhibitive either within the fish
or in the environment that are not also operative or inhibitive in Cholo-
gaster agassizii, which lives in caves and develops well-formed eyes, it
is evident that the causes controlling the development are hereditarily
established in the egg by an accumulation of such degenex'ative changes
as are still notable in the later history of the eye of the adult.
The foundations of the eye are normally laid, but the superstructure,
instead of continuing the plan with additional material, completes it out
of the material provided for the foundations. The development of the
foundation of the eye is phylogenic, the stages beyond the foundations are
direct.
105
E. TABLE OF MEASUREMENTS OF EYES OF EMBRYOS OF
DIFFERENT SIZES.
Condition of Embryo
Living or Direction
of Sections.
Length
Embryos.
No. of
Embryos
Measur'd.
Longitu-
dinal Di-
ameter.
Vertical
Diam-
eter.
Axial Di-
ameter of
Eye from
Cornea to
Optic
Nerve.
1.6 mm
1.76
2
2.5
2.8
4
5
6
6
6
6.5-7
5.5-7
6.5-7
9-9.5
9-9.5
9-9.5
10
10
10
25
25
35
1
80 /i.
100
135
190
170
200
144
136
36//.
48
3
2
100
Alive
Alive
150
134
88
70
160
126
100
Sagittal
Cross
100
Horizontal
136
160
80 and 108
Mounted entire
Cross
99
Horizontal
152
103
115
Sagittal
88
Cross
106
90
Horizontal
114
120
98
Sagittal
112
108
130
Cross
109
Entire
135
120
Horizontal
128
Cross
160
160
Horizontal ,
192
144
lOG
The Eye of Rhineura Floridana.
C. H. ElGENMANN.
[Abstract.]
Rhineura floridana is a legless, burrowing, ampliisbaenian lizai'd, found
in Florida. My attention was called to it by Mr. W. S. Blatchley, and I
secured specimens tbrougli dealers and through Dr. W. B. Fletcher, of In-
diajQapolis, who kindly forwarded a number of living specimens to me.
A study of the eye of this lizard has led to the following conclusions:
1. The eye of Rhineura has reached its present stage as the result of
a process of degeneration that probably began in the early miocene.
2. The dermis and epidermis pass over the eye without any modifica-
tion. The conjunctival pocket has A^anished.
3. Harder's gland is many times as large as the eye and pours its
seei'etion into the tear duct and thus into the nasal cavity.
4. The eye muscles have disappeared.
5. A cornea is not differentiated.
0. The lens is absent in half the eyes examined and varies greatly
in those in which it was found.
7. The vitreous body has practically disappeared.
8. The pigment epithelium is variously pigmented. It is of greater
extent than is sutBcient to cover the retina and has been vaiiously In-
vaginated or puckered over the proximal and posterior faces of the eye.
9. An uveal part of the iris is not found.
10. The eye of Rhineura does not represent a phylogenetically primi-
tive stage; it is an end product of evolution as truly as the most highly
developed eye.
11. The adult eye shows few indications that there has been a cessa-
tion of development at any definite ontogenic stage. It does not resemble
as a whole any ontogenic stage.
12. An an-est in the ontogenic development has taken place in so far
as the number of cell multiplications concerned in forming the anlage of
the various parts of the eye have decreased in number, and in the lack of
union of the lips of the choroid fissure.
13. It is possible that the absence of cones or rods is due to an arrest
in the histogenesis of the retina, but since these structures axe normally
formed in the young of Typhlotriton and disappear with age, it is possible
107
that their absence in the adult eye of Rhineura is also due to ontogenic
degeneration.
14. The irregularity in the structure and existence of the lens and the
great reduction of the vitreous body offer evidence in favor of the idea of
the ontogenically and phylogenically earlier disappearance of the onto-
genically and phylogenically newer structures.
15. Horizontal nuclei found between the pigment epithelium and
the outer limiting membrane are probably derived from the proximal layer
of the optic cup.
16. The different layers of the retina have reached a degree of differen-
tiation out of proportion to the great reduction of the dioptric apparatus
and general structure of the eye.
Zoological Miscellany.
C. H. ElGENMANN.
1. Portions of a mastodon were found on a sand-bar in the Ohio River,
near Rockport, Ind. They have been presented to Indiana University by
Karl Cramex".
2. The bones of Megalouyx jeft'ersoni, from the Owen collection, have
been mounted in their relative positions and are now on exhibition in
Owen Hall.
3. The Museum of the Indiana University finds itself in possession
of a collection of birds, made by President Roosevelt at St. Regis Bay and
at Oyster Bay, between 1872 and 3877. Most of the specimens bear the
original labels written by Mr. Roosevelt, which are examples of explicitness
and fulness in labeling. The earliest specimen was collected February
12, 1872, and bears the serial number 4 of his collection. Mr. Roosevelt
published a small paper upon the birds of the Adirondaclis and another on
those of Long Island, based in part on these specimens. The trustees of
the University have ordered a dust-proof case to be made, in which they
are to be preserved for the future.
There are forty-six birds in all, forty-two species, fifteen less than the
number sent here by the National Museum.
The labels read as follows:
108
b*
(.
0
^j
iO
10
.0
(O
CD
00
-*
00
0
lO
0
fe;
0^
•2 hJ
93
M
'3
^
TJ
-0
a
c
0
0
e«i
a
0
_2
0
-id
10
0
TS
0
0
"3
0
e3
0
e3
d
Ss
0
2
;.
^
3
m
CO
2
P
-0
>-.
00
3
10
10
3
^
uT
en
05
00
to"
1— t
m
be
1— 1
CO
CO
1— 1
s
1-1
0
S3
M
1— 1
s
h5
t— 1
m
S>0
1-^
0
to'
1— 1
S
1-1
ja
^
OD
00
HI
.2
'S
c
0
1
'a
CC
"So
V
Q^
03
>>
■
CIh
S
M
0
OD
c^
c4
cc
•^
■^
t^
t^
t^
t^
r^
00
00
00
00
00
T
T
1
T
1
q c;^ o
<N 05 C<l !>•
^3
O
cq
o
ft^
oq
^
^
= s a>
■9 " a
San
u a a
h^l S H
Pi
O
8 "s ^
<jj (N
P ;3
109
4>
ji
>.
fc
T!
TS
a
a
•
eS
•
c8
c
n
c
a
^
d
C
o
c
«
c
a
^
^
o
&
&
&
-2
^
^
o
u
o
o
u
o
OJ
o
"eS
^
c^'
o
o
00
-c
—
o
X>
nQ
c4
_c
OQ
_^
(>i
-C
—
t-^
00
to"
aT
&c
bD
en
6C
w
»o
Z^
V
o
.-<
^H
<S
«3
'fcr
77^
<V
(M
^
^
■^
W
h-;
lO
HH
PQ
>A
CO
pq
1-;
I>^
1— 1
n
>^
h4
1—5
hH
^'
1-q
1-4
h4
01
"» 00 ^
of r^ _ ~
oj «^. -r^ .-.
o £
^a
O cS
. M --<
5<| ^ J3
00 - T
to -^
(M 'C ::3
lo- M pq
■^ i^ a.
i« ?.
t-1 O
be
PA
m
o
P3
pq
pq
pq
o
^
O
pq
W
PL,
110
kD -o
-I
= -a
<^
OS ^ -O
Xi 00
p p
fc ^
fe u
^ •> CO ^H
<U5
OB _
>^
>^
^
;^
7^ ._, <v 00 -r •-' « c^ 'r rn u o
►^3 M J
^ « J
i-H 03 J O
•^
a
d
fl
o
E=
^
o
o
(iH
l-l
X!
00 -Q
^
ci oT
_;-
O *L
77^
V
cq
>^
2 i g d;
00 S 6
^ "C 3 <« O
(M I— ( PQ k^ O
t^
o
CQ
m
o
m
ot-
'b
"^
-b
P3
^
^ S
Ill
=3 ci.
^ a>
OS ^
tA -^ -^ ~
o -2 = "
ic -o ■»
►H M 1-] O
03
60
W)
4)
a)
«
P:h
D O 4J a • O
■* •« :;3 a> t^ •- .- 0)
o
m
CH-
0+-
^b
■b
(i4
Ph
112
T3
'O
TS
'O
TS
TJ 5
a
eS
a
a
a
o3
a
g>^
o
CO
w
"3
to
IC ^
hH
k-H
t-H
I— 1 aj
M)
5C
be
tui
c ^
&c;z;
S
C3
c
S
□
O
O
o
1^
o
3 ^
1 i
>-"
t>^
>%
t"^
>.^
-S 00
e€
eS
cS
cj
sS
oi
O OS
oq
cq
M
M
eq .2
cq .-
a^ W
t^
l->
&^
ki
- ^
u ^-^^
<v
aj
s
aj
1 M
1 «
'a
CO
cc
to
CO
<o
>%
>.
K
>-.
^ *i
>> ^
o
o
o
,^
C 02
O c»
H-! H^
pq aq
O O
TS
TS
S3
TS
a
B
a
a
c*
f/)
OJ
to
"O
1— I
1— 1
01
HH
tic
60
tie
ooooqooooooooooooooooo
I I I I I I I
I I
"*-(>—( CO CO — ^^ "—I
I I
I I I I
I I
h5 ^
-^ N p
c<i"3c^io^t^coaste«o?o i-h
t^
t'. >,
U
>>
c3 eS
pq pq
^
pq
>^ ;h
OJ
b
<u 5
J
CO to
^
t^ t^
o
1^
o o
^
u
^
o
o
CO
C^ CO
" g «
cS g rt
J= C eg
03 cS
aj ^ ^ -T2 TS
> t> O Q O
^'b
■b
a a J
u •" •r'
n « o
3
a. V js -q.
P^ Eh O
a a
P Q
n
s ^ S ^ a S
S a -"^ a :H ;2
„ 'j; ^ " o „
.« 01 CO t«( be O
c M 3 — • a "
.rt to ri --: — ^3
^
^
•=^ .s -^
^ a
cBPMPHCt,H<<i-i<;w
(M «5 t^ 00 Oi
O «D lO r-( O
!>• 1— I 1— I l>
Tti l-~ 00 rt< ^^
CO 00 r-1 (M (N
(M 1— I -^ i-H i-H
. VC0-*iO(MCD00O>i— I
C<)CO-^I>-00000
*^ J
113
Variation ]N"otes.
0. H. ElGENMANN AND ClAKENCE KeNNEDY.
The Spinning of the Egg-Sac in Lycosa.
W. J. MOENKHAUS.
The habit of the female spinning a round, ball-lilve egg-sac and
carrying this suspended from the spinners during the period of incuba-
tion, is, so far as I can determine, characteristic of the entii-e family of
ground spiders, the Lycosidae, with the exception of the single genus
Dolomedes. The process of the construction of the cocoon has been sel-
dom observed, so far as I can determine from the literature. This is due
to the difficulty attending such observation, since all of the species either
tunnel more or less deeply into the ground or live in retreats vmder stones,
boards, and the lilie. I had tried for a long time, without satisfactory
results, to observe this until I finally hit upon a species Lycosa sp. that
permitted me to make the observation very completely. The plan had been
to place gravid females in glass jars half-filled with earth, and by moisten-
ing this next to the glass induce her to consti'uct her burrow there and
thus enable me to watch her actions through the glass. While I got
several females thus to construct their bm-rows and spin their egg-sacs,
I was not able to see sufficiently well through the glass, which always
became pretty well besmeared with earth during the excavation. In the
case under considea-ation, however, the whole process occurred above
ground, so that I could see it step by step. This, briefly, ran as follows:
She first excavated a shallow hole in the middle of the jar about one-
third greater in diameter than the length of her body. This she did with
her mandibles and palpi, piling the excavated ground iu a crescentic heap
around one side of the hole. Then she spun a thin sheet over the hole,
extending from the top of the crescentic heap to the opposite side, com-
pletely covering the hole. This sheet, thus, was not horizontal, but in-
clined, and in the instance observed about 25 degrees, the inclination, of
course, being determined by the height of the crescentic embanl^ment.
Upon the center of this sheet a crescent-shaped pocket was constructed
with the broad and open side directed toward the higher end of the incline.
Into this the eggs were deposited immediately after its completion. The
114
eggs filled the pocket heaped full. The exposed surface of the eggs was
then closely spun over so that they were completely enclosed in a slightly
compressed spherical cocoon, suspended in the center of the sheet. The
edges of the sheet were then cut loose from the ground, carefully rolled up
with the mandibles and palpi and tucked up against the cocoon, being spun
fast as the work proceeded. This appeared as a rather prominent equa-
torial band around the cocoon at the line of attachment of the sheet.
The whole cocoon Avas strengthened by further spinning, and, when
finished, was fastened to the spinners and carried away. The whole was
completed in a little more than one-half hour.
I have examined the cocoons of over fifty different species of Lycosidae
and all show their equatorial band more or less prominently, so that it
would seem that all the species adopt in general this same plan of con-
structing their egg-sac.
Experiments in the Hybridization of Fishes.
W. J. MOENKHAUS.
[Abstract.]
During the past three years thirty-three different crosses were made
among fishes. ^lost of these were between marine species; several were
between fresh-water species, and three between marine and fresh-water
species. In no combination was there a failure of impregnation. The
per cent, of eggs impregnated was usually large— 50 to 100 per cent.; in a
few instances as low as 1 per cent. This per cent. boi"e no relation to the
blood relationship of the species. In most of the cases there was either
no polyspermy or the per cent, of polyspermy was small. In two crosses
this was as great as 50 per cent, of the impregnated eggs. The degree of
polyspermy bore no relation to the nearness of relationship.
In all cases of normal impregnation the earlier phases of development
were passed through normally. All crosses except where BatracJius tau
was used as the female, the development went beyond the segmentation
stages, the embryonic shield being apparently perfectly formed. Many
crosses went beyond this to the closure of the blastopore, but in these
cases the embryo was varyingly shorter than the normals. Seven crosses
developed into healthy fry. Some of these, however, showed abnormali-
ties, usually in the caudal peduncle and the anal fin. These latter crosses
were either between species of the same genus or nearly i-elated genera.
115
An Aberrant Etheostoma.
W. J. MOENKHAUS.
AVhile seining in Tippecanoe Lalie during tlie siimmei- of 189G, there
was taken among a great many Etlieostoma eaprodes a single very aber-
rant specimen of darter. I have been imable to identify it with any de-
scribed species. Its close affinity to Etheostoma eaprodes and to Etheos-
toma aspro at once strikes one, and a closer study shows it to be in many
respects intermediate between these two species.
The specimen is rather large, although not too large for an Etheostoma
aspro, measuring 78 mm. in length. The form of the head and body is
very much like Etheostoma aspro. The snout is evidently longer and the
interorbital space broader. The cheeks, opercle and nape are scaled. The
color pattern, on the whole, also resembles more closely that of Etheos-
toma aspro. The barred character of Etheostoma eaprodes in the upper
half plainly shows itself. Along the side is a series of nine large dark
blotches, more or less confluent Avith intermediate smaller ones. Tlie
dorsal, pectoral and caudal fins are barred. The ventral and anal fins,
plain.
In the table are given measurements and counts of the aberrant spec-
imen and the two most nearly related species:
Etheostoma
eaprodes.
Etheostoma sp.?
Etheostoma aspro.
Dorsal fins
XIV-16 (average) ....
11-11 (average)
88 (average)
XVI-14
XIII-13
11-11
II-9
Lateral line
80
69
4.27
4.21
4.00
Three possibilities present themselves: (1) The specimen may be
merely an unusually aberrant form of Etheostoma eaprodes or of Etheos-
toma aspro; (2) it may be a new species: (3) it may be a hybrid.
In regard to the first, it may be said that, considering all the charac-
ters, it is scarcely within the range of normal local variability of either
species. If we consider the spines and rays, the scales and the proportions
as set forth in the above table, it would seem easiest to consider it a vari-
116
ation of Etheo«toma caprodes. In the form of the body and the colora-
tion it could more easily fall within the range of variation of Etheostoma
aspro. Indeed, this affinity is so strong that if it is merely a variation
it can only have come from Etheostoma aspro.
Both in coloration and in structural characters it can readily be dis-
tinguished from either of the two most closely related species, so that it
would be easy enough to characterize it as a new species. The reasons
against this are the usual ones, namely, that we have only a single speci-
men and that if it represented a species that is even only poorly established
more specimens should have been obtained in the enormous amount of
seining that was done during the same, previous and subsequent summers.
It is entirely possible that we have here a hybrid. There are charac-
ters that show a strong affinity for each of the supposed parent species,
as well as chai'acters (scales) that are intermediate. Both parent si>ecies
occur in the lalie, Etheostoma caprodes abundantly, Etheostoma aspro spai*-
ingly. The most serious objections against considering this a hybrid is
the large number of dorsal spines— sixteen— in the dorsal, larger than in
either parent species. About 2 per cent., however, of Etheostoma caprodes
have sixteen spines in this lake and an occasional specimen is found with
seventeen. It should be stilted in this connection that I have experi-
mentally obtained healthy fiy between Etheostoma coeruleum and Etheos-
toma nigrum, two species much more distinct than the assumed parent
species. There seems, therefore, to be considerable evidence in favor of
the assumption that this is a hybrid.
117
EEPORTS FROM THE BIOLOGICAL STATIOiT.
I. MAPS OF WINONA, PIKE AND CENTER LAKES.*
Allen A. Norms.
INPlANft
UNIVERSITY 51CLC16ICAL
STATION
y^^fotfraplj.i n^f of
PIKL'-GLKTER LftKtS
ALLtNA NORRlb
rnrnrnr
'•■ Contributions from the Zoological Laboratory of the Indiana University, under the
direction of C. H. Eigenmann, No. 48.
118
II. FAUNA AND FLORA OF WINONA LAKE, PARTS A, B, C, D.*
A. A List of the Mollusca of Eagle, Center and Pike
Lakes, Kosciusko County, Indiana.
A. A. NoKBis.
The moUusks mentioned below were collected during the summer of 1901.
In the preparation of the list I have been under obligations to Dr. Call, of the
Children's Museum, Brooklyn, and to Chas. T. Simpson, of the Smithsonian
Institution, each of whom examined and named a part of the collection.
UNIVALVES.
1. Selenites concava Say. Common on the marsh shores of Pike Lake.
2. Mesodon muliilineafus Say. Abundant.
3. Mesodon mitcheUianus Lea. Common.
4. Limnophysa caperata Say. Common.
6. Limnophysa humilis Say.
6. Phi/sa gyrina Say. Common.
7. Helisoma campanidata Say. Abundant.
8. Helisoma trivolvis Say. Abundant.
9. Helisoma bicarinata Say. Common.
10. Gyraulus parims Say. Common.
11. Amnieola limosa Say. Common.
12. Amnieola parata Say. Common.
13. Valvata Iriearinata Say. Common.
14. Campeloma subsolidum Anthony. Found in outlet of Eagle Lake.
15. Campeloma rufum. Haldeman. Abundant in the outlet of Eagle Lake.
16. Pleurocera suhulare Lea. Very abundant in Pike Lake and Eagle Lake.
17. Pleurocera elevatum Say. Outlet of Pike Lake.
18. Sphaerium (ransversum Say. Frequent in the outlet of Eagle Lake.
BIVALVES.
19. Unio undidatua Barnes. Abundant in the outlet of Pike Lake, rare in the
other outlets, not found in the lakes.
20. Unio gibbosus Barnes. Three specimens were taken in the outlet of Eagle
Lake.
■■' Contributions from the Zoological Laboratory of the Indiana University, under the
direction of C. H. Eigenmann, No. 49.
119
21. Unio iris Lea. Frequent.
22. Unio subrosti-atus Say. Abundant.
23. Unio fabalis Lea. Eagle Lake and Pike Lake.
24. Unio cylindrieus Say. A single specimen was taken in the outlet of Eagle
Lake.
25. Unio luteohis Lamarck. Abundant.
26. Unio ventricosus Barnes. A single specimen (dead) was found in the outlet
of Pike Lake.
27. Unio rubiginosus Lea. Common in Eagle Lake and in the outlet of Eagle
Lake. None taken from other waters.
28. Unio clavus Lamarck. Rare in outlet of Eagle Lake.
29. Unio glans Lea. Common.
30. Margaritana rugosa Barnes. Outlet of Eagle Lake.
31. Anodonta edenlula Say. Six.
32. Anodonta grandis Say. Common in Eagle and Pike Lakes.
33. Anodonta footiani Lei. Abundant in Pike Lake, rare in Center Lake, not
found in the streams.
34. Anodonta ferrnsaciana Lea. Abundant in Pike Lake.
B. Additions to the Indiana List of Dragonflies, with a
Few ISToTES. — No. 11."'
E. B. Williamson.
ADDITIONS.
1. Enallagma aspersiim Hagen. A single female was taken June 27, 1901, in
the woods on Chapman Hill, near Winona Lake. The female of this species of
Enallagma is so distinctively colored that I do not hesitate to record the species
for the State on such scanty material. I think this species will be found to be
extremely local in di-tribution.
2. D oiywgomphus spoliatus Hagen. Old canal feeder along the St. Joseph
River, and St. Joseph River, Robison Park, Ft. Wayne, July 19 and August 11,
1901. Abundant; both sexes taken ; several exuviae gathered from piles at boat
landings in Robi-on Park; observed feeding on adult imagoes of the following
insects: Pieris rapae, white cabbage butterfly, and the two dragonflies, Httaerina
americana and Argia pntrida. An active, inquisitive species, relentless in love
■No. I was published in last year's proceedings (1900), pp. 1V3-178.
8— Academy of Science.
120
and war, more wary than D. spinosus, and most numerous about the water from
9 a. m. to 4 p. m., where they are coa>picaous by reason of the yellow or reddish-
yellow seventh to ninth abdominal segments.
3. Gomphus villnsipes Selys. Tippecanoe River, near Warsaw, June 23, 1901,
3 males. Holliday and Williamson.
4. Gomphus dilataius Rambur. Tippecanoe River, near War.-aw, Jiui<» 23,
1901, 5 males, 1 female. Williamson and Holliday. This species was found
only near the P., Ft. W. & C. R. R. bridge over Tippecanoe River, and only on
this one date. The bridge was being repaired, and the dragonflies were taken
resting on some of the timbers, usually near the water, which flowed swiftly here.
Possibly half the number seen were captured. They did not patrol the river,
apparently, and, when frightened, they usually left the' river, disappearing over
the fields on either side.
5. Gomphus spiniceps Walsh. Old canal feeder along the St. Joseph Kiver,
near Ft. Wayne, July 19, 1901, one teneral female taken, another teneral seen,
and two exuviae found in grass clumps two or three feet from the water.
6. Si/mpetntm corrup'um Hagen. Near Winona Lake, August 10, 1901,
1 male. Miss N. O. Harrah.
Ninety-seven species of dragonflies are now recorded for Indiana. If semiaquea
(or the form usually known by this name) and assimilatum should be regarded as
distinct from Tetragoneuria cynosura and Sympetrum rubicundulum respectively,
then the Indiana list numbers 99 species.
NOTES AND CORRECTIONS.
1. Arf/ia translata Hagen. PI. I, Fig. 1. Ab., male 30, female 28; h. w.,
male 22, female 23. A dark colored species; post-ocular spots small, not con-
nected ; thorax nearly to first lateral suture black, narrow antehumeral and post-
humeral pale stripes, the latter only above; these stripes wider and the post-
humeral longer in the female; sides of thorax pale, second latiral suture with
a black stripe. Abdomen black ; pale, narrow, interrupted basal rings on 3-7 ;
male with a blue basal spot on 8 and 9, spot apically three-pointed, one point on
either side (half the length of the segment on 8, nearly the cntiie length on 9),
and the middle one on the dorsum; female with a pale lateral stripe the length
of the abiomjn, interrupted at bases and apices of segments, and placed lower
on 6 and 7. The distribution of this species, as now known, is such as to make
its discovery in Indiana possible.
2. Nehalennia irene Hagen. Winona Lake, June 22, 1901 ; Wooden Lake,
July 4, 1901. Clarence Kennedy.
121
3. In plate I are figured the male abdominal appendages, lateral and dorsal
views, of four species of Enallagmas. Two of these, calverd and aspersum, have
been taken in the State, and the occurrence here of cyathigerum and doubledayi is
probable. The species here designated as cyathigerum is the same as annexum. I
believe that annexum (North American) and cyathigerum (European) are identical.
Hageni and cyathigerum are very closely related— much more closely than calverti
and cyathigerum. Doubledayi finds its closest allies in canmculatum and civile
4. In the report of the State Geologist for 18i(7, p. 401, I have recorded
Enallagma laterale Morse for Shriner Lake. This is a mistake in determination;
the sing'e male is carunc^ilatum.
5. The seasonal range of Enallagma traviatum is possibly not so short. I
have records of it at Winona Lake from June 24 to July 13, 1901. It is much
less conspicuous than any other Enallagma with which I am acquainted.
6. On and about July 6, 1901, Mr. Kenoedy and myself noticed on several
occasions the increased activity of Enallagma pollutum and signatum as twilight
came on. In the spatter-dock bed«, where, during the mid-day hours only an
occasional wandering male would be seen, just before sundown many pairs clung
to the broad leaves or flitted in couple far out over the lake.
7. On August 25, 1901, at Cedar Lake, Whitley County, Mr. Kennedy and
myself took, in two or three hours' time, 65 specimens of Ischnura kellicotti about
water-lily beds at the southwestern end of the lake.
8. The distribution of Herpetogomphua designatus as now known is such that
this species may be looked for in southwestern Indiana. In the key to genera,
Dragonpes of Indiana, it will runout to Ophiogomphus. Professor Needham has
pointed out that the two genera, Ophiogomphus and Herpetogomphu!<, may be dis-
tinguished by the form of the post anal cells. This character is indicated in figs.
2 and 3, pi. I. In the case of Ophiogomphus the two branches of the anal vein
form a distinct loop. Ophiogomphus rvpinsulensis was taken, June 23 and 30, 1901,
along the Tippecanoe Eiver, near Warsaw.
9. Dromogomphus spinosus has been observed during 1901, as follows: Tippe-
canoe River, June 23 and 30; Chapman Lake, June 30; and Ft. Wayne, along
the old canal feeder, July 18. During July the species was taken several times
at Winona Lake.
10. Lanthus albistylus Selys has been taken in Maine, Pennsylvania and
Tennessee; and its occurrence in Indiana is very probable. In the Dragovflies
of Indiana this species will run out to the genus Gomphus. Lanthus and Gomphus
may be separated by the form of the post-anal cells (see figs. 4, 5, 6 and 7, pi. I).
In Lanthus the portion of the seond branch of the anal vein bounding the
122
first anal cell on its outer i-ide (M) is longer than that portion of the anal vein
bounding the outer side of the same cell (S). In Gomphus M is always shorter
than S, unless a vein between post-anal cells meets S, as in fig. 4. The Gomphi
occurring in Indiana can be readily separated into three groups on characters of
the post-anal cells.
I. Second branch of anal vein not angled where the first cross vein be-
tween post-anal cells meets it (at point T) ; normally two post-
anal cells in the first series (fig. 4). (North American and
European.)
II. Second branch of anal vein angled at point T; normally one post-
anal cell in first series, two in second (fig. 5). (North American.)
III. Second branch of anal vein angled at point T; normally one post-
anal cell in first two series, followed by two (fig. 6). (North
American. )
Lanthus is similar to this Group III of the genus Gomphus. It may be
separated by the character indicated above.
The species of Gomphi known to occur or possibly occurring in Indiana may
be arranged in these three groups, as follows:
I. brevis. II. (?) paliidus. III. externus.
viridifrons. villosipes. fraternus.
quadricolor. (?) cornutus. crassus.
exilis. ventricosus.
sordidus. vastus,
spicatus. dilatatus.
graslinellus. amnicola.
furcifer. plagiatus.
(?) paliidus. notatus.
spiniceps.
Prof. Hine and Mr. Tough have studied 6?. cornutus and G. paliidus for me.
From their sketches I believe both species will come in Group II, but the ma-
terial is so scanty I can not be sure of this.
11. Gomphus viridifrons Hine. PI. I, figs. 16 and 17. Described in the
Ohio Naturalist, Vol. I, No. 4, p. 60, Feb., 1901. The color description is quoted
below .
"Length of the abdomen, about 33 mm..; hind wing about 27 mm.; black,
face and occiput green; prothorax with anterior margin and three spots, green
or yellow; thorax green with spaces at base of win^s, lateral suture and six bands
before, black; the two mid<l!e })inds are abbreviated anteriorly and separated by
123
the mid-dorsal carina, which is very feebly green. Abdomen black, a dor.>-al band
and sides of first two or three segments yellowish; a yellow spot at base of each
of segments, four to seven; and sides of 8 and 9, usually yellowish. * » *
This is Gomphus sp. Williamson, Dragon flies of Indiana, p. 294." This species
is most closely related to abbreviatus, which species, however, is not known west of
the mountains. From brevis, another close relative, which has been taken in
western Pennsylvania, it may be separated at sight by the green face, the face in
brevis being sharply marked with black.
12. Gomphus descriptus Banks should be dropped from the Indiana hypo-
thetical list. It was recorded from Illinois on an erroneous determination. The
species has not been recorded west of the mountains.
13. Mr. Tough, in a recent letter kindly calls my attention to an error in the
description of Gomphus dilatatus, p. 286, Dragonflies of Indiana. Second line from
bottom, for apical read basal. Mr. Tough reports taking two males of this species
in Illinois, and one of these has a small but distinct yellow basal spot on the
eighth abdominal segment. The few specimens I have seen of dilatatus have had
eight immaculate above.
14. Gomphus segregans Needham is a synonym of Gomphus spiniceps Walsh.
15 On June 17, 1901, at a ripple near the Clover Leaf railroad bridge over
the Wabash Kiver at Bluffton, I took Gomphus fraternu^, G. crassus, and Pro-
gomphus obscurus. P. obscurus was the most abundant and G. crassus the rarest.
The next day at the same ripple, at the same time of day, under conditions which
to me seemed the same as the day before, I took G. graslinellus, G. crassus and P.
obscurus. But G. fraternus was not seen, and G. graslinellus, not seen on the 17th,
was the commonest species of the three on the 18th. Specimens of the four species
were all bright and clean, not at all worn. The why, whence and whither of
imago Gomphi is a puzzle. On both these dates in the crowded willow herbs at
the ripple Argia putrida, apicalis, tibialis, sedula and violacea — the five Argias known
for the State — were pairing.
16. During the season of 1901 Progomphus obscurus was observed at BlufTton,
June 17 and 18 ; Tippecanoe River, near Warsaw, June 23 and 30; Chapman
Lake, June 30, where half a dozen exuviae were gathered on the sand beaches
near the water's edge; old canal feeder and St. Joseph River near Ft. Wayne,
July 19.
17. An exuvia of Hagenius brevistylus was collected from a pile in Tippecanoa
River, June 23, 1901. On June 30 Mr. Kennedy took an imago along the river,
and on the same date several were seen in a second growth brush lot, flying
leisurely about— if no insect collector was in striking distance — and frequently
alighting on twigs, slumps or an old rail fence.
124
18 During the summer of 1901 Boyerin vinosa was not rare in the low woods
about the Biological Station at Winona Lake. Students collected a large number
of nymphs of all sizes at Turkey Lake, July 19, 1901.
19. A single exuvia of Basiaeschna Janata was found along the Tippecanoe
River near Warsaw, June 23, 1901, identified by Professor Needham.
20. On August 24 and 25, 1901, Mr. Kennedy and myself collected several
males of Aeschna clepsydra at Shriner Lake, Whitley County. This makes the
Shriner-Round Lake list number 47 species. As observed on these two days,
clepsydra, as his brighter color pattern would indicate, is a more dashing fellow
than his common congener constncta.
21. Macromia iUinoiends Walsh. Wabash River, Bluffton, June 20, 1901 ;
Tippecanoe River, near Warsaw, June 23, 1901; old canal feeder and St. Joseph
River, near Ft. Wayne, July 19 and August 11, 1901. Macromia taeniolaia Ram-
bur. Old canal feeder and St. Joseph River, near Ft. Wayne, July 19 and
August 11, 1901; associated with Ulinntenns, (aeniolata he'ing the most numerous.
This large dragonfly, floating idly or cutting through the air without apparent
effort, always flashing the sunlight like darts from glimmering wings and metallic
body, can not fail to draw the interest and admiration of any idle observer who
may wander along its haunts. Its alertness usually brings dismay to the c )llector
who has waited patiently in waist-deep mud and water for its coming, and whose
deep and fervent reproaches follow the beautiful form as it sails away, first tree-
top high, then skimming the water with its strong front wings, in pure derision of
the impotent wretch who plotted so clumsily against its life.
22. During the whole of July, 1901, and possibly \iiiev, Epicordulia princeps
was on the wing along the reed-grown shores of Winona Lake. This species spends
more hours per day on the wing than any other species in Indiana. In the gray
twilight, before sunrise, while the black bass were noisily gathering their break-
fasts in the shallow water, as we sat in the boat cafting to right and left with an
indigestible, hook-enshrouded minnow, princeps, misty and indistinct, floated
by. After sunset, when we went to the shore with the shotgun to snapshot at
bats, there he was again, out over the water, harrying along in the gathering dusk
as though his day were not yet completed.
23. On September 3, 1901, at an old gravel pit near BluflFton, I observed
Sympeirum vicinum ovipositing. The male held the female by the head as they
hovered a minute in front of a curtain of algae, formed by a mass of the plant
clinging to the edge of an old plank as the water had become lower in the pit.
This curtain was about nine inches high, the lower edge of it trailing in the
water. The dragonflies moved swiftly forward and the abdomen of the female
125
was tapped quickly against the curtain. At once they moved backward and
downward, and the female struck the water with her abdomen. Then they rose-
again, hovered a moment a few inches in front of the curtain, and repeated the-
performance. After some time they separated and alighted among Fome cat-tails
growing near. Oviposition was not interrupted by copulation. Part of this
curtain of algae was collected. Portions of it were literally piled up with the
dragonflies' eggs. Doubtless some of the eggs were washed from the abdomen
into the water, but the majority were placed on the algae. Eggs had been
placed at the top of the curtain, but this had become thoroughly dry. Females,,
which I saw ovipositing were placing the eggs two or three inches above the-
water where the curtain was very damp. The hatching of the egg, and possibly-
the first moult of the nymph, takes place on this curtain.
24. Though the subject of Odonate copulation has been considered
by many authors with "presque toujours une description detailee et souvent
poetique," I have been unable to find any statement concerning the filling of the
seminal vesicle of the male dragonfiy, other than that this takes place before copu-
lation. In the case of Caloptery.r, Argia and Enallagma, where I have been able to
make positive observations, the male fills the seminal vesicle at once after he has
captured the female. It seems probable that during the wild flight of mating
Aeftchnas and some of the gomphines (I have noticed especially Dromogomphus
spoliatiis) the seminal vesicle is being filled, and, this accomplished, the pair come
to rest in tree-top, on the ground, or where not, and copulation takes place.
The Anisoptera, which I have observed, do not copulate while flying, if they are
undisturbed.
126
EXPLANATION OF PLATE.
1. Argia trandata Hagen. Ohio Pyle, Pa., September 8, 1901, J. L. Graf.
Lateral view of (^ abdominal appendages.
2. Herpetogonvphus designatm Hagen. Portion of right wing; t, triangle; i, in-
ternal triangle ; a, anal vein (or postcosta); b, first branch of anal vein ;
c, second branch of anal vein ; p, post-anal cells (middle post costal
space).
3. Ophiogomphus rupinsidensis Walsh. Portion of right wing. Lettering same
as for fig. 2.
4. Gomphus spicatus Hagen. Portion of right wing. Lettering same as for
fig. 2.
-5. Gomphus viUosipes Selys. Portion of right wing. Lettering same as for
fig. 2.
6. Gomphu?, scudderi Selys. Portion of right wing. Lettering same as for
fig. 2.
7. Lanthus alhistylus Selys. Portion of right wing. Lettering same as for
fig. 2.
8 and 9. EnaUagvia douhkdayi Selys. Provincetown, Mass., August 4, 1899, J.
E. Benedict. Lateral and dorsal views of (j'' abdominal appendages.
10 and 11. Enallagrna aspersum Hagen. Conneaut Lake, Pa., August 18, 1899,
D. A. Atkinson. Lateral and dorsal views of cJ^ abdominal appendages.
12 and 13. Eindlagma calverti Morse. Sheep Creek, Wyoming, August 6, 1899,
E. B. Williamson. Lateral and dorsal views of (^' abdominal append-
14 and 15. Enallagrna cyalhigerum Charpentier. Sheep Creek, Wyoming, August
6, 1S99, E. B. Williamson. Lateral and dorsal views of (^ abdominal
appendages.
16. Gomphus viridifrons Hine. Ohio Pyle, Pa., June 25, 1900, E. B. William-
son. Lateral view of (^ abdominal appendages.
17. Gomphus viridifrons Hine. Ohio Pyle, Pa., June, 1900, E. B. Williamson.
Vulvar lamina.
18. Gomphus brevis Selys. Ohio Pyle, Pa., June 24, 1900, E. B. Williamson.
Lateral view of (J' abdominal appendages.
19. Gomphus brevis Selys. Ohio Pyle, Pa., June 28, 1900, E. B. Williamson.
Vulvar lamina.
127
PLATE I.
128
C. Flora of Eagle Lake and Vicinity.
H "Walton Clark.
The work einbodiod in tho followiuti' rt-port was accomplished l;y the
writer, assisted l)y Mr. Charles ^l. VAi. durin;;- the snininers of 189!» and
I'.iini. under the ansi)ices of the Ijidiaiia rnivei'sity.Biologiciil Station. Th.e
purpose of tlu> worlc is to i)i-esei)t a study of Eagle Lake as a unit of
environment as re.i:ai'ds plant life, and the special line of investigatinn
was that of tlie vaiions i)]ant a.ugrcvuates of the lake, iiu-hiding their rela-
tions to ea(di otiiei- and to that body of water. Many thanks are due to
Dr. ('. II. Kigenniann. Hirector of tlie Station, and to Dr. Mottier. Head
of Dc^pai'tnu'ut of Botany of the llie Station, for assistance in sugges'iig
and nia])i)ing out lines of work.
.\s ri'gards llie i>l;in of tlie woi'k. it will he iM'lpfnl to tlie readei' to bear
in nund that the survey of the area studied was made in a series of con-
centi'ic rings. l)(>ginniiig at the northeast corner of the region descril)ed,
that is, at the laboratories, and starting soulliward. All descri])tions liave
this beginning and seciuence. and the sides of the lak(> are di serilied in tin-
following oi'der: (1) east side. (Ui south side. Cb west side. (4i iiorili side
Eagle Lake is one of the many small lakes of northern Indiana which
occupy depressions in the surface of the glacial drift. It is somewhat
irregular in outline, and consists of a larg(> main body, a sonu-what nai-row
neck or cluiiniel. and a lai'ge bay at tlie west end. According to ^Ir.
Large, who made a survey of the lake several years ago (Proceedings Ind.
Acad. Sci., 1896), the area of the lake is alout O.Sltl stiuare mile.
Before entering into a <letailed descriittion of tli{> lake and its flora.
however, it may be well to consider lu-icHy tlie sui-i-nunding country.
This descri])tion of tlH> I'egion surrounding the lake is not intended to be
exhaustive: it is simply preseuli'd as a sort of frame foi- the i)icture of
the lalvc itself. The Avli(d(> region from the lake shove to and including
characteristic portioris of tlie higli ground beyond the limits of the lake
plain, moreover, net only repies(M:ts a sort of unit area in itself, but at
the sanu' time inclu(U's an ii-tei'esting \ariety of conditions and furnishes
interesting bits of well niarked lii(tl(igi( al arca.s ihat are to be found on a
large scale elseAvhere. but whicli here in their limited size offei- very favor-
able opportunities for study.
Eagle Lake and its plain are iiearly suin-cnuuled by a ratner jibrupt
terrace of yellow sand, which rises at varying distances from the lake
129
shore nnd beyoiul which extends the itiultihitiiig tiphiiul. foriiiing the
chai-aeteristie toiiography of the region in generah lu only three rather
narrow points does tlse terrace apijroacli very near to tlie water's edge.
These phices are (1) ahing the northern part of the hil^e. near tlie nortliei'ii
end of the Assembly groniuls, (2) at the place known locally as Yarnelle's
lauding, or Yarnelle's jioint. and i:!) neai- the outlet. At all other places
it recedes from the lake, leaving a large, level, lake plain. The rampart
of hills, or terrace, is cut throngh in three places: (ll Cherry Creek A-alley,
C2) the valley of Clear Creek, and (8) at the outlet. In the direction of
Warsaw there is a hnig stretch of low ground, the exact natural limits
of Avhich it is inipossihle to define on account of many artificial changes,
lint which contains ?Iarket-street pcnnl. an interesting liody of water, and
extends farther on toward the lakes on the other side of Warsaw, such as
Pike Lake. Center Lake and otliers.
Along the southeast and south shore is a liigh. narrow ice ridge be-
tween the lake ajid the lake plain. The ice ridge is present elsewhere
also, but is nowhere else so plainly marked. Fig. 1 siiows a bit of old
tolerably well marlced ice ridge in this region.
In the discussion the regions about and including the lake Avill be noted
in the following order: d) The terrace and upland, along with the gullies
through them. (2) The lowland between the terrace and the lake, con-
sisting of lake plain and lowland forest. i:>i The lake shore and belt of
shore plants. (4) The ponds and bayous Itelonging to the lake plain, (.j)
The belt of marsh plants (plants with emersed leaves), and of short-
.stemmed aquatic^. Ki) The l)elt of long-stemmed aquatics. In tlie general
discussion, simply typical spec-ies will be mentioned. The lake plants
proper will be discussed more thoroughly later.
The terrace is composed of a yellow sand with an admixture of some
clay. Tbe slope from the lake plain is occasionally gradual; always, how-
ever, there is finally a rather steep and bluffy ascent. At Yarnelle's point
there is no gradital slope at all. but the bank rises sheer from the water's
edge.
THE ITLAXD.— In tl;e state of natui-e the upland is covered Avitli a
forest of such trees as the various oaks and hickories, some walnuts, a
few tulip trees, wild cheriy, ash and elm. In some cases there is no undei"-
growth of shrubs, and very little grass or herbs, as the forest floor is
covered with a tliick carpet of dried leaves. At other places, especially
near the sides of gullies, there is an undergrowth of such shrubs as prickly
130
Fis. 1.
131
ash, raspberry and blackberry, some lioptree (Ptelea) and witch hazel,
while the forest floor is covered with a carpet of cominou bladder fern,
Ci/stoptcris frafjilis, some maiden-hair fern (not very common), Indian tur-
nips, wood rush, various galiums, pinks, may-apples, hawkweeds, Avood
sunflowers, tick trefoils, and so on. Anychia is abundant in some places.
In other places are a few scattered patches of Sahhatia angularis, frost-
weed, pinweed and Eepatica hepatica. the round-lobed liver leaf. This is
the predominant species of the genus here; in fact, the only species the
writer has seen at all, while in other parts of the State, except in Marshall
County, the only species the writer has seen was H. acuta. In a hasty trip
to Chapman's Lake, not far from Eagle Lake, plenty of Hepatica acuta was
seen and no H. Jiepatica. (At Chapman's Lake, too, Impatatiens pallida was
the only species seen. At Eagle Lake I have seen only I. fulva.)
tSyndesmon thalictroides, which is usuallj' regarded an early spring
bloomer, flowers occasionally in late summer in various forests near the
lake. During the summer of 1899 a specimen was found in the woods
south of Cherry Creek, about one-half mile from the lake, in flower in
August. In 1900 a plant was found in full bloom June 29, over near the
Pennsylvania railroad, and another on July 30, up Clear Creek ravine.
Toward the foot of some of the hills, and in rather open spaces, is
found an abundance of such plants as the black huckleberry (Gaylussacia
resinosa), mullein foxglove, downy false foxglove, wild flax, frostweed, and
in some places Frasera. Here, too, is an abundance of dense tufts of
A-arious mosses, while a small cup lichen, Cladonia, coA-ers the earth
with a continuous gray mantle. ToAvard the outer edge of the forest
and at the foot of the hills is a sparse groAvth of wild oat grass and
Fimhristylis.
The heavy forest southeast of the lake contains about the same species
of trees as those mentioned above as characteristic of the hill forest.
Here is a large number of introduced plants, as motherwort, burdock, and
sweet briar rose. The forest near Yarnelle's point contains a basin Avhere
pin oak is almost the only species, Avhile in the forest near the outlet there
is coral root in considerable abundance. There is an abundance of fungi
in all the forests, of Myxomycetes, Boleti and various Agarics.
In certain places the forests have been removed from the hills, where
it has been left to grow up again Avithout apparently having ever been
cultivated much; we have a growth peculiar to such places everywhere.
In one such region sassafras, not frequently to be met with in the native
132
forest, has taken the phiee and grows so thic-kly as to shade out all under
growth except a few spindly, discouraged-looking plants of red sorrel,
Rumex acetoseHd. The lower leaves of this copse of sassafras took on beau-
tiful autumnal coloration quite early in 1900. It was quite noticeable
toward the end of July. Other parts of this once cleared place are covered
with a thick sod of Kentucky blue grass.
There is also in the region just described (east of the lake) a sparse
growth of scrubby oaks with clumps of raspberry and blackberry and wild
grapes here and there.
The Russian mull>erry has established itself here and forms an
abundant sprinkling through the copse. The trees have in all probability
sprung from seed sc-attered by birds. A peculiarity of this place is the
tendency of plants of one species to form continuous patches to the exclu-
sion of almo.st everything else. The sassafras has been cited as an ex-
ample of this. One finds here and there a large bright green spot where
dewberry vinos have crowded out everything else. In other spots large
patches of common five-finger (Potentilla canadcnse), in others Sieironema
cUiatiiDi, and in others of prostrate tick trefoil cover the ground exclu-
sively.
Where the ground has been wholly cleared, and cultivated, and then
abandoned, Ave have, besides the ever present ragweed and Chcnopodium,
such rosette plants as mullein, pasture thistle, and Canada thistle. Pepper
gi-ass is abundant, shepherd's purse scarce. There is also an abundance of
such mat plants as purslane, carpetweed, and spreading spurges. Species
of Eragrostis spread out in the form of mats. Crabgi-ass is abundant, and
where the gi'ound is cultivated, one of the most persistent and annoying
weeds. Eupliorhki corrolata is particularly abundant and conspicuous.
The gullies and immediately adjacent forests have a flora of their own
somewhat different from the rest. The gully of CheiTy Oi'eek is a broad,
level, swampy ti'act of country, covered with Avillows, sedges, skunk cab-
bages and various other marsh plants. It has a. mucky soil, and resembles
an extension of the lake plain.
Along the sides of this gully is considerable underbrush in the forest.
There are plenty of such small trees as juneberry, flo\<^ering dogwood,
Ironwood, water-beech and haws, and such shrubs as hop-trees (Ptelca),
witch hazel, bladdernut, and so on. Far up the gully is a specimen of the
laurel-leaved oak, Qiicrcus imhricnria, and one of alternate-leaved dog-
wood, neither of which are particularly common in the region. At the foot
133
of the hills are a few ferns, lady-fern, maiden-liair and brittle l)Iadder
fern (('. fniiiilis). In general. hoAA-ever, the delicate wood ferns are not
abundant in this region. Mitrlla dipln/llo fringes the slope of the hills
here and there. Both in this gnlly and at places in the lake plain, as the
southern end of the Assembly grounds, are soggj^ hills covered with a
gi'owth of sedges, shrubby five-finger, grass of parnassus. and so on.
Ntimerous springs issue from these hills. In the bottom of the gully, and
near the creek itself, is an al)undauce of swampy ground, with Sagittarias
and other marsh plants. Here is an abundance of the liverwort. Coito-
cephaliis.
One dry hillside along this gully is completely covered with hoauds-
tougue. The hillsides fi'om which springs issue bear in places large patches
of horse-mint {Monarda fistulosa) and are made purple in August by
masses of iron-Aveed in bloom.
The upper part of the gully of Clear Creek is different both in appeai*-
ance and flora, from that of Cherry Creek. Here the creek cuts its way
through hills of sand and gTaA'el. The bottom of the tolerably wide gully
is mostly sandy soil, and the creek bottom is solid and often contains sand-
bars and graA'el-banks. The different slopes have a somewhat different
flora. There are a few large bassAvood trees, and some beech and a feAA"
box-elder on the east side. On the slope on this side are found rock cress,
Blephilia, nettles, beech-drops, and so on. On the west side of the gully
were found spice bushes, Celastnis scoiideiis, or climbing bitter-sweet,
hedge hyssop, tall scouring rushes, blood-root, celandine poppies, re-
mains of trillium, wood anemones, dutchman's breeches, and the like.
The sides of the outlet, where there is a broad marshy region without
any pronounced gully, showed no plants different from those common to
the region, except there was an especial alnmdance of the reindeer lichen.
Cladonia rangiferina. There is here a broad, densely OA^ergrown, swampy
tract, full of willows.
At different places between the sand hills and the lake are the low
ground forests, the bottoms of Avhich seem to be slightly higher than the
surface of the lake plain itself. One of these forests is to be found in the
vicinity of the laboratories and another down along Clear Creek. This
forest differs considerably fi'om the high-ground forest in both soil and
vegetation. The soil is a rich, black, sandy loam. The trees are burr oak,
ash. aspen, willow, elm, plum, and so on. At the junction between the
low-ground and liigh-ground forests we have at one place, near Chicago
134
Hill, a clump of red-bud trees. At another, on the border line between
the upland and lowland forest, the ground is thickly covered with ground
ivy, Ncpeta (/Icichoma.
Here in the low-ground forest we have, especially in the first forest
mentioned (that near the laboratories), a dense undei'growth of hazel-nut,
priclily ash, hop tree and many other shrubs, so that the wood was
somewhat difficult to pass through. The forest floor is also thickly cov-
ered with a quite dense growth of vines and tall weeds of numerous
species, among which may be mentioned virgin's bower {Clematis virgin-
iana), gi-ape, hop, spotted touch-me-not, false nettle, American bell flower,
great blue lobelia and cardinal flower, rice cut-grass, and many other
such plants.
The low-ground forest in the vicinuy of the laboratories was much
modifled during the summer of 1900, as a good deal of the underbrush was
removed. In all cases it goes entirely down to the fringe of willows
which grows at the edge of the lake.
The second low-ground forest, at the southern or west of southern side
of the lake, not far from the region of Clear Creek mouth, consists of
nearly the same sort of trees as the other, but the ground is rather more
marshy, black and level, and the vegetation of the forest floor is of a
somewhat different sort. There are more soft maples and large willows
here, and lizard's tail is a characteristic plant. A small part of the shore
is sandy here, and there is, between the lake shore and the low gi'ound,
back from the lake, a high, narrow ice ridge, four or five feet wide and
breast high, and quite steep on each side. There are tolerable good ice
ridges in other places, as south of Chicago Hill pier a little way, shown
in Figure 2 (Fig. 2 shows lake plain on the left with willows on the ice
ridge on the right), and OA'er by Yarnelle's point, but these are not neai'ly
so well marked.
The greater part of the country Ijetween the lake and the hills is a
flat, level, meadow-like tract, forming the Lake plain. The soil of this
plain is generally of a black or brown muck, with plenty of marl in places.
Ditches dug through it reveal an abundance of gasteropod shells, many of
them yet entire but very fragile, and many of them broken. These attest
the former existence of the lake over the lake plain.
Traditions of old settlers refer to a time when the lake shore came up,
in places at least, to the foot of the hills. One such tradition refers to
the lake reaching the base of the hill known as Hamilton Mound, and the
135
date assijLjned is al)Oiit ISoC. It is not reported whether this was simply
the result of a. temporary tiood or a constant condition. The area of the
surface is subject to quite marlced variation at present, possibly more so
than before the removal of much of the surrounding- forest. The Govei'n-
ment Survey shore line of 1834 lies at places considerably outside present
maps of the lake. Mr. Large expresses his opinion that it perhaps marked
the limit of the swampy ground.
In appearance and vegetation the various parts of the lake plain differ
considerably from each other. In some places the soil is a reddish or
brownish muck, in other places it is a. blackish soil. In some parts it is a
Fig. 2.
sedgy, ferny meadow, in others it is covered with a dense growth of bushes,
as clumps of willow, CcphaJatitJnis and Conms. There seem to be indica-
tions, however, that it was once nearly alike in vegetation, and that the
sedgy, ferny meadow has been cleared off by artificial means. One indica-
tion of this is that we have wholly different regions on dift'erent sides of
fences, one side of the fence being bushy, and the other covered with
sedges, gi-asses and ferns only. In one place where there was such a level
meadow, a few dead willow s])i'outs were noticed. Examination revealed
that they were charred about the roots and had probably been killed by
136
fire, which h.-id ])asse(l thvon.iih and left the ground rough and tussocky.
Between this meadow just deserihed and tlie lake, near the lake shore,
were plenty of low bushes. Avhich had probably been saA^ed by the prox-
imity of the lake and possible resulting saturation of the ground, or more
probal)ly l)y the amount of sand in the low ice ridge upon which they grew.
A few characteristic portions of the lake plain will be described in order:
(1) At the Assembly groiuids. where the lake plain was once quite
broad, it has been modified liy filling in. and by the construction of base
ball grounds and race track. This portion is now a level field overgrown
with grass.
1 2) The portion of the lake plain bordering on the southern end of the
Assembly grounds was once brusliy like the portion next to be described
now is. but the brusli li;is been cleared off. At present it is a level tract,
covered thickly with sedges and ferns. Toward midsummer it is made
purple in patches liy the blossoms of loosestrife. Li/thrum (ilatinn. Later
in the year thefe is a zone of blue about the lieight of one's head from tlie
many blossoms of tall blue verv.iin. wliile l.-iter still the ground is yellow
in places with blossoms of the cnnc-llower or black-eyed susan. which
grows in gre.at abundance licre. and bldssduis (juite late in the season.
Farther on down, near the Biological Station, the lake plain is more m
its natural condition. Here, at the foot of the hills, is a belt of sensitive
fern extending for a good \\;iy .•ijoiig tht^ e(lgt> of the {ilain. The whole
plain is pretty densely covered with low clumps of Coniiis. willows, Caro-
lina rose, and Itutton-bush. An examination of this region shows three
distinct foiiiiations of vegetation. T'pon a c.isiial glance one sees very little
lint buslics. A close examination, lower down toward the ground, will
show .-I tliickish growth of tall sedges and a few coarse grasses, while an
examination still nearer the surface of the ground will reve.al a growth of
slender prairie fern. These formations are shown to particularly gcjod
advantage where artificial agencies have licen at work. Wliere the bushes
oidy are removed, one sees for the most part simjdy a level stretch of tall,
luirrow-leaved sedge, Avith a few stalks of tall grass here and there.
Where the grass has been nmwn one sees an nidiroken patch of fern.
In the vicinity of the laboratories ;i low-ground ^forest, alre.-uly de-
scribed, comes down entiicly to tic water's edge. South of this is another
stretch of lake jiljiin. 'iliis plain is nicstly devoid of bushes, except a
narrow fringe along on the low ice ridgx'. It is covered with sedges, tall
grasses and an under-formation of niarsii fern. The distribution of ]ilants
137
in this region is somewhat patchy in places. There are several areas
covered with the royal fern, Osmunda regalis, at the outer edge, near the
hills. This fern grows so thickly here that at certain times the ripened
spoi'angia give the whole landscape a brownish cast. Toward the lake is
a pond of considerable size fringed with cat-tails and a whitish sedge,
along with Eleocharis and Sagittaria. Near the lake shore, as has been
said, is a fringe of willows. In this portion of the plain, during the month
of August, the wand-like stems of blazing star, Lacinaria spicata, with long
spikes of violet purple flowers, rise here and thei-e and give a peculiar
effect.
The portion of the lake plain south of the lake is continuous with tliat
just mentioned and extends to Clear Creek. Along its outer margins it is
much like the portion just described— a sedgy, flat stretch of country. To
this during the late summer an abundance of swamp milk-weed and joe
pye weed tint the whole landscape a light purple. Near the lake is a large
pond or marsh where grows in one place great patches of Sagittaria.
Here are the most extensive patches of bulrush, cat-tail, Sparganium and
Calamvs in the vicinity. Beside growing by themselves in places, these
plants also grow together in other spots, forming a mixed flora. The soil
is more than saturated with water, and is very miry. There are not many
willows here, but just a little distance west, near Clear Creek, the large
marsh extends back a long distance, and consists of an almost impenetra-
ble willow thicket. " Back of this willow thicket is a low-gi-ound forest,
alreadj" mentioned. At the extreme west end of this marsh it becomes
more open and prairie-like, and has the appearance of having been burned
over. Among the tall sedges of this place is an abundance of such plants
as prairie fern, prairie dock and a tick trefoil (Meihoma canadensc), very
showy when in bloom. Some of tlie ground is mossy. One large tama-
rack with several smaller ones, ijrobably its seedlings, are growing here
isolated from others of the kind. The ground is not like that generally
found in tamaraclv swamps. .
At the termination of this marsh, a hill, part of it under cultivation
and part of it upland forest, comes down near to the lake. From this
place the hill and high-ground forest extend along the lake shore to some
distance beyond Yarnelle's point, and for a space the lake plain and low
ground wholly disappear.
Beyond Yarnelle's landing, and near the neck of the lake, the lake plain
begins again and Itroadens consideral)ly. Part of the plain has been
138
cleared, and pastured and mown so tliat little Is left bnt the sedges. Part
of it is covered densely with willoAvs. It is not different in appearance
from other portions of tlie lake plain, and is different in vegetation only in
that in the wet portion adjacent to the lake two Uiricidarias are found
among the sedges, one. I . luJfiaris sparsely, and probably left by the lake
as it retreated after a Hood, and the otlier, U. hiteniieiJid, forming a dense
and continuous mat over the ground. Here, too. is a large cat-tail and
bur-reed marsh, and the bottom of the ground among these plants is
thickly covered witli moss, a long, briglit green species. Wild senna is
abundant in this place. The open plain continues until near the outlet,
■where it has never been cleared, and consists of a dense willow thicket.
The plain on the western side of the lake is cleared, and at one place ex-
tends through a n;irrow neck between the hills for a considerable distance
from the lake.
The lake i)lain along tlie nortlii'rn slune is so niucli like that of the
other part that no detailed description neetl be given, except to say that
that portion along the neck of the lake, that is, the western end. is still a
willow tliiiker, while tl'.e remain<ler is cleared. In the direction of War-
saw, ahnig the middle i)art of the north shore of the lake, the hills make
a large loop, so that tlie lake plain spreads out into a large round bay,
with a narrow neck or cli;uniel. Here is one large and many small tama-
rack trees and many .-ilders. The ground, liowcver. is tolerably dry and
there is no marsh in tliis region. One liuiicli of i^j)hnf/iuim was found
growing higli and diy at the foot of tlie liills in tlie saiul.v grinnnl, forming
a tussock around the liase of a tree. The plain narrows as one goes east-
ward imtil the liiiis nearly reacli the lake near tlie railroad station at
Winona.
From Eagle Lake, toward ^^■arsaw. extends an interesting stretch of
level ground. The surface is higlier tlian that of the plain, but it is
swampy and mucky. Part of this was once an old tamarack marsh; and,
althougli no _t;iiiiarack trees remain, it still abounds in SpfuKjuiim, choke
berries, chain fern, hispid dewberries and hucklebeiTies. It has probably
once been the home of many of those interesting plaxitS' generally found in
tamaraclc marshes — pitcher plants, orchids of various species, cranberries,
and perhaps droseras.
At this place the railroad intersecting the region brings in its inter-
esting accompaniment of introduced plants. Among these are Liipinus
pcre)i)ilf<. sqnirrel-tail grass, SuLwhi Icali. and so on.
139
Along' the lake shore there is in many places a narrow fringe of willows
and (logwoods. These probably once formed a continuous stretch, but
have been removed by artificial means. Just edging the lake, too. was
found, during the sumtuer of 1S!>9, an abundance of creeping ScldfihicJIa,
but it was not nearly so abundant in liXM).
PONDS. — .Tust as the lake occupies a large liollow in the surface of the
drift, so are lesser hollows in the surface of the lake plain, and in the
region surroiuiding the lake, occupied by ponds. In some of- the shallower
ponds, and tliose remote from the lake, the sur.ply of water is temporary
and they are dry basins diu'ing the drier parts of the year. The ponds are
exceedingly varied in appearance and flora, and are interesting objects to
study. They are really lakes in miniature, and may represent future stages
of the lake itself. Lack of space, however, will prevent the discussion of
this interesting featin-e of the region, except to say that their quiet Avaters
contain in abmidance many interesting aquatic forms wliich are not to be
found in the lake, or which occur there only in limited (piantity. Among
these plants are the various ducl<weeds. Lciiiiia minor, L. trisulca, HitirodrJUi
l>ohirli'iz<i. Wolfjfia cohiniJtidno and 11'. hncHlcnsisi. whicli are to be found in
the ponds and lagoons on the eastern side of the lake. Other ponds con-
tain an abundance of liverwort, two species, Bicciocarijus nutans and Rlccia
flititans. being abundantly represented. Some of the ponds containing foul
Avater have (trieiihirid nihjiiris in almndance. Here the bladders are black
and full of dark, solid dirt, and the plants lilossom profusely. This plant
is found only scantily in the lake itself, and in this situation the bladders
are empty and more or less transparent. The whole plant is bright green
and I have not seen it in blossom at all. One of the ponds (Market street)
contained Brasenia in abundance, and it blossoms profusely. A small
patch was found in the southAvestern part of Eagle Lake, but I have never
seen it in bloom there. One of the ponds east of the lake contained large
balls of nostoc in great abundance.
THE LAKE PROPER.— Preparatory to the task of mapping the vari-
ous plant aggi'egates of, the lake, it was found necessary to measure along
the shore line, and so become acquainted Avitli the relatiA'e distance of
A'arious objects. This Avork AA'as done quite carefully and lengthy notes
taken concerning the nature of the shore. Stations AA'ere established and
full descriptions Avritten of neighboring objects, so as to make their recog-
nition possible. Tills Avas the most laborious and tedious part of the Avork.
and not particularly fruitful of direct results, for of the great mass of
140
notes taken the greater number would be tedious and uninstructive to the
reader. The value of this work was evident, however, during every suc-
ceeding stage of the work; for during all the subsequent observations
of the lake, every detail of the shore was familiar as nothing else could
have made it, and objects could be oriented at a glance from any position
in the lake.
Of the many things that might be said in detail concerning rhe physiog-
raphy of the lake only a few of the most important and striking, as char-
acter of soil along shore, etc., can be noted.
SOIL OF SHORE. --Various parts of the shore, as along the Assembly
grounds, at the Biological Station, and south of Chicago Hill pier, are
sandy beach. This sand is not like that of the sand hills; it is a solid,
whitish sand, with small banks or streaks of quite reddish sand here and
there. Other parts of the sliore are of a tough, blackish or brownish muck;
the -greater portion of the shore is of this nature. The shore about Yar-
nelle's point is rather coarse gravel.
Some parts of the shore are suffering wave erosion. Particular ex-
amples of this are the region just south of the mouth of Oheriy Creek, and
again at the cape just beyond the neck of the lake, and on the southern
side. At these places the lake has encroached a good deal on the land in
spite of the protection afforded by the roots of bushes, etc. Ti'ees and
bushes are undermined and fall ovei-, and there are stumps in the lake
bottom for some way out. At other ])laces, as at the south end of the
lake and along parts of the north end, tlio treeless, mucky shore is being
worn away. Here the waves act as a "horizontal saw" (to use Le Conte's
illustration I. leaving a solid, mucky platform in the bottom and a steep,
almost vertical step off" at the water's edge from the level plain to the
bottom. The Avaves often cut between tussocks of grass and leave minute
fiords. At othei- places the sod or turf is undermined, and moves up and
down with tlie waves. The muck is in places very tough and resisting.
Large chunks of the fibrous soil are torn loose from the shore or bottom
and rolled by the waves into a peculiar rounded form, much like a rounded
rock in shape, and yet not torn apart. The work of erosion along these
mrclcy stretches of shore is hastened and assisted very materially by
holes, presumably water-dog burrows, which honeycomb the soil and ren-
der it susceptible of being broken up into pieces.
Elsewhere, especially between the patches of Scirpns lacustris to be
described later, sedimentation is going on qiiite rapidly, and banks of soft.
141
black imid arc in the progress of formation. The waves throw up the mud
In the form of loops and bands, and so form small irregularities in the
coast line. An examination of the mud thrown up or built up in these
situations shows it to be composed of small pieces of Scirpus in various
stages of decay. Thus the Scirpiis furnishes a large amount of material
for the building up of new shores. Besides the comminuted and decayed
tScirpus there are occasional banks of broken »s'cirp»s stems, not yet de-
cayed nor much broken up. piled like windrows up beyond the summer
water line. These banlcs are probably piled up during the high water
of spring or shoved up by the ice. Upon the soft, black mud banks men-
tioned above, tliere springs a dense growth of amiual weeds which forms
the advance guard of land vegetation in these regions.
It may be tliat the lake plain lias for its foimdation decayed tScirpiis
stems, to which is added turf from the sedges that today so tliickly clothe
its surface.
As has been said, long stretches of shore are made up of a tirm. whitish
sand. Such stretclies are to be fotmd along the Assembly grounds, north
of Chicago Hill pier, and in the vicinity of the mouth of Clear Creek. Tliis
sand is often fotmd floating in lilnis on the surface of the water near
shore. At the mouths of the creeks, banks or deltas of white sand are
built up and these project above the sttrface of the water Avhen the lake
is low. and form islands. At other places it can not l)e said definitely that
either erosion or sedimentation is taking place. Gently lapping waves will
pile up a narrow ridge of sand just at the edge of the water. Imt high,
strong waves will wash them down again. During active wave motion the
advance of the waves will move particles of sand shoreward, while tlie
back flow will move them back about the same distance.
Freciuently on the sandy banks, perhaps everywhere in stich places
Avhere not interfered with, tlie three-cornered rush Srii-jms (iiiici-inoiiis,
grows out and forms the advance guard of vegetation.
THE FLORA OF THE LAKE SHORE is not essentially different in
species from that of the shallow ponds adjacent to the lake, especially the
large pond on the southern shore. Tlie only difference is that the plants
in that pond (bulrush, cat-tail, spatterdock. pickerel-weed and arrowhead)
form large patches, as they have here a l>r()a(l region of shallow water and
congenial soil. Along the lake shore the plants, all except the bulrush,
form comparatively narrow belts. :\[ost of the bulrushes {ticirpiis laeustris)
in the ponds outside of the lake are light in color and soft in texture (there
9— Academy of Science.
142
are ouly a few fouud of the dark greeu firm form), wliile the reverse is
true of the buh'nshes in the lake.
THE FLORA OF THE LAKE I'ROPER now comes up for considera-
tion. In the beginning it may be well to state that many of the plants
growing in the neighborhood of the shore exhibit decided variations in
general appearance. They have two extreme forms, one found growing in
shallow water and the other in deep wa.ter. Among such plants may be
mentioned the following:
(1) t^<-iri)vs hicustris (light green. ;ipi)arently glaucesceut — easily
crushed— form already noted) grows in rich muck in shallow water. This
appears to continue in blossom longer than the other, and but one patch
is found in tlie lake proper, though it is abimdant in the ponds. The
dark-green, rtrm furni, growing in tlie marl and in deeper watei", generally
has the umbel more t-ontractod. At a few places these forms seem to
intergrade, althouuli tliere is no gradual shading-oCf at the place in the lake
where they groAv side by side.
(2) Ninnpliaca (idremi, or spatterdock, exhibits a variation in habit
really vei-y slij^lit l»ut quite conspicuous, and readily noticed by the most
superljcial observer. In rich soil and shallow water it is stout and erect,
the large petioles liolding the leaves high out of the watea*. In deep water
all, or nearly all. the leaves float, and the petioles are lax.
(3) White water lily— tlie same general change, only more marked.
The shallow watei- form has stout petioles, liolding the leaves far above
the surface of tlic water and at an angle, and the leaves show a radical
ribbing or faint fluting, not coincident with the veins, but in direction
like that of a palm-leaf fan— deep water form, with slender, weak, ©ften
coiled petioles and leaves floating on the surface of the water. On s;indy
bottom the plant is imich sin.-illcr in leal' and flower, giving the form
(Var. minor Simms).
(4( Water plantain. Ifaves exceedingly variable in shape, those under,
water resembling eelgrass; those floating are much like leaves of some of
the I'otam(i(/eto)is. while the aerial leaves resemble the ordinai*y plantain.
The following brief synopsis will suffice to give a general idea of the
centripetal se(iueiice of tlie various plants of the lalve. (1) On shore, out
• )f watci-: Scirinis (tiiicricanus, Sagittarias, Eleocharis acicularis and cat-
tails. Here. too. may be reckoned Pohiyonhnn ampMbium, with its roots
(HI shore and its prostrate stem floating. It strikingly resembles a.
r<)t<iiiiit(i(ti»i. rl\ On shore and extending away into the water; Scirpus
143
lacustris, Potamogeton ftuitans, Nymphaea advena. (3) Confined to shallow water:
Pontederia cordata, Naias jiexilis, Nitellu (a small moniliform species), Eleocharis
interstincta, Eleocharis palvstris, E. mutata, Cladium mariscoides, Vallisneria spirah'.-'
and Potamogeton natans. (4) Deep-water plants: Ceratopkyllum, Myriophyllum ,
Potamogeton lucens, P. amplifolins and P. pecfinatus. Beyond this last group belongs
mostly the floating confervoid algae of the lake.
A consideration of the habits of the plants just mentioned will show
at once how their forms correspond to their position. Each group men-
tioned have certain common characteristics, and maj- be placed in the
same ecological group. (1) The shore plants already mentioned generally
have stiff, stout petioles and stiff, generally rather thicli, leaves. (In the
Scirpi and Eleocharl the culms function as leaves.) They all have large
air tubes leading to the roots. This applies to all the lake-dwelling species.
Growing near the shore in places are the aquatics with short stems and
the plant wholly submersed. Naias is a good type. They form a baud m
the center of a group which forms a wider belt, the emersed leaved lake
plants.
These lake plants with emersed leaves extend from the shore out to
Avhere the water is about &/2 feet deep. Among these are reckoned the
Scirpi and Eleocharl (with the explanation above). These plants form the
broadest belt in the lake, and one reason for the breadth of their distribu-
tion is to be found in the variability of the species which compose it, as
has been dwelt upon somewhat fully above. This belt may, on this ac-
cotmt, be divided into two strips; one including the shallow water forms
and the other the deep water forms. Castalia and Nymphaea, which be-
long here, grow out to a depth of about five feet eight inches. Scirpns
lacustris grows out farther, that is, to a depth of 6^ feet, and it here
projects up out of the water about .5 feet, making the total length of
some of the longest culms 11% feet. Where Scirpus gi'OAvs out into deep
water it seems to exhaust itself in the effort to reach light and air, and
so they are generally few-fruited or wholly .sterile, with deadish brown
tips. They progress out into the lake by means of rhizomes, and at the
outer edges of the belt one can frequently note their an-angement in
straight lines, corresponding to the position of the root stock.
The Aqnatics with Submersed Leaves. — It is difficult to fix the exact
limits of these plants with certainty, especially so that they could be rep-
resented on a map, for they do not form visible patches at the surface. It
is convenient, as said above, to divide them into two fp'oups — the short-
144
stemmed ii(iu;i tics -for length of stem seems to be the chief factor in de-
termining the liabitat. It shoukl l)e borne in mind, however, tliaf tlie
long-stemmed are quite variable in length, depending on depth in which
they grow, lii general tlH> inlinences which determine the habitat of
wholly submersed aquatics, aside from the kind of soil at the bottom, is
the amount of light (and probably dissolved gases) available. The amount
of light and dissolved gases is determined by the nearness to the surface.
The foi-mer is also determined by the clearness of the water; and in case
the clearness of the water is disturbed by organisms characterized by
holophytic nutrition, the amount of gaseous jilant food, as well as the
light, would be decreased with the increase of amount of suspended or-
ganic material. This feature of the case will be touched upon later.
The short-stemmed aquatics i\iiius, Chara and the like) grow only in
shallow water. They were found out to a deptli of six feet of water,
i-arely more.
Among the loiu/ aleiitined aqudtics I'otamogeton liia ii.s is gi-nerall.y found
in isolated patches, while MyriojihjiUinii. ('(■ivtopJii/llinii. and I'otamoncton
pectinatvs grew together, making long belts. These form the extreme cen-
tral belt of (phanerogamic) lake plants. They are to be found from loo or
150 to 600 feet from shore, accoi-ding to depth of water. By means of
dredging it was ascertained that these plants rarely or never grow out
much deeper than can be seen from a boat with favorable light. Twelve
feet was the greatest depth at which any were found. As they grew to
1)0 about six feet long, the distance from their tops to the s\n-face of the
lake varies from about six feet, at the deepest, to nothing at the shallow-
est places where they grew. During the latter part of August, 181M), when
the lake surface was quite low, due to a protracted drouth, some of the
plants of MuridjtliyUiiiii pro.jected up to the surface and tlie toi)s Hoaled,
but they did not seem to be thriving well.
Toward the south-central part of the lake is a large bar, and its i»osi-
tion is marked on the water surface l>.v the presence of Potamogetons and
other deep-water plants.
It is seen, therefore, that the greater part of the lake bottom is dcn-oid
of coarse vegetation, the plants making only a rather narrow l>elt nionnd
near the shore. The plants seem limited, moreover, to depths much shal-
lower than might be expected. Records of these species growing to con-
siderably greater depths are common. This limit in depth may i)erliaps
be partly explained by the large amount of dilfused matter to be found
145
in Ea.ule Lake. This iiiaterinl is so abundant that it gives the lake water a
decided amber color, and the rays of the snn penetrating- into the water
make sti*eaks much like those formed by sunlight entering into a vei7
dusty room, or dusty atmosphere, as in the phenomenon commonly spoken
of as the "sun drawing water." It is very certain that this material cuts
off a great deal of light, and perhaps absorbs considerable of plant food.
At any rate, there seems to be an interference of some sort between the
larger plants and the plankton— a fact generally obsei-ved. (See a reference
to this relation, part 5, page 257, of Science. Vol. XI, No. 268.)
THE LAKE ALGAE.— No particular attention was paid to the Algae
except where they formed conspicuous masses. ^lost of the work in this
group was left to the investigators in plankton. Oedogonium, Cladophera
and Spirogyra could be found almost any time in the ditches and along the
edges of the lake.
Throughout lioth summers of the work, 1899 and 190(1, Mongentia was
veiy abundant in the lalie, especially in the head bay. Much of it formed
immense cloudy patches among the water weeds, and much of it was in the
shape of lai'ge, floating, yellowish green patches. There was a good deal
of Rivvlaria in the lalve. All I saw here was attached. It grew in a semi-
globular form, fastened to water weeds and rushes. T'pon rich, muddy
bottom, where there is an abundance of dead bits of Scirpus, there is a good
deal of CJmctophora. \\h\ch assumes the form of a nan'ow, elongated, dichot-
omously branching thallus. which resembles some of the narrow liiccUt^ in
outward aspect. The water is full of tine granular masses of Clathrocystis,
and short, stout, rigid filaments of Oscillaria. which resemlile hair clip-
pings. Eydrodictyon is very peculiar in its occurrence in the lake. It sud-
denly appears in great masses at the mouth of Cherry Creek, and tlien.
after remaining a few days, it is washed in great masses upon the shore
and suddenly disappears, generally after reproduction, so that after the
large plants have disappeared the water is full of very tiny ones. The
date of appearance of this plant in 1900 was July 1.3. By .Tuly 27 all the
older Eydrodictynn had disappeared as a mass and the water was full of
young plants.
Many large .Vo.s^oc-like jelly masses of an unicellular alga, probably
AphuHotheca, were found along the northern shore of the West baj'.
Among other algae noted in considerable masses was Microtliainmon.
There was also a few plants of a small momiliform species of Nitella found
14(;
in the south part of the lake, quite near shore, in 1890. None was seen in
1900.
The water is quite full of minute algae, which is generally kept well
mixed up with the water by the constant churning of the waves. In quiet
places, however, as near the shore in sheltered places, or among the rushes,
these algae, mainly Clathrocystes, form a surface scum. On one day during
the latter part of the summer of 1899, when the lake was tolerably low,
and after a vei-y calm night, these algae formed an unbroken film or scum
over the surface of the lake, except where broken up by the jumping of
fishes, etc. The track of the boat and every oar-stroke could be noted
across the lake as far as could be seen clearly at all, and, as said above,
every place where a fish had splashed up was left as a break on the sur-
face. Some phenomenon similar to this is briefly noted in an article by
C. D. Marsh, and various names given for it, as "breaking of the meres."
or "working of the lakes." (See Science, Vol. XI, No. 268, first column,
page 379.)
DETAILS OF DISTRIBUTION.-In the preceding discussion the only
determining condition of plant distribution taken into consideration was
the amount of water present in the soil or about the plant; and the various
plant gi'oups have been spoken of as if they occurred in regular concentric
belts or circles.
The amount of water has indeed been the most conspicuous influence,
and the most easily measured, here as everywhere, and it has been this
fact that has determined the conception of the ecological groups, xerophytes.
mesophytes, and hydrophytes. It is needless to say, however, that there
are multitudes of other influences, such as soil, temperature, and many
obscure and perhaps undiscovered influences which operate to make the
distribution of the various species tolerably irregular.
Some of the most noteworthy irregularities will now be discussed
more in detail. Only lake plants will be noted.
SCIRPUS AMERICANV8 (three-cornered bulrush) is found in scattered
patches at almost any bit of sandy shore. Along the east and south shox'^s
it grows rather thinly and covers only small areas. Its general absence
or scarcity along the eastern side of the lake is due in some cases (as in
front of the Assembly grounds) to artificial removal. Beginning at the
southeastern bend of the lake, however, it extends in large and frequent
patches almost to the bend which forms the neck of the lake. At places
where it is thickest, as at the gravelly shore at Yarnelle's landing, it is
147
the prcdoniiiiMiit lonn. here growini;' veiy dense and close. There ai'e also
dense striiis of considerable length on the shore along tlie northern end of
the lake. Its distrilmtion seems to be determined by the presence of solid
sand-beds or bars where it delights to grow. It generally grows wholly
on shore or in only (inite shallow Avater, and does not seem to like the
beating of waves so well as does N. Ji(<-ii.'<fri.<!. Fig. 3 shows a characteristic
set of relations (sontli of Chicago Hill invv). Willows on ice ridge at the
left. Sciriuis (iiiK ricdiiiis on sandy bank. N. laciistri-s in water with stems
on shore. A patch of I'oiifvdcrid (■(inliita in water in foreground.
Fig. 3.
PONTEDEJUA VORDATA occurs in small or isolated patches all around
the lake, but by far the largest and most continuous stretch is at the south
end, not a great way from the mouth of Clear Creek. This plant is gener-
ally associated with Xijiiiphaeo (idrciifi and is closely similar to it in
structure and habit. It generally forms a belt between the main mass of
Ni/mpJiaea and the shore. The Poiitedcria farthest from shore grows in
among the Xi/uiphdcd nearest the water's edge. Saf/ittariri, in so far as it
grows along the shore, occupies nearly the sani(> position, except that it
grows at the water's edge. Pnntedrria and \ uniiilidcd grow in considerable
abundance in the i)ond scutli of the lake, and Sdijittdrld !:as its brst de-
148
veloimu'iil licre. forunng an iiiniu'iist' patcli iiiterniixed with other plants.
Among other phmts which frequently eonie down to the water's edge, but
which are most abmidant on the lake plain or in its ponds, are cat-tails,
Calamus, ;nid some Phnifimitis.
The chief representatives of the short-stemmed aquatics are Naias
ftexUis and (liura. Naiaf! grows in scanty patches nearly everywhere in
the shallow water near the shore. There are occasionally very dense
patches. Such were found in 11H)0. midway l)etween the Biological Station
and Willow point, near the mouth of Clear Creek, and out in front of the
laboratories. There was also (•(insidcr.-ible on the west side of the lake
near the shore.
CHARA begins at the southwest corner of the lake and covers a con-
sidenible area there. Then it stops until near the neck of the channel
which lies between the lake and "West Bay. It covers nearly all the
bottom of this channel, and extends in a good way, about 300 or 400 feet
nearly all around the bay, except for a distance along the Avestern side,
where it is mucky. Another patch of Chara occurs, mixed in with Naias,
in front of the Assembly grounds. The specimens of Chara foimd in this
latter place were much larger and longer tlian those found elsewhere, and
were fuller of fruit.
SCIRl'US LACUSTRIi^ is the most abundant and conspicuous of the
lake plants. One belt begins about 200 feet north of Chicago Hill pier.
From this place it extends, with the exception of a few very naiTow in-
terruptions, almost to Yarnelle's point, where it thins out and wholly dis-
appears for a little way, its place being occupied, as before noted, by /S.
americaniis. Not far north of the landing, however, it begins again and
extends up to the channel, and runs far out into a sharp cape at this
point. There is another small patch in the middle of the channel, which
is cut in two by the steamboat track. This plant fringes the outlet bay
quite thickly, and then occurs again at the mouth of the canal which leads
from the lake to Warsaw. Another strip begins at the channel and extends
up to the red ice-house. There is a broad region bare of any Hcirpus all
along the Assembly grounds; its absence here is in all probability due to
artificial removal, for the conditions of growth are in every way favorable.
The last patch begins along Willow Cape and extends far out into the
lake, and grows along the shore until a little north of the laboratories.
This leaves a large gap until nearly to Chicago Hill pier. This plant seems
to delight in a soft, marly soil, and does best in rather shallow water. Its.
149
absence at Yanielle's laiKliiig may probably be aecdiiiited for by the ^sud-
deii slope at that shore and by the gravelly lieach. Whenever long- Ivars
run out into the lake. .S'. hicustris marks the plaee by projecting out into
long capes. Fig. 4 represents a characteristic patch of >S'. lacustri.s (south
of Chicago Hill pieri. along with other relations. On the left, shor>^ with
willows, and mud bar with Svirijiis stems. Between the shore and Scirpus
are patches of rmifcdn-iii corddta.
Fig. 4.
Potdiiioi/i fun iKitiiKifiis forms a wide licit extending from rather shallow
water ifour feet) to seven or eiglit feet. It occurs in siattered patches all
round the lake. P. (niiiilifoliits grows in somewhat deeper water than the
preceding. It forms several large patches, one in front of the laboratories
and one near the mouth of Clear Creek. Other smaller patches are dis-
tributed quite generally. .Mi/riophi/Uuni and CrnitophijUum generally g"ow
in the same depth of water and often form mixed patches. The latter is-
found almost all round the lake in considerable (juantities. These two
plants form their thickest patches in the mud near the outlet.
Potdmoi/efoii liicriis. though al)undant. is rather scattered. /'. zost racfo-
//»x and }l(i<r(inth(i(i iliihia glow intci'mixed iu about tive feet of water.
150
and rt'scinlilc each (itlicr soiiicwiuit. ext-ept IhicnnitJicid has a round stem.
Bits (if Ih Icrdiitlii 1(1. lirokcn off by the waves and washed ashore, take root
and liidw and lilossuin. torniinu mats of shoi't. liriiiht green plants with
yellow blossoms.
'I'lif siintterdock {\iiiiiiiliiic(n nnd Avater lily {('asfdiid) ;ire to a cons'der-
able extent found yiowinu' together. \ iiihiiIiiiiii forms a tolerable large
palch in tlie poml in southern lake plain. It is not fonml in the lake along
any part of the northwestern slior(> at all. It covers a very large area at
the southern end of the lake near the month of Clear Creek (see Fig. 5).
and inins its greatest distance out frcun shoi-e on a bar foi'ined at the
Fi£
immtli of tlie creek. It begins again at the extreme end of the West Hay,
lU'ar till' <iutlet. ami forms a broad marginal belt art)uml this part of the
slior<'. Tliei'e is a third patcli at the month of the steamboat canal. It
t'Xtends for some distance beyond the canal mouth to tlie north side.
Nymidiaea seems to prefer a muddy bottom. It seem.s to be fond of a
gentle current, and extends from the lake for some distance up Clear
Creelc. and down tlic outlet. Its greatest development in tlie southern part
of the lake is due to the i)i'otection it has tliei'e from lasliing wimls, ;is thks
151
is the sheltered side of tlie lake. Pig. 6 shows a patch of spatterdoek,
with intermixed bnlruslies. near tlie oiitlet.
VnsliiWd ixloratd. or wliite Avater lily, has a somewhat more general dis-
tribution, as scattered plants occur nearly all round the shore. There is a
numl)er of stout plants gi'owing in the bayou in front of the laboratories,
then there is none whatever until about 700 feet south of Chicago Hill
pier. From this place occurs occasional patches of the small form until
the large stretch of Nymphaca at the mouth of Clear Creek, is reached.
Here there is a wide, dense growth of the ordinary floating-leaved form.
There is a second large patch, similar to this one. in the bend at the south-
Fig. 6.
west corner of the lake. It is here nearly free from spatterdoek. The broad
bay leading to the outlet has two belts, the outer belt of the stout form
growing almost out of the water in the rich muck at the edge of the shore,
and the ordinary form out in the water. (These are shown in Fig. 7.)
There are scattered small patches all along the west coast of the West
Bay. In 1899 a good-sized patch grew about the region of the mouth of
the steamer canal. It was not noted in 1900. Here the species ends excepl:
jfor occasional plants.
152
Many other iilnnts nre found in the L-ike. but not in quantities suffi-
cient to call for UKii'e Than passinu" notice. Only a tew plants of PJiilotria
were seen here, altliouiih it urows abundantly in bayous. \ itUismi-'ia jirows
most plentifully just south of the mouth of Cherry Creek, about Chicago
Hill pier, about 7(M> feet south of this, near Clear Creek mouth, at the
westei'ii end of West Bay. near tlie pier by tlie ice-liouses. and off the
Assembly grounds. Kladderwort. I triiiihiria ndfiaris. fringes the edges of
the channel, but it is not particularly alnni(huit here. It was really found
in niucli greater (|Uantities in tlie lake plain Just beside the chaiinel. The
Fig. 7.
pl;iiits in the lalce .-ire liright green, with empty iiladders and no bloss(nns,
while those in the foul water of Willow Point bayou and elsewhere were
very different in appearance, the bladders black with contents, and the
stems bearing abundant flowers.
Water-shield (Brasoiio ijuriiiirca) covers rather thinly oidy one small
area at the south side of the lake. The plants are small anil unthrifty,
and I have iieA'er seen them in blossom at this place. In a pond not far
away (Market-street pond) they blossomed abundantly during the summer
of 1899.
153
Cladium mariscoides grows in several small patches at the edge of the
lake, mixed in with the Scirpvs. Eleocharis palustris grows in the lake
rather scantily in two places, one just a little north of Chicago Hill pier,
at the beginning of the Scirpvs patch, and the other a little south of Yai'-
nelle's landing. Eleocharis interstincta and E. mutata form each two small
patches along the southwestern shore of the lake and at Yarnelle's landing.
There were only a few duckweeds (Spirodela) found in the lake proper.
This was along the southern edge, where it was shady and calm.
GENERAL RELATIONS.— The plants on the shore, especially those
which grow out upon newly-made soil, probably have a good deal of influ-
ence in binding the shore together, and assist in the encroachments of the
land upon the lake. This influence, however, is difficult to measure or
express in definite terms, for it seems ii'regulai* and uncertain, as erosion
goes on quite rapidly even where tliere are forests on shore, wherever the
wind has full sweep. Small trees are uprooted and fall, and in some places
stumps are found in the bottom of the lake near shore.
THE PLANTS IN THE WATER, especially the Scirpus, form a large
amount of material for the building up of new shore. They also break the
influence of the waves against the shore. At times, when the surface of
the lake was quite rough, the water above a large patch of water weeds,
particularly Potamogeton amplifoUvs, was often noted to be perfectly calm.
The large submersed leaves of the latter plant are very effective in catch-
ing the moving molecules of water, retarding their motion, and so prevent-
ing waves.
The larger plants in the lake bear certain relations to the plankton.
Among the Scirpi, the Glathrocystis scum is abundant almost any time
during the latter part of the summer. Here we have a marked influence
on the vertical distribution of the plankton. On the afternoon of August
21, 1900, a thickish coating of clathrocystis was noted among the bul-
rushes near the shore, and during the night the lapping waves piled it up
in a narrow streak along the water line.
The stems of the water plants furnish lodgment for many aquatic
plants and animals. Fresh water sponges grow abundantly upon the
Scirpus stems.
A peculiarity of a species of Rivularia may be noted in this connection.
It frequently grows quite abundantly attached in small hemispheric masses
to stems and leaves of water plants. I have never seen it floating in
Eagle Lake at all, and Dr. Howe, who has worked pai'ticularly with the
154
]>laiikton, h;is >fomul it floating? but oiico. At Turkey Lake it is said to
float in .creat (luantities. the whole lake appearins;- erowded full of dark
.yireeu spheres the size of a lariie i)inh('ad. and on a short visit to Tippe-
canoe T-ake I noticed the same phenomenon. I have not had opportunity
to compare the richness of vegetation of Tnrkey and Tippecanoe Lakes
with th<it of Eagle Lake. It is possible that the condition Rirnlaria
assumes depends upon the abundance or scarcity of plants which will
serve as places of attachment. In assuming this attaclu'd position it es-
capes the plankton nets, and so its abundance is lialile to be underesti-
mated; for as there is difficulty in manipulating the net among the water
weeds, direct comparison of its almndance wotild be impossible to olttain.
As an agent in the dissemination of seeds the lake acts only to a limited
extent, as a floating seed would need sufficient surface projecting above
the water in order to be wafted far. Many such seeds as acorns, hazel
nuts and Initternuts were floating in the water, but all of them were de-
cayed. In the case of winged seeds, however, it was dilfcM'ent. A numl)er
of small seedlings of the soft maple were found growing along the shore
about high-water line, and the seeds had evidently been deposited there
by the Avaves. The year of 1S99 was somewhat notewc^rthy for the vci-y
heavy crop of elm seed, especially white elm. In the early summer of that
year, in the vicinity of Fort Wayne, the writer noted woodland ponds,
the surfaces of which were entirely covered with the seeds of this species.
In the same summer, but later, there was found at the high-water line of
the lake just north of the laboratories a i-ow of small seedling elms grow-
ing as thickly as they could stand. There was another long, thick row in
a coi'responding iwsitiou along the southeast shore of the lake. In the
summer of 1900 (luite a number of the elms were found. They had in-
creased well in size and looked ([uite thi'ifty. If mnlisturbed they may
form the beginning of a forest, much like the prescMit low-ground forest
along the lake shore. There was no elm seedlings of 1900 noted; the crop
of seed in the forests was not by any means so large during that summer.
Below is appended a list of plants noted in the vicinity of Eagle Lake.
The list of plants occurring in the neighboring forests, or at any distance
from the lake, is not intended to be complete, as observations were made
here only incidentally as time could be taken from the lake work. It is
believed that all the phanerogams of the lake have been noted. The order
and synonymy is that of Britton and Brown's Illustrated Flora. Wher-
ever these names differ from those of the sixth edition of Gray's Manual
155
the latter are given also. In arranuin^- this list I have availed myself of
the labors of Dr. Stanley Coulter in liis list of the flowering plants and
ferns of Indiana in the State Geological Report of 1899. ^Nluch botanical
survey work has been done in the comity (Kosciusko) in Avhich Eagle Lake
is situated by various botanists, among them chiefly Dr. Stanley Coulter
and Mr. W. "W. Chipman.
LIST OF PLANTS NOTED AT EAGLE LAKE AND VICINITY.
1. Botrychium virginianum (L.) S. W. Virginia Grape Fern.
In upland forests; not common.
2. Osmunda regalis L. Royal Fern.
Very common in the southeastern portion of the lake plain,
near Chicago Hill. Frequent in tamarack swamps.
3. O. cinna.monea L. Cinnamon Fern.
Not rare in swamps. Quite abundant in a tamarack swamp a
few miles southeast of "Warsaw.
4. O. claytonia. Clayton's Fern.
Not rare along Clear Creek mouth.
5. Onoclea sensibilis L. Sensitive Fern.
Very common at edges of lake plain iu places, especially on
the eastern side. Common in low. flat swales.
6. Cj^stopteris fragilis (L.) Bernh. Brittle Fern.
Not common. Found in moist, but not wet woods.
7. Dryopteris acrostichoides (Michx.) Kimtze. Christmas Fern. (As-
pidium nclirosticoides S. W.)
Not abundant; found on a bank along Clear Creek.
8. D. thelypteris (Jj.) Gray. ^larsh shield Fern. (Aspidinm thelypteris
S. W.)
The most common fern, growing in the flat plains in great
abundance, making a distinct strata in places.
9. D. cristata (L.l A. Gray. Crested Shield Fern. (Aspidium crlstatiiin
S. W.)
Not very common; found scattered in low. flat woods.
10. Phegopteris hexagonoptera (Michx.). Fee. Broad Beech Fern.
Not very common; foimd in dry woods.
156
11. Woodwardia virgiuica (L.) J. E. Smith. Virginia Oliain Fern.
Abundant in old tamarack swamps, especially along the steam-
boat canal to near AVarsaw. and a tamarack about one mile east
of the lake.
12. Asplenium angustifolinm Michx. Narrow-leaved Spleenwort.
Some found in the county, but not very near Eagle Lake.
13. A. filix foemina (L.) Bemh. Lady Fern.
Scattered in low, moist woods.
14. Adiantum pedatum L. Maiden-hair Fern.
Not common near the lake; a few plants found at the fo(*t of
a hill about a quarter of a mile oast of the lake.
15. Pteris aquilina L. Brake.
Found pretty abundantly on sandy hills, especially along the
railroad.
16. Equisetum arvense L. Field Horse-tail.
Common along the railroad and on side base of a hill about
one-quarter mile east of the lake.
17. E. fluviatile L. Swamp Horse-tail.
In the margins of tlie ])onds adjacent to the lake, in shallow
water.
18. E. hyemaU' L. Common Scouring Rush.
Abundant on hillsides and along the railroad; a good deal of
variation in size and general appearance.
19. Lycopodium lucidulura Miclix. Shining Club Moss.
In a tamarack east of Eagle Lake.
20. Selaginolla apus. (L.) Spring Creeping Selagenella.
In flat, moist plains, among tlie grass. Abundant in various
portions of the lake plain.
21. Larix laricina (Du Roi) Kocli. Tamarack. (L. Americana Michx,).
There are several tamarack swamps in the vicinity of Eagle
Lake. Most of them are dying.
22. .Tuniperus virglnana L. Red Cedar.
Plants found in the county, but not very near the lake.
23. Typha latifolia L. Broad-leaved Cat-tail.
Abundant in marshes and occasionally at the lake shore.
Great patches on the southern lake plain.
24. Sparganlum eurycarpum Engelm.
Common in swamps.
157
25. S. simplex Huds.
Not rare in a few swamps, quite local, however.
26. Potamogeton nataiis L. Common Floating Pondweed.
Abundant in shallow water. Eagle Lake.
27. P. amplifolius Tuclierm. Long-leaved Pondweed.
In patcnes, common. Eagle Lake.
28. P. lonchites. (P. fluitans Roth.)
Common in the lake, especially near outlets and inlets.
29. P. luceus L. Shining Pondweed.
Abundant in the lake.
SO. P. pert'oliatus.
Quite plentiful in Eagle Lake.
31. P. zosteraefolius Schum. Eel Crass Pondweed.
Abundant.
32. P. pusillus L. Small Pondweed.
Only a few specimens seen.
33. P. pectinatus L. Fennel-leaved Pondweed.
One of the most common and widely distributed.
34. Naias flexilis (Willd.) Rost and Schmidt.
Quite abundant in shallow water, sometimes forming exten-
sive carpets.
35. Triglochin palustris L. Marsh Arrow Grass.
In a swamp south of the lake about a half mile.
36. Alisma plantago aquatica L. Water Plantain.
Abundant in moist places.
37. Sagittaria engelmanniana J. G. Smith. (S. variabilis gracilis Engelm.)
A few plants along the shore of Eagle Lake in lagoons.
38. S. iatifolla Willd. Broad-leaved Arrowhead. (S. variabilis Engelm.)
Quite abundant, especially on the southern lake plain.
39. S. rigida Pursh. (S. heterophylla pursh.)
A few plants noted in shallow water.
40. S. gi'aminea Michx. Grass-leaved Arrowhead.
At the Laboratory bayou.
41. Philotria canadensis (Michx.) Britton. Ditch Moss. (Elodea cana-
densis Michx.)
In bayous and cut-offs; veiy little found in the lake itself.
42. Vallisneria spiralis L. Tape-grass. Eelgras.s.
In patches, scattered, not abundant in Eagle Lake.
158
43. Aiidropoeon scopariiis Michx. Brown Beard Grass.
Some along the railroad.
44. A. furcatus. l^'orked Beard Grass.
Some in the southeast lake plain, and occasional elsewhere.
45. Chrysopogon avenacens (Michx.) Renth. Indian Grass. iC Nutans^
Benth.)
Gommon, especially along the Pennsylvania Railroad.
4G. Syntherisma sangninalis (I..) Nash. Crab Grass. (Panicum sangui-
nale I..i
Abundant in cultivated places and a troublesome weed.
47. Pnnicum crus-galli L. Barnyard Grass.
Abundant in moist places.
48. P. Maltori. Salt Marsh Cockspur (irass.
Some along the southeast shore of the lake.
40. P. porterianum Nash. (/'. latifoliinn "\^'alt.)
In dry woodlands.
50. P. pubescens liam. Hairy Panicum.
Common in open woodlands.
51. P. capillare L. Old Witch Grass.
Found abundant in Winona Park.
52. Ixophorus glaucus (L.) Nash. Yellow Fox-tail, (^cfaria gUiuca
Beauv.)
Abundant in Avaste places.
53. I. viridis (L.) Nash. Green Fox-tail Grass. {Hetarla viridis Beauv. >
Quite common.
54. I. italicus (1j.) Nash. Hungarian Grass. (Setaria italica Kunth.>
Escaped cultivation in various places.
55. Cenchrus tribuloides L. Burr Grass. Sandbiu-.
Found in dry sandy soil.
5G. Zizania aquatica L. Wild Rice.
Some found in a tamarack not far from the lake.
57. Homaloeenchrus virginicus (Willd.) Britton. White Grass. (Leersia
vir(/it)ica Willd.)
Grows sparsely in damp woods near the lake.
58. H. oryzoides (L.) Poll. Rice and Cut-grass. (LrtTsia oryzoids
Swartz.)
Forming tangled, scratcliy masses in places along the lake
shore.
J 59
59. Phalaris ariTiulinaeea L. Heed Canary Grass.
Some found on the lake plain.
■60. Muhleubergia clift'usa.
Some growing- in dry. sparsely wooded places.
€1. Pldeuni pratense L. Timothy.
Alumdant.
62. Oinna arnndinaeea L. Wood Keed Grass.
Found in moist places, especially Avhere shaded.
63. Agrostis alba I>. Red Top.
Found along Cheriy Creek.
64. Agrostis pernnans (Walt.) Tiickerm. Thin Grass.
Some found along Cherry Creek.
65. Oalamagrostis canadensis (Michx.) "Beauv. P.lue-joint Grass.
Scattered among other grasses on the lake plain.
6(j. I»anthonia spicata (L.) Beauv. Wild Oat Grass.
Grows thinly at edges of dry hills.
67. Spartina cynosuroides (L.i Willd. Fresh-water Gord Grass.
Tolerably common in swamps and along the railroad.
68. Bouteloua curtipendula (Michx.) Torr. (i>. racemosa Lag.)
One patch on a hill toward the southern end of the Assembly
grounds.
69. Eleusine iudica (L.) Gaertn. Yard Grass.
Found along streets at Warsaw.
70. Phragmites phragmites (L.) Karst. Reed. (P. communis Trin.)
Some grows along the lake shore. Abundant in a tamarack
swamp northeast of Eagle Lake.
71. Eragrostis purshii Schrad.
Not rare, along roadsides and old helds.
72. E. major Host.
Abundant in old fields and along roadsides.
73. Dactylis glomerata L. Orchard Grass.
A little found growing along road*<ides. i
74. Poa annua L. Low Spear Grass.
Found in a dooryard east of Eagle liake.
75. Poa compressa Jj. Wire Grass.
Not rare in old fields.
70. Poa pratensis L. -June Grass. Kentucky Blue Grass.
Scattered everywhere.
100
77. Panicularia uervata (Willd.) Kuntze. (Ghjccria vertata Trin.)
Commou at the edges of various pouds.
78. Panic-ularia fluitans (L.) Kuntze. Floating- Manna Grass.
Not uncommon in ponds.
79. Festuca eliator L. Fall Fescue Grass.
Scattered, principally along the railroad.
SO. Bromus ciliatus L. Wood Chess.
Tolerably common, scattered in thin forests.
81. B. secalinus L. Cheat. Chess.
In old wheat fields.
82. Agropyron violaceum (Hornem) Vasey. Purplish Wheat Grass.
Along the Pennsylvania Railroad, near Warsaw.
83. Hordeuni jubatum L. Wild Barley. Squirrel-tail Grass.
Found in scant tufts along the Pennsylvania Railroad.
84. Elymus virginicus L. Wild Rye.
Scattered.
85. Hystrix hystrix (L.) Millsp. Hetlge-hog Grass.
Some found at the edges of a lield east of Eagle Lake.
80. Cyperus diandnis Ton-. Low (^yperus.
In the lal<o plain, especially along the south i)art of Ghicago
Hill.
87. C. strigosus ly. Straw-colored Cyperus.
Common in moist places.
88. C. flliculmis Vahl. Slender Cyperus.
Abundant on open sandy hillsides.
89. Diilichium arundinaceum (L.) Britton. (/). spathaceinn Pers.i
Common in niarsliy i)laces. .Most abundant in Marker-street
pond.
90. Eleocharis interstincta (Vahl.) R. and S.
A few patches in the lake, nne in tlie snurh end. the orliers
near Yaruelle's landing.
91. E. mutata (L.) R. and S. Quadra n:;nlar Spike Rush. (E. iiuadram/u-
1(1 la R. Br. I
A few small patches in nearly the same regions as the above.
92. B. ovata (Roth.) R. and S.
The most abundant species of the genus. Foimd everywhere
in moist places.
161
93. B. palustris (L.) R. and S. Creeping Spike Rusli.
Scattered along tlie edge of the lake, among the scirpi. A
good patch just a little way north of Chicago Hill pier.
94. B. acicularis (L.) R. and S. Needle-spike Rush.
Tolerably abundant, often found in flower but rarely in fruit,
at the edge of the lake and in marshes.
95. B. tenuis (Willd.) Schultes. Slender Spike-rush.
Some found in the lake plain.
96. Stenophyllus capillaris (L.) Britton. {Fimhristylis cainllaris Gray.)
Found in sandy soil. Some in a field, some at the edge of the
lake plain, on the bank at Chicago Hill.
97. Scirpus smithii Gray.
Some foimd in the county, but not near Eagle Lake.
98. S. americanus I'ers. Chair-maker's Rush. (»S'. pvngens Vahl.)
Quite abundant along the edges of the lake.
99. S. lacustris K Great Bulrush.
The most abimdant of the species, forming a broad bolt niomid
the margin of the greater part of the lake.
1<X>. S. atrovlrens Muhl. Dark-green Bulrush.
Common in swamps.
101. S. lineatus Michx. Reddish Bulrush.
Common in wet grounds.
102. S. cyperinus (L.) Kunth. Wool Grass.
Grows in clumps, in ponds.
108. E)riophorum virginicum.
Scattered in marshes— generally old tamaracks.
104. Bynchospora alba (L.) Vahl. White-beaked Rush.
In a marsh south of the lake, also in the tamarack northeast
of Eagle Lake.
105. R. Capillacea laeviseta E. J. Hill.
In a marsh south of the lake.
106. Cladium mariscoides (Muhl.) Torr. Twig Rush.
In the lake plain and along the edge of the lake on the west
side of the lake.
107. Scleria verticillata Muhl. Low Nut Grass.
Found in a tamarack, and in a flat pasture south of Eagle
Lake.
162
108. Carex lupiiliiia Mnhl. Hop Sedye.
Foiiud in swampy phiccs. .•ilmndant.
1(»1). C. psendo-cyperus L.
Found occasionally in swaniijs.
110. Carex comosu Hoot. Bristly Sedge.
Along the edges of the lake, near the ontlet. and in pond.s.
111. C. lanuginosa Michx. Woolly Sedge.
Some growing in the vicinity of the lnl)oratories.
112. C. filiforniis L. Slender Sedge.
A small patch near a pond on ilie sontheast part of tlie lake
plain.
118. C. grannlatus Mnhl. .Me.adow Sedge.
Scattered, moist places.
114. G. albursina Sheldon. Wliite l>ear Sedge.
Found occasionally in damp woods,
lir*. C. pennsylvauica I. am.
Found on dry hills, scattered.
lU;. ('. iinhescons Mnhl. Pubescent Sedge.
A f(MV plants found in (h-y ground at the southwest side of the
lake.
117. C. leptalea Wahl. (V. }ioliitrlrh(iUlcs Willd.)
Found in a tamai'ack northeast of the lake. ;ind in a marsh
southeast,
lis. C. vulpinoidea Micbx.
Common, scattered.
11!». C. rosea Schk. Stellate Sedge.
Found sparingly in shaded places.
120. O. cephalophora Muhl.
Found scattered in dry s(»il. hack from the lake.
121. C. tribuloides Wahl.
Crowing in clumps, among various grasses iu parts of the lake
plain.
122. Arisaema triphyllum (L.) Torr. .lack-in-the-Fulpit. Indian 'rurnip.
Found in forests.
123. A. dracontium (L.) Schott. Green Dragon.
Found in quite moist woods.
124. Peltandra virginica (L.) Kunth. Green Arrow Arum.
Found in a tamarack northeast of the lake.
163
125. Spathyema foetida (L.) Kaf. Skunk Cabbage. {Symplocarpits foetidus
Nutt.)
Common in moist places, especially up along Cherry Creek.
126. Aeorus calamus (L). Sweet Flag. Calamus.
Found in low ground along the lake and various other moist
places.
127. Spirodela polyrhiza (L.) Schleid. Greater Duckweed.
Very common in lagoons, some in sheltered parts of the lake,
near shore.
128. Lemna trisulca L. Ivy-leaved Duckweed.
In lagoons and ditches; common.
129. Lemna minor L. Lesser Duckweed.
In lagoons, and in ponds near the lake.
130. Wolffia Columbiana Karst.
Very abundant in lagoons.
131. W. braziliensis Wedd.
In lagoons, but not very common.
132. Tradescantia virginiana L. Spiderwort.
Grows everywhere in dry ground; not much seen in moist
ground here.
133. Pontederia cordata L. Pickerel Weed.
Common about the edges of the lake.
134. Heteranthera dubia (Jacq.) MacM. Water Star-grass. (H. gramiuea
Vahl.)
Both forms found, the larger in the water and the short on
muddy banks.
135. Juncus effusus L. Soft Rush.
Grows along the steamboat canal leading to Warsaw.
136. J. tenuis Willd. Yard Rush.
Abundant.
137. J. canadensis J. Gray.
Found in low ground along the railroads northeast of the lake.
138. Juncoides campestre (L.) Kuntze. Common Wood Rush. (Luzula
campcstris D. C.)
Found scattered in woodlands.
139. Tofleldia glutinosa (Michx.) Pers.
Found in a tamarack northeast of the lake.
10— Academy of Science.
164
140. Allinm canadeiise L. Meadow Garlic.
Found in moist woods.
141. Liliuni unibellalum Pursh. Western lied Lily.
Found on sand liills nortlieast of the lake. "*■
142. L. canadense D. Yellow Lily.
Found growing' in moist places.
143. L. superbum L. Tiu-k's Cap Lily.
Grows in the southwestern part of the lake plain.
144. Asparagus officinalis L. Aspai-agus.
Scattered, quite frequent.
145. Vagiiera racemosa (L.) Morong. Wild Spikenai'd. {Smilaciua race-
mosa Desf.)
Found growing in forests.
146. V. stellata (L.) Morong. Star-flowered Solomon's Seal. {BmilaiitM
stellata Desf.)
One patch across Cherry Creek from the laboratoiy.
147. Unifolium canadense (Desf.) Greene. False Lily of the Valley.
Id dried tamarack swamps.
148. Polygonatum commutatum (R. and S.) Dietr. Smooth Solomon's
Seal. (P. giganteum Dietr.)
Common, especially along the railroad.
149. Ti'illium recurvatum Beck. Prairie Wake Robin.
Found abundantly in damp woods.
150. Smilax herbacea L. Carrion Flower.
Found in considerable abundance.
151. S. hispida Muhl. Hispid Green Briar.
Found in dry places.
152. Dioscorea villosa L. Wild Yam.
Found in moist, rich woods.
153. Iris versicolor L. Larger Blue Flag.
Abundant in various places along the shore of the lake.
154. Sisyrinchium angustifolium Mill. Blue-eyed Grass.
Abundant in open places, especially along the railroad.
155. Cypripedium acaule Rit. Moccasin Flower.
Found abundantly in a tamai-ack south of the lake.
156. C. reginae Walt. Showy Lady's Slipper. (C. spectahile Salisb.)
Fomid in a marsh west of the lake.
165
157. C. hirsutum Mill. Large Yellow Lady's Slipper. tC. pnhescem WilM.)
Pound in dry soil by Yarnelle's landing.
158. Habenai'ia lacera (Michx) B. Br. Ragged Orchis.
Found in the southwestern portion of the lake plain.
159. H. leucopaea (Nutt) Gray. White-fringed Prairie Orchis.
In the tamarack marsh northeast of the lake.
160. H. psycodes (L.) Gray. Purple-fringe<l Orchi.s.
Southeast edge of lake plain.
101. Pogonia ophioglossoides (L.) Ker. Rose Pogouia.
In the tamaracli northeast of the lake.
162. Gyrostachys gracilis (Bigel) Kuntze. Slender Ladies' Tresses.
Pound in a dry wood east of the lake.
163. Corallorhiza odoutorhiza (Willd.) Nutt. Small-flowered Coral Root.
Not rare in a wood south of the outlet.
164. Limodorum tuberosium L. Grass Pink. (Calopogon pulchellvs R. Br.)
Abundant in tamarack northeast of the lake.
165. Saururus cernuus L. Lizard's Tail.
In wet gi'ouuds along Chei-ry Creek and Clear Creek.
166. Juglaus nigi-a L. Black Walnut.
Scattered in rich woodlands.
167. J. cinera L. Butternut.
Occasional, in woodlands.
168. Hicoria ovata (Mill) Britton. Shagbark Hickory. (Carya alba Nutt.j
In woodlands.
169. H. laciniosa (Michx. f.) Sarg. Big Shellbark. (Carya sulcata Nutt.)
In woods near Cherry Creek.
170. H. alba (L.) Britton. Mocker Nut. White-heart Hickory. (Carya
tomentosa Nutt.)
A few trees noted.
171. Populus alba L. White Poplar.
A few trees have escaped cultivation near Warsaw.
172. P. grandidentata L. Great-toothed Aspen.
Occasional.
173. P. tremuloides Michx. American Aspen.
Grows along the lake shore near Chicago Pier.
174. P. deltoides Marsh. Cottonwood. (P. monilifera Ait.)
Not i-are in low gi-ounds.
16(1
175. Salix nigra.
Common along the shores of the lake.
176. Salix discolor.
Forming clumps in low flat grounds. The willows were
neither in flower nor fruit during the period of investigation,
and were consequently indeterminate; there are doubtless more
present than mentioned.
177. Carpinus earoliniana Walt. Water Beech.
In woodlands along the sides of gullies.
178. Ostrya virginiana (Mill) Willd. Ironwood.
In locations similar to the preceding.
179. Corylus americana Walt. Hazelnut.
Abundant in dry ground.
180. Betula pumila L. Low Birch.
Abundant in tamarack marshes.
181. Fagus americana. Sweet Beech. {F. ferruginea Ait.)
Not very abundant, only a few trees seen.
182. Castanea dentata (Marsh) Borkh. Chestnut. iC sativa americana
Wats, and Conlt.)
A quite large tree in the pai'k, evidently pretty old, but prob-
ably not native.
183. Quercus rubra L. Red Oak.
In woodlands.
184. Q. palustris Du Roi. Pin Oak.
Found pretty abundantly at the edges of some low slopes.
185. Q. coecinea Wang. Scarlet Oak.
Quite common.
186. Q. imbricaria Michx. Laurel Oak.
Only one tree seen, far up Cherry Creek gully.
187. Q. alba L. White Oak.
Abundant in woodlands.
188. Q. macrocarpa Michx. Bur Oak.
Not particularly abundant; only a few trees noted.
189. Q. platanoides (Lam.) Sudw. Swamp White Oak. (Q. bicolor Willd.)
Pretty common in moist places.
190. Q. acuminata (Michx.) Sarg. Yellow Oak. {Q. muhlenbergii Bugelm.)
A few trees noted; none very near the lake.
167
191. Ulmus americana L. American oi- White Elm.
Abuudant.
192. U. fulva Michx. Slippery Blin. Bed Elm.
Not many trees seen.
193. Geltis occidentalis L. Hackberry. Sugar Berry.
A few trees noted.
194. Morus rubra L. Red Mulberry.
Found in woods; not rare.
195. M. alba tartarica. Russian Mulberry.
An abundant escape in waste land east of the lake.
196. Toxylon pomiferum Raf. Osage Orange. {Madura aurantiaca Nutt.)
Used abundantly for hedges.
197. Humulus lupulus L. Hop.
Found growing in low rich grounds.
198. Cannabis sativa L. Hemp.
A common escape on commons near Warsaw.
199. Urtica gracilis Ait. Slender Nettle.
In clumps in waste places.
200. ITrticastrum divaricatum (L.) Kuntze. Wood Nettle. Laportea cana-
densis Gaud.
Abundant in low woods.
201. Atlicea pumila (L.) Raf. Clear Weed. Rich Weed. (Pilea pumila
Gray.)
Abundant in moist places.
202. Boehmeria cylindrica (L.) W^illd. False Nettle.
Abundant in moist woods.
203. Parietaria pennsylvanica Muhl.
Not particularly abundant.
204. Commandra umbellata (L.) Nutt. Bastard Toad Flax.
Found growing abundantly in dry places, along the road east
of the lake.
205. Asarum canadense L. Wild Ginger.
Rather common in shady woods.
206. Aristolochia serpentaria Jj. Virginia Snake Root.
Scattered in loose soil of forests.
207. Rumex acetosella L. Field Sorrel. Red Sorrel.
A common nuisance in sandy fields.
168
208. R. verticillatns L. 8wamp Dock.
Foiincl at the edge of bayous and in shallow water.
2(>9. E. brittaiiiea L. Great Water Dock.
Not rare in the lake plain and in low, flat places.
210. R. crispns L. Curled Dock.
Common in waste places.
211. R. obtnsifolius L. Bitter Dock.
In situations similar to the preceding.
212. Fagopyrum fagopyrum (L.) Karst. Buckwheat. (F. asculentum
Moench.)
Along- roadsides where it has escaped.
213. Polygonum amphibium L. Water Smartweed.
Common at the edges of the lake.
214. P. emersum (Michx.) Britton. Swamp Smartweed. (P. miihleuberfjii
Watson.)
Abundant in bayous and low places about the lake.
215. P. incaniatum Ell. Slender Pink Smartweed.
C'ommon in wet soil.
216. P. pennsylvanicum L.
Abundant.
217. P. hydropiperoides.
Common, especially in a shallow pond in the southeastern por-
tion of the lake plain.
218. P. orientale Jj. Prince's Feather.
Escaped cultivation in a field east of the lake.
219. P. virginianum D. Virginia Knotweed.
Rather sparingly found at the edges of low woods.
220. P. aviculare Iv. Doorweed.
Common in yards.
221. P. erectum L. Erect Knot Grass.
Not so abundant as the preceding, and in moister places.
222. P. convolvulus L. Black Bindweed.
In dO' cultivated fields.
223. P. scandens L. Climbing False Buckwheat. {P. (himctonim nanidens
Gray.)
Some in moist ground along Cherry Creek.
224. P. saggitatum L. AiTow-leaved Tear Thumb.
In moist soils about the lake. Very abundant.
169
225. P. arifolinni L. Halberd-leaved Teai* Thumb.
Some found along Clear Creek, south of the lake.
226. Chenoiwdium album L. Lamb's Quarters.
Common in waste grounds.
227. O. boscianum Moq.
Only a few plants seen, over near Warsaw.
228. O. urbicum Ij. Common or City Goosefoot.
Common in waste places.
229. C. hybridum li. Maple-leaved Goosefoot.
Common: somewhat scattered in waste places.
230. O. botiys Jj. Feather Geranium. Jerusalem Oak.
Not rare along the railroad.
231. Salsola kali I... Common Saltwort.
Found ciuite abundantly along the railroad.
232. Amaranthus retroflexus L. Rough Pigweed.
Abundant in waste places.
2:'.3. A. blitoides S. Wats. Prostrate Amaranth.
Found along the Pennsylvania railroad.
234. A. graecizans L. Tumbleweed. (A. aJhum L.)
Found in waste places and along the railroad.
235. Phytolacca decandra L. Pokeberry.
In moist, rich grounds.
23<>. Mollugo verticillata L. Carpetweed.
Abundant in sandy fields.
237. Portulaca oleracea. Purslane.
Plentiful in fields and gardens.
238. Agrostemma githago L. Cockle. (Lijchnis (jithago Scop.)
Abundant in grain fields.
23ft. Silene stellata (L.) Ait. Starry Campion.
In woods and corners of tields.
244>. S. virginica L. Fire Pink.
Found in woods.
241. S. antirrhina L. Sleepy Catchfly.
Common in sandy, open places.
241!. Saponaria officinalis L. Bouncing Bet.
Abundant, especially along the embankment of the Pennsyl-
vania railway.
170
243. Alsine media L. Common Chickweed (SteUaria media Cyr.)
Abundant, especially in the park.
244. A. longifolia (Muhl.) Britton. Long-leaved Chickweed. (SteUaria
longifolia Miihl.)
Found in moist ground.
245. Cerastium longipedunculatum Muhl. Nodding Chickweed. (C. nutans
Raf.i
Found near Cherry Greek.
240. Anychia canadensis (L.) B. S. P. Slender-forked Chickweed. (A.
capiUacea D. C.)
Scattered in open, saiidy woods.
247. Brasenia purpurea (Michx.) Casp. Water Shield. (B. Peltata Pursh.)
A little in Eagle Lake; much, and profusely flowering, in
Market-street pond.
248. Nyniphaea advena Soland. Spatterdock. {Nvphin- adveiia R. Br.)
Quite plentiful in Eagle Lake.
249. Cast.iilia odorata (Dryand) Woodv. and Wood. AA'hite Water Lily.
(Nymphaea odorata Ait.)
Abundant in Eagle Lake.
250. (,'eratophyllum demersum L. Ilornwort.
Abundant in Eagle Lake.
25L Liriodendron tulipfera L. Yellow poplar. Tulip tree.
In woods, no longer ))articularly abundant.
252. Asiniina triloba (L.) Dunal. I'awpaw.
Not many trees seen.
258. Caltha palustris L. Cowsiip.
Common in marshy places.
254. Coptis trifolia (L.) Salisb. (5old-thread.
In a tamarack swamp southeast of the lake.
2.55. Act^iea alba (L.i Mill. Wlnte Baneberry.
Common in woods.
250. Anemone cylindrica A. Gray. Long-fruited Anemone.
l-'onnd al)undantly. principally along the Pennsylvania rail-
way.
257. A. A'irginiana L. Tall anemones.
I'lentiful in open places.
258. A. canadensis L. Canada Anemone. (A. pcnnsylranica L.)
Found in moist ground along the Pennsylvania railroad.
259. A. quinquefolia L. Wind Flower. (A. nemorosa Michx.)
Plants found, out of flower, along Clear Greek.
260. Hepatica hepatlca (L.) Karst. Round-leaved Liverwort. {H. triloba
Chaix.)
Scattered in woodlands about the lake.
261. H. acuta (Pursh.) Britton. Liverwort. {H. acutiloM D. O.)
Found at some distance from the lake; none seen near.
262. Syndesmon thalectroides (L.) Hoffmng. Rue Anemone.
Found in woods; abundant.
263. Clematis virginiana L. Virgin's Bowei*.
Abundant in places, generally in rich, damp places.
264. Banunculus abortivus L. Kidney-leaved Crowfoot.
Abundant in shaded places.
2r;r). R. recurvatus Poir. Hooked Crowfoot.
Common in the regions at some distance from the lake,
266. R. pennsylvanicus L. Bristly Buttercup.
Some found north of the lake, near Clear Creek.
267. Caiilophylhim thalictroides L. Blue Cohosh.
Found in the Clear Creek region.
268. Podophyllum peltatum L. Mayapple.
Scattered in woods.
269. Menespermum canadense L. Moonseed.
Not vei-y abundant in the region of the lake.
270. Sassafras sassafras (L.) Karst. Sassafras. {8. officinale Nees.)
Abundant in open places.
271. Benzoin benzoin (L.) Coulter. Spice Bush. (Lindern benzoin Blume.)
Not rare in moist, rich woods.
272-. Papaver somniferum L. Garden Poppy.
A few were found growing in the railroad gravel pit northeast
of the lake.
273. Sanguinaria canadensis L. Blood Root.
Common in open woods, by bluffs and Clear Creek.
274. Stylophorum diphyllum (Michx.) Nutt. Celandine Poppy.
One seen, out of flower, up Clear Creek gully.
275. Bicuculla cucuUaria (L.) Millsp. Dutchman's Breeches. (Dicentra
cucularia Torr.)
Old plants and roots found. Clear Creek gully.
172
270. Lepidum virgiiiiciim K Pepper Grass.
Common in cli-y ground.
277. Sisymbrium officinale (L.) Scop. Hedge Mustard.
Common in dry ground in waste places.
278. Brassica juncea (L.) Cooson. Indian Mustard.
A plant found along the Pennsylvania railroad.
279. Roripa palustris (L.) Bess. Marsh Cress. (N<istiirtii(iii palustre D. C.)
Common in flat, marshy ground.
28CK R. nasturtium (L.) Rusby. Water Cress. iXasfiirtlinn officinale R. Br.)
Common, especially near springs.
2S1. Bursa bursa-pastoris (L.) Britton. Shepherd's Purse. {CafincUa hursa-
pastoris Moench.)
Some plants seen; dry ground.
282. Arabis laevigati (Muhl.) Poir. Smooth Rock Cress.
On bluffs along Clear Creek.
283. Polanisia graveolens Raf. Clammy AVeed.
Abundant in the railroad gravel pit.
284. Sarracenia imrpurea I>. Pitcher Plant.
In tamarack bogs.
285. Saxifraga pennsylvanica L. Swamp Saxifrage.
Occasional in wet places.
280. Heuchera hispida Pursh. Rougli Heuchera. *
Some plants found, Cliapnian's Hill.
287. Mitella diphylla L. Bishop's Cap.
On a bank along Cherry ('r(>ek.
288. Parnassia caroliniana Michx. (^i-ass of Parnassus.
Tolerably plentiful in low, wet grounds.
289. Ribes cynosbatti I>. AVild Gooseberry.
Common in woods.
290. R. oxyacanthoides L. Northern Gooseberry.
Foiind especially in tamaracks.
291. R. flbridum L. Her. AVild Black Currant.
Occasional in moist, flat woods north of Eagle Lake.
292. Hamamelis virginiana L. AVitch Hazel.
On dry hills southeast of the lake.
293. Platanus occidentalis L. Sycamore.
On low ground common; a few on high ground.
173
294. Spiraea salicifolin L. IMeadoAv Sweet.
Comnion in low. tlat .yrouiid. as the lake plain.
295. S. tomentosa L. Hardliack.
Sparingly fDxnid in moist grounds.
290. Rubus strigosus Miclix. Wild Red Raspberry.
None near the lake; some found in a tamarack swamp some
distance away.
297. R. occidentalis L. Black Raspberry.
\'ery common in neglected fields and open woods near the
lake.
298. R. aniericanus (Pers.) Britton. Dwarf Raspberry.
Quite abundant in a tamarack northeast of the lake.
29J;*. R. villosus Ait. High Bush Blackberry.
Abundant near the lake.
5(MJ. R. hispidus L. Running Swamp Blackberry.
Common in the marsh along the steamer canal, near Warsaw.
S(*l. R. canadensis I>. Dewberry. Low Blackberry.
Common on sandy banks and in sandy fields.
302. Fragaria virginiana Duchesne. Wild Strawben-y.
Common in dry ground.
303. Potentilla argentea L. Hoary Cinquefoil.
In a field east of Eagle Lake.
304. P. monspeliensis L. Rough Cinquefoil. (P. norvegica L.)
Common in low grounds.
305. P. fruiticosa L. Shrubby Cinquefoil.
Common in wet grounds.
30t>. P. canadensis L. Five-finger.
Common everywhere in open places.
307. Comarum palustre L. Marsh Five-finger, i Potentilla polnstris Scop.)
Common in tamarack bogs.
308. Geum canadense Jacq. White Avens. {G. album Gmelin.)
At edges of woods and shady places.
309. G. strictum Ait. Yellow Avens.
At the southeast edge of the lake plain.
310. Agrimonia mollis (T. and G.) Britton. Soft Agrimony. (A. eitpatoria
mollis T. and G.)
Common in light woods.
174
311. A. pnrviflora Solaiid. Small-flowored Agrimony.
Abundant iu low, flat ground.
312. Rosa setigera Miehx. Climbing Rose. Praii'ie Rose.
Not very common. I have seen only one plant in the region.
313. Rosa Carolina L. Swamp Rose.
Very abundant in low places.
314. R. humilis lucida (Ehrh.) Best. {R. liicida Ehrh.)
Abundant in (\rj groimd.
315. R. rubignosa L. Sweet Briar.
A few scattered plants were noted.
310. Mains coronaria (L.) Mill. Crab Apple. (Pj/nts coronaria L.i
A few scattered trees.
317. .vronia nigra (Willd.) Britton. Black Choice Berry. iPi/rus arbutifoUa
7)id(inoc(irpa Hook.)
Not rare in tamarack swamps.
318. Amelanchier canadensis (Iv.) Medic. .Tune Berry.
Found on the brows of hills and bluffs.
319. A. botryapiuni (L. F.) D. C. Shad Bush.
A small bush found iu tlie tamarack swamp northeast of the
lake.
320. Crataegus coccinea L. Red Haw.
Scattered; generally found along in open Avoods and fence
rows.
321. Prmius americana Marsh. Red Plum.
Scattered.
322. P. serotina Eihrh. Wild Chen-y.
Some trees noted, scattered nliout in forests.
323. Cercis canadensis L. Red Bud. .Tudas Tree.
Some trees near the lake up Cheriy Creek a little way from
the lake.
324. Cassia marylandica I.. Wild Senna.
Common in wet places.
325. (Tymnocladus dioica (L.) Koch. Cotfeenut. (G. e(in(uh'nsi-'< Laui.)
Common up Cherry Creek gully.
32<). Baptisia tinctoria (I>.) R. Br. Wild Indigo.
One plant seen along the railroad, 1899.
:;27. Iviipinus perennis Jj. Wild Lupine.
Common along the railroad.
175
328. Medicago sativa L. Alfalfa.
Along the road ueai' the Assembly groumls; probably an es
cape.
329. Melilotus alba Desv. White SAveet Clover.
Abundant about the park entrance.
330. Trifolium procumbeus L. Low Hop Clover.
Found along streets In Warsaw.
331. T. arvense L. Rabbit's Foot Clover.
Scattered, in sterile soil.
332. T. pratense L. Red Clover.
Abundant in open places.
333. T. hybridum I.. Alsike.
Scattered at edge of roadsides.
334. T. repens L. White Clover.
Abundant in open places.
335. Amorpha caneseens Pursh. Lead plant.
A few plants growing in the park.
336. Robinia pseudacacia L. Black Locust.
Planted in various places.
337. Meibomia nudiflora (L.) Kuntze. Naked Flowered Tick Treto'll.
{Desmodium tiudiflorum D. 0.)
In oceu woods.
338. M. michauxii Vail. Prostrate Tick Trefoil. (Desmodium rotundifoUum
D. C.)
In aji open, diy thicket.
339. M. canadensis (L.) Kuntze. Showy Tick Trefoil. {Desmodium cana-
dense D. C.)
Common in damp situations.
340. Lespedza violacea (L.) Pers. Bush Olover.
Abundant in open, dry places.
341. Li. capitatata Michx. Round-headed Bush Clover.
Common in dry soil.
342. Vieia americana Muhl. Pea-vine.
In damp places near the lake.
343. Falcata comosa (L.) Kuntze. Hog Peanut. (Amphicarpaea monoica
Bll.)
Common in rich woods.
i7<;
344. Apios apios (L.) MaeM. Groundimt. (A. tiiherosa Moeiieli/i
Common in various parts of the lake plain.
345. Geranium maculatum L. Wild Geranium.
Common in open woods.
346. G. carolinianum Ij. Carolina Crane's Bill.
Along the tracks in the railroad gravel pit.
347. Oxalis stricta Ia Sheep Sorrel. [0. corniculata stricta Sav.)
Abundant.
348. Linum virginianum L. Wild Yellow Flax.
In dry ground, on hillsides, in open wodds.
349. Xanthoxylum amerieanum Mill. Prickly Ash.
In woods; not abundant.
350. rtelea trifoliata L. Hop Ti-ee.
A few plants uoticed in open woods.
351. Polygala A^erticillate L. Whorled Milkwort.
On hillsides.
352. Polygala viridescens L. (P. sanguinea L.)
Found on open hillside, east of the lake.
353. Acalypha virginica L. Three-seeded Mercury.
Found growing in the park.
354. Euphorbia humisti-ata Engelm. Hairy Spreading Spurge.
Common in dry, open, sandy places.
355. E. nutans Lag. Large or Upright Spotted Spurge. {E. preslii Guss.>
Common on dry banks and embankments.
356. E. corollata L. Flowering Spurge.
Vei-y common in di'y, open places and old fields.
357. B. cyparissias I^. Cypress Spurge.
Escaped from an old cemetery near Wa'"saw.
358. Rhus copallina Ij. Dwarf or Black Sumac.
In scattered clumps, various places in dry soil.
359. R. hirta (L.) Sudw. Staghorn Sumac. (R. typMna L.)
Occasional in clumps in open places.
360. R. glabra L. Scarlet Sumac.
Grows in clumps, frequently on dry hill sides at the edges
of fields.
361. R. vernix L. Poison Siimac. (i?. venenata D. C.)
Common in tamarack swamps.
177
362. R. radicaiis L. Poison Ivy. (N. to.ikodendron L.i
Common.
363. Ilex verticlllata (L.) A. Gray. Winterberry.
Not rare in low marshes, as tamarack swamps.
364. Ilicioides mucronata (L.) Britton. (Nemopanthes fascictdaris Eaf.)
Not rare in tamarack marshes.
365. Euonymus obovatus Nutt. Running- Strawberry Bush. {E, ameri-
canus ohorotvs T. and G.)
In moist woods, near hillsides or slopes.
366. E. atropurpureus Jacq. Burning Bush.
Common up Cherry Creek gully on flat, rich ground.
367. Celastrus scandens L. Bittersweet.
In woodlands, especially near the edges.
368. Staphylea trifolia L. Bla.ddernut.
Found growing in moist, shady woods.
369. Acer saccharinum. Silver Maple. {A. dasiicarpum Ehrh.)
In moist situations.
370. A. saccharum Marsh. Sugar Tree. {A. saccharinum Wang.)
In dry ground, in woodlands.
371. A. negundo L. Box Elder. (Nerrunde aceroides Moench.)
Up Clear Creek valley.
372. Aesciilus glabra Willd. Ohio Buckeye.
A few trees noted, not very near the lake.
373. Impatiens aurea Muhl. Pale Touch-Me-Not.
Some plants noted some distance from the lake.
374. I. biflora Walt. Spotted Touch-Me-Not. (/. fulva Nutt.)
Common about the lake.
375. Ceanothus americanus L. New .Jersey Tea.
Abundant in dry sand.
376. Vitis aestivalis Michx. Summer Grape. Small Grape.
Common.
377. Vitis bicolor LeConte. Blue or Winter Grape. {Vitus aestivaUs var
Mcolor LeConte.)
Common, but 1 have seen very little in fruit.
378. Parthenocissus quinquefolia (L.) Virginia Creeper. Wild Ivy.
{Ampelopsis qninquefoUa Michx.)
In woodlands and on fences.
178
379. Tilia americana L. Basswoocl. Lin.
Not very common; a few trees seen.
380. Malva rotundifolia L. Common Mallow Cheeses.
Common in waste places, about houses, etc.
381. Abutilon abutilon (L.) Rusby. Velvet Leaf. {A. avicennae Gaertn.)
Common in rich grounds.
382. Hypericum prolificum L. Shrubby St. .John's Wort.
Abundant in moist places.
383. H. mutilum L. Dwarf St. John's Wort.
Common near the lake.
384. Triadenum virginicum L. Marsh St. .Tohn's Wort. (Elodes cam-
panulata Pursh.)
Abundant in marshes.
38.3. Helianthemum canadense (L.) Michx. Frost Weed.
Abundant on dry hills.
38G. Lechea villosa Ell. (L. major Michx.)
Not rare on dry hills.
387. Viola obliqua Hill. Common Blue Violet. (V. palmata cucullata.)
Common.
388. V. pedata L. Bird's-foot Violet.
On dry liills.
389. V. blanda Willd. Sweet White Violet.
Common in tamai'ack bogs.
39(). Decodon verticillatus (L.) Ell. Swamp Loosestrife.
Common in wet places, especially in a tamarack southeast of
the lake.
391. Lythrum alatum Pursh. Loosesti-ife.
Common in the lake plain.
392. Isnardia palustris L. Water Purslane. (Ludwigia imlustris Bll.l
In ditches and pools. In Cherry Creek.
393. L. alternifolia L.
Not rare about a pond near the lake plain and northeast of
the lake.
394. Chamaenrion angustifolium (L.) Scop. Great Willow Herb. (Epilo-
bitim angnstifolivm L.)
Low grounds near Warsaw.
395. Epilobium coloratum Muhl.
Common in low flat gi'ounds.
179
3iH>. E. adenocaiilon Haussk.
A specimen collected by a student and examined in the labora-
tory was of this species.
31>7. Onagra biennis (L.) Scop. Common Evening- Primrose.
Abundant. A patch, probablj^ of recent introduction, of var
grandiflora was found in moist ground near Warsaw.
3ns. Knieftia puniila (L.) Spach. (OEnothera pumila L.)
A few plants fovuid along the Pennsylvania Railroad.
300. Circaea Intetiana L. Enchanter's Nightshade.
In shady woods.
44K). C. alpina L. Smaller Enchanter's Nightshade.
In moist woods.
4(>1. Proserpinaca palustris L. iMermaid Weed.-
Common in swamps near the lake.
4<)2. Myriophyllnm verticillatum L. Whorled Water Millfoil.
Common.
4((3. Aralia nudicanlis L. Wild Sarsapa villa.
P^ound in damp woods.
4<i4. Heraclenm lanatum Michx. Cow Pai'snip.
Common in wet grounds.
405. Eiwnginm aquaticnm L. Button Snakeroot. iE. nucvdefoJUiDi Michx.)
In wet soil along the railroad.
4<itl. Sanieula niarylandiea L. Blafk Snakeroot.
In damp woods.
4o7. IMmpiiiella integeiTima (L.l Cray. Yellow I'lmpernel.
In sandy places.
4<is. Washingionia claytoni (Michx. i Britton. Woolly Sweet Cicely. {()s-
iiinrrJiizn Iticristi/lis D. C.)
In damp woods.
4<i<.». Sinni cicutaefolium Gmel. Hemlock Water Parsnip.
Alinndant south of the lake.
41<!. Cicnta maculata L. Water Hemlock.
Common in low grounds about the lake.
411. Deringa canadensis (L.) Kuntze. Honewort. iCri/potaeniu caiiadcnsis
D. C.)
Common in rich woods.
412. Hydrocotyle iimbellat'a L. ^larsh I'ennywort.
Found within the county, but not near Eagle Lake.
11 — Academy of Science.
180
413. Conius florida L. Flowering Dogwood.
lu woods, frequent.
414. C. amonum. Mill. Sillcy Cornel. (C. sericea L.)
A species, thouglit to be this, common at the edge of the lake.
415. C. stolonifera Michx. Red Osier Dogwood.
Very common at the edge of the lake.
416. C. candidissima Marsh. Panicled Coi-nel. (C. paniculata L'Her.)
Some buslies seen near a marsh east of the lake.
417. C. alternifolia L. f.
A few trees seen far up Cherry Creek gully.
418. Nyssa sylvatica Marsh. Sour Gum.
A few scattered trees seen.
419. Pyrola elliptica Nutt. Shin Leaf.
Seen in woods, on hillsides.
420. Monotropa uniflora. Indian Pipe.
Scrace, in AA'oodlands.
421. Andromeda polifolia L. Wild Rosemaiy.
Found in a tamarack swamp southeast of the lake.
422. Gaylussacia resinosa Lam. Black Huckleberry.
At the edges of woods in sandy soils.
423. V. pallidum Ait. Mountain Blueberry. V. corymbosum pallidum
Gray.
In sandy soils in woods.
424. Oxycoccus macrocarpus (Ait.) Pers. Large Cranberry.
Found in tamarack swamps; not common.
425. Samolus floribundus H. B. K. Water Pimpernel.
Occasional in moist places.
426. Lysimachia terrestris (L.) B. S. P. Bulb-bearing Loosestrife.
At the edge of the lake in various places.
427. Steironema ciliatum (L.) Raf. Fringed Loosestrife.
Common in damp situations.
428. S. lanceolatum (Walt.) Gray. Lance-leaved Loosestrife.
Common in wet places.
429. Trientalis americana Pursh. Chickweed. Wintergreen.
Found in -a. tamarack east of the lake.
430. Dodecatheon meadia L. Shooting Star.
Found east along the Pennsylvania Railroad.
181
431. Fraxiuus americaua L. White Ash.
Common in woods.
432. Sabbatia angiilaris (L.) Pm-sh. Rose-Pink.
Occasional, open woods.
433. Gentiana andrewsii Giiseb. Closed Gentain.
A few plants found north of the lalie.
434. Frasera carolinensis Walt. American Coltimbo.
Occasional in open woods.
435. Bartonia virginica (L.) B. S. P. Yellow Bartonia. (B. tenella Muhl.i
Found in the county, but not near Eagle Lake.
436. Menyanthes trifoliata L. Marsh Bean.
In a tamarack northeast of the lake.
437. Apoeynum androsaemifolium L. Spreading Dogbane.
Common at the edges of fields.
438. A. canabinum L. Indian Hemp.
In similar situations to the preceding.
439. Asclepias tuberosa L. Butterfly Weed.
Common in dry sandy places.
440. A. incarnata L. Swamp Milkweed.
So abundant its blossoms give their color, when in bloom, to
the southern part of the lake plain, in places.
441. A. syriaca L. Common Milkweed. (A. cornuti Decaisne.)
Abundant in dry soils.
442. Ipomoeca pandurata (L.) Meyer. Man-of-the-Earth.
Found west of the lake.
443. Convolvulus sepium L. Hedge Bindweed. (C. septum americanus
Sims.)
Common in parts of the lake plain.
444. C. spithaemus L. Upright Bindweed.
Common on the Pennsylvania Railroad embankment. Not
seen in flower.
445. Cuscuta polygonorum Engelm. Smartweed Dodder. (C. chlorocerpa
Engelm.)
In moist gi-ounds near the lake on various plants.
446. C. gi'onovii Willd. Common Dodder.
Common on various plants in low places.
447. Phlox pilosa L. Downy Phlox.
Not rare; found along the Pennsylvania Railroad.
182
448. Polemoniimi reptans. L. Jacob's Ijadder. Blue Bells.
Ill moist, shady places.
449. Hydropliyllum appendiculatum Michx.
Ill various places in damp woods.
450. Cynoglossum officinale L. Hound's Tongue.
Common on dry, open hills.
451. Lappula lappula (L.) Karst. Stickseed. {EchiHospcrnum lappuki
Lehm.)
Common in open places.
452. L. virginiaua (L.) Greene.
Common in di'y places.
453. Lithospermum arvense L. Corn Groinwell.
Not rare in Winona Park in places.
454. Verbena urticifolia L. White Vervain.
Quite common.
455. V. hastatu Ij. Blue Vervain.
Very abundant in low, flat places, at various parts of the
lake plain. In places, its blossoms lend great blue unbroken
stretches to the landscape.
450. V. stricta.
Common along the railroad.
457. V. bracteosa.
Some found along the railroad.
458. Teucrium canadeiise L. Wood Sage.
Quite common in low grounds.
4.59. Scutellaria lateriflora L. Mad-dog Skullcap.
Common in wet places in the lake plain.
4G(}. S. galericulata L. Marsh Skullca]>.
Quite common in parts of the lake plain.
461. Marrubium vulgare L. White Horehound.
Common on a bank about a mile up Cherry Creek.
462. Agastache nepetoides (L.) Kuntze. Giant Hyssop. {Lophantlius ncpe-
toides Benth.)
Some plants fomid in the county (up by Cliapman's Lake).
463. A. serophulariaefolia (Willd.) Kuntze. Figwort. Giant Hyssop.
(Loplianthi's scrophnlariaefolins Benth.)
In di"y soils near Eagle Lake.
183
464. Nepeta cataria L. Catnip.
Common in dry soil.
465. Stachys palustris I.. Common Hedge Nettle.
CJommon in damp soil.
466. Monarda fistiilosa I.. Horsemint. Wild Bergamot.
Common on dry hills.
467. M. pimctata L. Spotted Horsemint.
A few patches along th<? Pennsylvania Railroad.
468. Blephilia hirsuta (Pursh.) Torr.
Abtindant in woods near Clear Lake gully.
469. Koellia virgiuiana (L.) MacM. Mountain Mint. iPycnantUemum
lanceolatitm pursh.)
Abundant, especially in low. flat places, and parts of the lake
plain.
470. Lycopus americanus Muhl. Cut-leaved Water Horehound. (L. slnu-
ritiis EU.j
In various places along the shore of the lake.
471. Mentha spicata L. Spearmint.
A large patch noted in a low place along the PievL-eton Road.
472. M. piperita L. Peppermint.
Rather common in moist places.
473. M. canadensis L. Wild Mint.
Quite common in moist places.
474. M. rotundifolia.
A patch of this near the station at Winona Lake.
475. CoUinsonia canadensis. Horsebalm.
In moist soil near Chapman's Lake.
476. Physalis pubescens L. Low Haiiy Ground Cherry.
Abundant in dry soils.
477. P. lanceolate Michx. Prairie Ground Cherry.
Rather common in dry soils.
478. Solanum nigrum. Black Nightshade.
Scattered in dry soils.
479. S. carolinense L. Horse Nettle.
Found along the railroad.
480. S. dulcamara L. Bittersweet. Nightshade.
A feAV plants found along the south shore of tlie lake.
184
481. Datura tatula L. Pnrple-stemmed Jlmson.
Common in waste places, about barnj^ards.
482. Verbascum thapsus L. Common Mullein.
Common in diy places.
483. V. blattaria L. Moth Mullein.
In dry places; not so common as the preceding.
484. Scrophularia marylandica L. Pilewort. (S. nodosa murijlaiidieti Gray*)
Common in dry places.
485. Chelone glabra L. Snake-head. Turtle-head.
Common in moist or wet places.
486. Mimulus ringens L. Monkey Flower.
Common in low places, especially aTbundant al)out the Market-
street pond.
487. Ilysanthes gratioloides (L.) Benth. False Pimpernel. (/. ripuria
Rat.)
Common in Avet places.
488. Veronica anagallis aquatica L. Water Speedwell.
Scattered, in wet places.
489. V. officinalis L. Common Speedwell.
In various places in the Assembly grounds.
'490. V. serpyllifolia L. Thyme-leaved Speedwell.
In open places, in dry soil, common.
491. V. peregrina L. I'urslane Speedwell.
Common in cultivated places.
493. Leptaudra virginica (L.) Xutt. Culvers Root. (Veronica vinjliiica
Nutt.)
Growing in clumps, in moist soils.
493. Afzelia macrophylla (Nutt.) Kuntze. Mullein Foxglove. {ISe.ijmcrid
macropliylla Nutt.)
In woods, near Hamilton Mound.
494. Dasystoma flava (L.) Wood. Downy False Foxglove. {Grnirdia
flava L.)
Not rare in dry woods.
495. D. virginica (L.) Britton. Oak-leaved False Foxglove. (Gei-ardia
quercifolia Pursh.)
Common in dry woods.
496. Gerardia purpurea L. Large Purple Gerardia.
Common in low places and in parts of the lake plain.
185
497. Utricularia vulgaris L. Greater Bladderwort.
Abundant in ditches along tlie railroad and in Market-street
pond; some, but not very aljundant, in the neck of Eagle Lake.
498. U. intermedia Hayne. Flat-leaved Bladderwort.
Common in the lake plain south of the neck of the lake, and
in a flat about one-half mile southeast of the lake.
499. Leptamnium virginianum (L.) Raf. Beech-di"ops. {Epiphegus vir-
giniana L.)
Some found in dry woods south of Eagle Lake, near Clear
Creek.
500. Phryma leptostachya L. Lopseed.
Common in moist woodlands.
501. Plantago rugelli Decaisne. Rugel's Plantain.
In cultivated grounds, common.
502. P. lanceolata L. English Plantain.
Not veiy common; found in cultivated fields.
503. Cephalanthus occidentalis L. Button Bush.
Common near the lake on the lake plain at various places, and
at the edge of woodland ponds.
504. Galium apaiine L. Cleavers.
Found in damp places up Cherry Creek valley.
505. G. circaezans Michx. Wild Liquorice.
Common in dry woods.
506. G. trifidum L. Small Bedstraw.
Found in flat, damp places; some at the outer edge of the lake
plain.
507. G. asperellum Michx.
Some found east of Eagle Lake.
508. Sambucus canadensis L. Elder.
Rather common in clumps in open places, or more scattered in
low, damp woods.
509. Viburnum acerfolium L. Maple-leaved Viburm.
Found growing in forests, rather common.
510. V. lentago. Sheepberry.
Grows along the south side of the lake.
511. Triosteum perfoliatum L. Horse Gentian.
Some found in open places.
186
512. Ixmicera hirsiita Eaton. Hairy Honeysuckle*.
Found, but not in flower, in the tamaraclv northeast of the
hi lie.
513. ^Micranipelis lobata (Michx.) Greene. Wild Cucumber. {Echinocystis
lohdtti, Torr. and Gray.)
Common in damp places and parts of the lal^e i)lain.
514. Companula aparinoldes I'lnsli. .Marsh Bell-flower.
Common in parts of the lake plain.
515. O. americana L. Tall Bellflower.
Common in woods.
51G. Legouzia perfoliata (L.) Britton. A'enus's Looking-ghiss.
In open sandy soil.
517. Lobelia cardinalis L. Cardinal FloAver.
Common in damp situations.
518. L. syphilitica L. Great Lobelia.
Very common in the lake plain and damp grounds elsewhere.
519. L. leptostachys A. D. C.
In dry sandy soils, in open places.
520. L. kalmii L.
Common in the lake plain.
521. Oichorium intybus L. Chicory.
Escaped cultivation in various places.
522. Adopogon virginicum (L.) Kuntze. Virginia Goatsbcard. {Krigia
(implexiculmis Nutt.)
Not rare in open woods.
523. Taraxacum taraxacum (L.) Kar.st. Dandelion. (T. othciuale Weber.)
Common eveiywhere.
524. Lactuca scariola L. Prickly Lettuce.
Common in waste places.
525. Ij. canadensis L. AVild Lettuce.
Common.
52(;. L. spicata (Lam.) Hitchk. Fall Blue Lettuce.
Not common, found in moist rich soil.
527. Hieracium scabrum Michx. Rough Hawkweed.
Scattered in dry woodlands.
528. H. gronovii L. Hairy Hawkweed.
In dry open woodlands.
187
529. Ambrosia trifida L. (ireat Ragweed. Horseweed.
Found in moist rich soil.
530. A. artemisiaefolia I.. Ragweed.
Common, especially along roadsides.
531. XaJithium striimarium L. Cocklebur.
Oommon in rich moist places.
532. Vernonia gigantea (Walt.) Britton. Tall Ironweed. iT. altissima
Nutt.)
Common in moist rich soils.
533. V. fasciculata Miclix. Western Ironweed.
Common in open places.
534. Eupatorinm puri)nrenm L. Joe-Pye-Weed.
Very common in moist places, especially on the southern lake
plain.
535. E. i>erfoliatum Tv. Boneset.
Common in moist ground.
536. Laeinaria scariosa (L.) Hill. Large Blazing Star. iLkitris scar'wm
Willd.)
Not common. Found along the railroad.
537. L. spicata (L.) Kuntze. Liafrls spicata Willd.)
Quite common in parts of the lake plain, especially the south-
eastern part.
538. Solidago caesia L. Blue-stemmed Golden Rod.
In moist woodlands.
539. S. ulmifolia Muhl. Elm-leaved <iolden Rod.
Common in open places.
540. S. canadensis L. Canada Golden Rod.
Common in dry .soils.
541. S. uemoralis Ait. Field Golden Rod.
Quite abundant in open ])laces.
542. S. riddelli Frank.
Not rare in portions of tlie lake plain.
543. Euthamia gi-amuiifolia (L.) Nutt. Fragrant Golden Rod. iSolidana
hinccoJata L.)
Common in low groiinds.
544. Aster macrophyllus L. Large-leaved Aster.
A few plants foimd along the l>luff, north of Clierry Creek.
188
545. A. shortii Hook.
Common in dry, open places.
540. A. nova-angliae L.
Common along the railroad.
547. A. erieoides L. White Heath Aster.
, Common along the railroad.
548. Erigeron aunnus (L.) Pers. Daisy Fleabone.
An abundant weed in fields.
549. Leptilon canadense (L.) Britton. Horseweed. {Erlgei^on canadensis L.)
Common in open places.
550. Antennaria plantiginifolia (L.) Richards. Plantain-leaved Everlast-
ing.
Quite common in diy places and open woods.
551. Gnaphalium oblusifolium L. Common Everlasting. (G. polycephalum
Michx.)
Common in diy places.
552. Silphium perfoliatum L. Cup Plant.
Some found in low, rich ground up Cherry Creek.
553. S. integi-ifolium jNIichx. Entire-leafed Rosinweed.
Rather common in low places along the raili'oad.
554. S. terebinthinaceum Jacq. Prairie-dock.
Not rare in damp places.
555. Heliopsis scabra Dunal. Rough Ox-eye.
A few scattered patches noted in dry places.
556. Rudbeckia hirta L. Black-eyed Susan.
Common In both di-y and moist soil.
557. R. laciniata L. Tall Gone Flower.
A few plants noted; grows in moist ground.
558. Ratibida pinnata (Vent.) Barnhart. Gray-headed Cone Flower. (Le-
pachys pinnata T. and G.)
Rather common along roadsides.
559. Heliauthus giganteus L. Giant Sunflower.
Common and widely scattered in moist rich soil.
560. H. divaricatus L. Rough Sunflower.
Common in dry woods.
561. Verbesina alternifolia (L.) Britton. {Actinomeris squarrosa Xutt.)
Not rare in low woods.
189
562. Coreopsis tripteris L. Tall Tickseed.
Some noted in open waste places.
563. Bidens connata Muhl. Swamp Beggar Ticks.
Common in wet places.
564. B. frondosa L. Common Beggar Ticks.
Common, especially in moist soil.
565. B. tricliosperma (Micbx.) Britton. Tall Tickseed Sunflower. {Coreop-
sis trichosperma Michx.)
Very common in some swamps: sometimes Jie flowers make
the whole landscape 5'ellow.
566. Helenium autumnale L. Sneezeweed.
Common along the lake shore.
567. Achillea, millefolium L. Yarrow.
Common in old orchards.
568. Anthemis cotula L. Dog-fennel.
In dry soils in waste places.
569. Chrysanthemum leucanthemnm L. Ox-eye Daisy.
Some plants found in dry soil.
570. Erechtites hieracifolia (L.) Raf. Fire Weed.
Not rare in open woods.
571. Mesadenia atriplicifolia (L.) Raf. Pale Indian Plantain. {Cacalla
atriplicipolia L.)
Some plants noted up Cherry Creek in dry soil.
572. M. tuberosa Nutt.
A few plants noted in boggy gTound southeast of Eagle I-ake.
573. Arctium lappa L. Burdock.
Common in waste places and about dwellings.
574. Carduus lanceolatus L. Common Thistle. (Cniciis lanceolatus Willd.i
Common everywhere in open and waste places.
575. C. altissimus L. Tall or Roadside Thistle. {Cniciis altissimus Willd.)
Rather common in open and waste places.
576. C. muticus (Michx.) Pers. Swamp Thistle. (Cnicus muticus Piirsh.)
Common in swampy ground.
577. C. arvensis (L.) Robs. Canada Thistle. {Cnicus arvensis Hoff.)
A large patch In a pasture one-fourth mile east of the lake.
Plants scattered at various places about the region of the lake.
190
ADDITIONS AND OORRBCTIONS.
578. Anaphalis marjjaritacea (L.) Bentli. and Hook. Pearly Everlasting-.
(Antennaria murgdritacea Hook.)
Scattered, in dry places. Out of flower during tlie season at
Eagle Lake, but noted, and found and determined in subsequent
work. The patch of Mnithii rot iindi folia was noted too late to
press, so the identification is doubtful.
SUMMARY.
The area included within a line along the crest of the hills suri-oundiug
Eagle Lake presents for study a reniarkaltle variety of conditions and
ecological regions, as (1) upland forest, Avith native trees and shrubs; (2)
cleared and abandoned upland with the flora that has subsequently taken
possession: Ci) creek, valleys and gullies, with their peculiar soil and flora;
(4) railroad and introduced flora: (f)) lowland foi'est; (♦)) lake plain; (7)
tamarack swamp; (8) ponds, temi)orai-y and permanent, and quaking bogs
and l)ayous: (9) ice ridge; (10) beach; (11) the lake, with several zones of
plants.
The upland forest is much like forests in general throughout Northern
Indiana. In some places there is underbrush and herbs, in otliers a thick
carpet of dried leaves. The soil is sandy, aiul many of tlie herbs of
xerophytic habit. Fungi are abundant.
The cleared land is covered witli sassafras, sumac, scrub oaks, Russian
mullx'rry and so on. ^Nlany mat plants are present, and there is a tendency
of various species of herbs to occupy exclusively the ground they grow on.
Among tlu'se plants are five-finger and dewberry. Just at tlie liase of the
slopes Fiiii'irififi/li.'^ is abmidant.
Creek valleys and gullies have a i)ecidiar flora on their slopes, and also
in the rich alluvial soil of their bottoms. In many cases they resemble
extensions of the lake plain. Amcmg many characteristic plants are skuulc
cabbage, ('oiiorcphriliist. BJephilut. and so on.
The railroad has an interesting introduced flora of wild lupine i^alsola
kali. s(iuirrel-tail grass, white amaranth, and many other species.
The Lowland Forest, a dense, tangly jungle Avith a rich sandy loam
soil, contains numerous and interesting species. Quaking asp. elm and
sycamore are representative trees. The herbs are various, rank, shade and
moisture loving species.
191
The lake i)laiii is a perfectly flat area composed of muck ajid marl.
In many places it is covered with copses of low willows, Conius, Cepha-
hintlnis Spirca and Carolina rose, and this is perhaps its original form. In
other places it is a sedgy meadow. Peculiarities are (1) the distribution
of plant species in horizontal strata, as. bushes above, then sedges, then
ferns, and lower, mosses and Selaginella. (2) The flora is so crowded that
when a predominant species is in flower it frequently gives its tint to the
whole landscape, so we have a succession of "color waves" during the
year, as the bhie of blue vervain, deep purple of Lj/thruin alafurn, light
l)urple of swamp milkweed or joe-pye-weed, ]>rown of Osniuiida ref/aUs,
or yellow of tickseed sunflower or Riidbeckia.
The tamarack was nearly extinct, but others near by showed probable
former flora of SplKujniiui, pitcher plants and an interesting assortment of
liraths and orchids.
Temporary woodland ponds are mostly bare of bottom except for dead
leaves and some shrubs and water crowfoot. The temporary ponds in the
open are overgrown with Scirpus cyperincns and various species of Eleo-
charis. These tempoi-ary ponds are Interesting as they contain plants show-
ing seasonal dimoi-phism, an aquatic form during wet seasons and a land
form during dry periods of the year. They also contain plants, the lower
leaves of which are fitted to submersed life, and the upper to aerial life, as
water parsnips and watei- crowfoot.
Permanent ponds, quaking bogs and bayous are similar to the lake,
except that they contain a gi-eater number and variety of duckweeds.
The Ice Ridge is interesting in many ways, but does not contain many
plants peculiar to itself.
The Beach contains a mixed flora. Sometimes its flora is of such plants
as Scirptis Americanus or various EJeocharU sometimes it is seedlings of
elms, maples, etc., which have been deposited by waves.
The lake has several zones of plants. Near the shore and extending
both ways are plants with well marked dimorphism — a well developed
land form, and an aquatic form. Among such plants are. spatterdock,
A\hite water lily. Utricularia intermedia, water plantain. Heteratithcni
didiid. and many others. Scirpus lacustris has two well marked forms
Avhich frequently grow side by side and form a distinct contrast. At other
places what appear to be intermediate forms are found. Many of the Pota-
inogetonii have emersed leaves dissimilar in form and structure from the
.*iubmersed ones. Among the various zones of plants are:
192
(1) The shore plants, as some species of Eleocharis.
(2) Aquatic with emersed leaves (or culms) as Scirpus lacustris, spat-
terdock, water lilies and pontederia, also many pofamof/etons.
(3) Short stemmed aquatics; species near shore as Naias and species of
Chara and Nitella.
(4) Long stemmed aquatics^ in deep water, as various Po.tamogeto)is,
CerdtophijlUim and MyriophyUum.
(5) Beyond these Phanerogams, and intermixed with them, are the
Algae.
The lake disseminates such winged seeds as those of elm and maple,
and sows them on the beach.
Various water plants, as Scirpus and species of Potamogeton, protect
the shore from waves. They also serve as points for the attachment of
various organisms.
D. The Plant Ecology of Winona Lake.
Lucy Youse.
In the following discussion of plant societies and their distribution
about Winona Lake, Warming's system of classification of plant societies
will be used. This system of classification, now in general use by botan-
ists, groups plants, except in the case of salt plants, on the basis of their
relation to moisture. He distinguishes the following types: Xerophytes,
those requiring least moisture; hydrophytes, those requiring most;
mesophytes, those of medium moisture conditions; and halophytes, plants
of alkaline soil or salt water.
Many things besides climate help to determine the amount of moisture.
The quality of the soil has a marked influence upon the water content;
clay, for instance, holds water and sand does not. Of all such factors, the
topography of the country, since it plays so important a part in determin-
ing not only the drainage and the humus content of the soil, but also
exposure to the wind, to light and to heat, is held by some to be more im-
portant even than surface geology in its influence upon the character of
the vegetation. Dr. Henry C. Cowles, in his report upon the plant societies
of Chicago and vicinity, has shown this influence to be secondary to that
of topography. In his discussion of the same he says: "The flora of a
youthful topography in limestone, so far as the author has observed, more
103
closely resembles the flora of a similar stage in sandstone than a young
limestone topography resembles an old limestone topography. A limestone
ravine resembles a sandstone ravine far more than a limestone ravine re-
sembles an exposed limestone bluff, or a sandstone ravine resembles an
exposed sandstone bluff. We may make the above statements in another
form. Roclv as such or even the soil which comes from it, is of less im-
portance in determining vegetation than are the aerial conditions, es-
pecially exposure. And it is the stage reached by the evolution of the to-
pography which determines the exposure."
INIuch might be said on this subject of the chemistry versus the physics
of the soil. It is discussed by both Schimper and Warming, and even the
latter says that the chemistry of the soil best accounts for the halophytes.
In making observations and recording experiments both sides ol the ques-
tion must be kept in mind if our conclusions are to be accurate.
The soil, or edaphic influence is local, and is in direct contrast to that
of climate which is widespread. To the latter are due our pineries of the
noi-th and also our own growth of deciduous trees. Beech-maple-hemlock
forests, the climax type, toward which, it may be said, everything is tend-
ing, are climatic. Oak societies, on the other hand, are a predominant but
not permanent feature of Winona Lake, and the conifers of the Atlantic
coast are edaphic, being due to soil or local atmospheric conditions. The
first plant societies of a region are the result of extreme or pronounced local
conditions and are edaphic. Less pronounced conditions gradually obtain
and we have climatic types. And even then the types are not permanent,
for we have climatic changes. The earth is perhaps gradually growing
colder and a period of glaciation may be approaching. Beech fossils in
Sweden show the former existence of beech forests in a region which is
now too cold for their growth.
It is the purpose of the author to indicate some of the changes which
are now taking place in the region under discussion and to show how
edaphic are giving way to climatic influences as the territory develops from
yoiith to maturity.
Crustal movements and erosion, with its consequent deposition, must
be taken into account. By erosion we have the constant wearing away
of hills. Avhich is retarded in no small degree by the vegetation growing
upon them and the deposit at a lower level of the material carried away.
By this process, which is hastened by the decay of plants, in swamp and
lake, xerophytic hills and hydrophytic lowlands both become more meso-
194
phytic and a planation called base level is approached. This planation
is interfered with by crustal movements. If the movement be upward,
the mesophytic development of hills is retarded while that of the swamp
is hastened. A downward movement, on the other hand, would hasten
the mesophytic development of upland and retard that of the lowland.
From this, it will be seen that the ultimate tendency, at least in this
climate, is toward the mesophytic condition. Whether the change is slow
or rapid is determined by the locality in which it occurs. A granite hill
develops much more slowly than a morainic region lilie that about Winona
Lalie.
Here we have the "knob and kettle hole" lake and swamp of the termi-
nal moraine. The soil is that attendant upon such a region, a mixture of
.sand, gi-avel and clay, with here and there a predominance of sand or clay,
the whole being varied by stretclies of the muck of the swamp and the
.sand of the beacli.
There are probably three main types of vegetation— the hydrophytic or
senii-hydropliytic societies of lake and swamp, the xerophytic or semi-
xerupliytic- of tlie morainic ui)lands, and the mesophytic along the
streams. In reality we have various combinations of these types and the
<litt'ereut plant societies are not limited to the respective topographic forms
as indicated, since the region shows marked evidence of development
toward the climax type.
1. Tlie T.ake.— There are all gradations in the "kettle hole" in th« im-
mediate vicinity of Lake Winona, from the lake itself to tlie various un-
ilrained and half-drained swamps scattered here and there about the mar-
gin of the lake and representing old i)onds which have gnidually become
tilled up by tlie encroachment of vegetation upon them.
Where the vegetation in the lake is most luxuriant, wo find, in the
outermost zone. Nymphaea odorata and Nuphar advena (the white and yel-
low water lilies); next, Pontederia cordata (i)lckerel weed), and nearer
tlie shore the bulrushes (Scirp\is lacustris and Sclriius pungens). A num-
ber of species of I'otamogetons are found among all of these, in some
places reaching far out into the lake. At tlie mouth of Clierry (Veek
I'otamogetoii fluitans predominates, with rotamogeiitons pectinatus, Pota-
niogeton zosteraefolius and one or two otlier species nearby, togetlier with
Ilydrophyllum (water milfoil) and Ceratophyllnni (liornwort). In this so-
ciety Chara has a place by no means unimportant. It is especially promi-
nent in tlie nortlnvest arm of tlie lake, wliicli, in its luxuriant growth
of veiretntiiin. Iie;iutitully illusti atcs tlu" nltinijite fate of the entire hndy
of water. The outler. which tiow from this arm at its southern emh lias
become so thoroii.ahl.v choked up witli vegetation at its be,a"innin.t;- that tlie
water has Lirown almost stagnant and the lake flora is gradually working-
its way up the stream. Fig. 1 shows part of this arm in the left fore-
ground and the lilies at the enli'ance to the outlet. With the exception of
this arm the lake vegetation is most luxuriant near the southwest slioi'e
Fig. 1. View across the lake to the east. The general basin form is distinguislicd. The
highlands can be seen in the background. Tongues of land are seen being reclaimed from
the lake bottom. On the right is the outlet to the Tippecanoe. Zones of white and yellow
water lilies in the foreground, followed by cat-tails and sedges. Zones of willows, Carolina
rose and osier dogwood are in the center, while to the right is an oak and hickory forest.
On the left is a swamp meadow.
This is perhaps explained by the fact tliat the winds in this region are
from the southwest. The greatest wash of the waves is toward the east
and northeast, and here, as we might expect, we And the greatest dearth
of plants and plant growth. This southwest beach is overlaid with muck.
a natural result of the decay of plants along its margin.
At some places around the lake, notably in the same arm. the Iml-
ruslies are followed by the cat-tails iTypha latifoliai with sedges and
grasses on the shore beyond. This is shown in Fig. 1, at the left. Oa
19G
the south shfire, however, wliere the land is raised liy an iee beach,
the lake is bordered by the luittou bush (Cephalanthns occidentalis), osier
dogwood (Coi'nus stolonifera). Rosa Carolina. Ccvttonwood (I'opnlus luoiii-
liferaj and willow. A region similar in vegetation is shown in Fig. 2.
This succession of societies is carried a stej) further on the west shore
of the lake southwest of Yarnelle's landing. In addition to the foregoing
are swamp white oak MJuercus bit olori. silver maple (Acer dasyearpuni).
Fig. 2. \'iew acrciss lake from Yarnelle's landing. The basin effect is more apparent
here. The transition in vegetative types is very rapid at this point, owing to the somewhat
abrupt rise in the topograi)hy. It quickly passes from hydrophytie through the marsh stage
to mesophytic. On the shore, zones of the button bush and osier dogwood are followed by
those of Carolina rose, willow and, lastly, elm. The coming of this tree means permanent
conditions looking to the mesophytic types.
.and sycamore iPlatanus occidentalis). The land adjoining this on the
west, which is slightly elevated and better drained, and which might
«how a still higher stage of development, has been cleared and cultivated.
So we must look toward the south where the hand of man has not
interfered with the work of nature. Here, as we might expect, in the
same relation as to position, that is a step further from the lake, higher,
drier, and well drained, we tind the hazel (Corylus Americana), the grape,
Mayapple (Podophyllum peltatum). Catnip (Nepeta Cataria), Smilacina
107
racemosa. and the Polder (Saiulnicus Canadeiisisi. This mesopliytie strip
foiins a zone of tension between tlie more nearly hydrophytic beach and
the senii-xercphytie hill adjoiniiii;- on the west. At Yarnelle's landing,
north of the dred.u'e. where the land rises (juite snddenly from the water's
edge, joining- the liills a sliort distance beyond, there are comparatively
few willows. 'I'lie sycamores and cottonwoods of the shore are accom-
panied by the aspens iPopnlns ti'cmnloidesi. The elm (Ulmus Americana),
idaciv haw (^'illurnunl prnnifoliiim). the liiclvory and Sassafras officinale.
Closely adjoining are tlie mayapple. grape, red bnd (Cercis Canadensis),
and prickly ash (Xanthoxylnm Americannmi. This evolution of plant so-
cieties on the lake shore is perhaps shown even more beautifully in the
vegetation of the two long points of land i>rojecting out into the north-
west arm. These are shown at the left in Fig. 1, the one in the fore-
ground showing the more advanced stage.
2. Tlie Swamp. — Tlie encroachment of vegetation upon the lake, with
its deatli and decay, makes the water shallower and finally unlits it for
the plants themselves. This filling up process is aided by the deposition
of material carried in by the streams that feed its waters, and ultimately
we have a swamp taking the place of the lake. These may lie f(mnd in
various stages of construction and destruction in the region alxnit Winona
which was at one time itself a part of the lake.
One of the youngest of these, near the east shore of the lake and
bordering upon Cherry Creek, has its surface covered with duckweed
(I.,emna, Spirodela and Wolffia) with arrowhead and yellow water lilies
near the sliore in some places, followed by grasses, the Iris (Versicolor*
and sedges (Carex vuli»inoidea and Carex bipulinai. Surrounding these
are the button bush, osier dogwood, willows, swamp white oak and elm
and the fern (Aspidium thelypterisi. In some places where the swamp
is becoming tilled up. a di-nse growtli of rolygomim is found in the center.
At many places aliout the lake is the swamp meadow, a wide stretch
of fiat land with rich muck soil. One of the most interesting of these
lies just nortli of The lake. Here are grasses, sedges. Salix amygdaloides,
the shield fern (A.spidium thelypteris), Potentilla fruticosa (shrubby cinque-
foil), Eupatorium purpureum, osier dogwood, Carolina rose. Joe Pye-Weed.
Solidago lanceolata. Campanula aparinoides (marsh bellflower), Lycopus
hicidus (water horehound). Asclepias incarnata (swamp milkweed), P.vc-
iianThemum lanceolatum (mountain mint). P.oehmeria cylindrica (false net-
tle), Betula pumila (low l)irch), Steironema longifolium. Osmunda regalis.
HIS
("onvolvnliis arvensis (bindweed). Apocyiuim androsaemifolium (spread-
iiiS- (l(i.iibniH'). Verln'ua iirticat'folia (wliite verbeiiai. Kudbcckia hirta (cone
rl(i\vci-i. ami Lythnmi alatuin (Idosestrife). to-ethcr with tlie following
niesopliyric i;ioneers: Euiiatoriuiii pMrfulialuni ihoiiesci ). I'ilca puniila
(rich weed), and Inipatiens.
At iilaccs wlicrc tlic swani]) is lictlcr drained its nltiiuate tendency is
indicated, notaldy at a point al.ont a (piarter ef a mile sontli of the south-
east cornel- ef the lalie. ^^'e see here black eaks ((^uercus coccinea tinc-
i"ig.3. \ie\v .■^liowin-; rii-li mosophytic iiii'aili)\v rei-l;iiiiie(l IVuni tlie hilu' li(.lt<iin. Tliis
area is rapidly becoming more mesophytic and the remaining hydropiiylic plants are dying
out. In the background, on the morainic upland, is seen an oak-lii -kory fore.^t, with the
white oaks at the base and bla:-k oaks on sluix". It is proljablc tlmt the meadow has never
been forested.
tnriai. wliile cal^s ((Juerciis ;illiai. silver niajile (.Veer dasycarpnini. syca-
more (IMatanus occidentalisi. waliint (.Indians nigra', liirkory. i o'son ivy
(Iilms Toxicodendron), richweed (Pilea pnmihu. Indian turnip (.\ri:-aenni
triphyllnni). Ma.y-apple (Podophyllum iieltatuni). \ io?a palmata. N'iola
jinliesceiis. Thesi' patches of mesephytic weeds arc siimctinu's feund
in the \'ei'y center of the swani]) at jlaccs \\i:ere the land is sunie-
wliat higher. Tl;e soil t-ontains a lai'ger amount of nieisture tlian
100
that of tilt' inesophytic woods on tlie hike shore spoken of alvove. ami the
vegetation represents a higher type of niesophytie soeiety.
In the evolution of the swamp of Turkey Lake, the first vegetation is
of water iilanTs. These are followed by bulrushes or sedges, and next
come shiubs and trees, in some eases those noted above, but in others
C'assandi'a calycidata wliich is followed by the tamarack (I.arix Am ri-
cana). Tliese swamps are destined to becmne forests, while in the ease
of the lake like Lake Cahimet. near Chicago, 111., the destiny of which
Fig. 4. View of a portion of the beach in Cherry Creek Embayment. The slope is
gentle, rising from the low channel of the creek on the right to over 20 feet on the left. The
soil is very boggy and most of the bogs are associated with mineral springs. Rows of wil-
lows in the right center, with sycamores and oaks on left The rich nature of the soil is
apparent in the heavy herl>aceous vesfctation. Semi-fossili/ed l)ivalve shells were found
here.
is the prairie, the liulrush stage is followed by gi-asses. It is suggested
by IM. Cowles tliat this ditterence in the ultimate development of the
swanip may be due to the depth of the kettle and consetiuently the depth
of the muck, the forest type being found by him to liave originated from
deep kettles and the prairie type from shallow ones. The muck in the
swamps ypoken of above is dee]) and their destiny is evidently forest, as
has been pointed out. but there is very little evidence of the Cassandra
and the Tamarack stages. There are a few tamarack swamps in the
200
viciiiily (if Lake WiiKUin (■(nitMiiiiii.ti' sonic of the plants typical of the
tamariic-k stage, such as the pitcher plant (Sarracenia purpurea), and the
peat mnss. Spliagiuim. But in the old Winona I^ake bed there are barely
three lone tauiarai-ks. standing in the bottom of an old arm of the lake,
with notliing to indicate the share they took in the development of the
s^vaml^. I-'urther data obtained by a comparison with other si>ecimens of
this kind of swamp are necessary before a definite conclusion can be
reached concerning- its evolution.
(Juite an interesting type of swamp is found in a narrow licit of low-
land wliicli adjoins the lake and rei>rescnts an old arm of it. lying lilce a
ditch between tlie hills there. It <(intaiiis Ludwigia polycarpa. Ludwigia
hirtella. ditch stone-croii (Penthorum scdoidesi, manna-grass KJlyceria
fluitans). Polygonum acre. Polygonum liydropiper. Polygonum sagittatum
and Polygonum Muhlenliergii. The flora of the margin is swamp wh'.te
oak. black alder (Ilex vcrticillata i. sour gum (Nyssa sylvaticai. Carolina
rose, and the swamp, wliite or silver maiile (Acer dasyearpuml. Riccla
tlnitans carpets the wet soil.
A swamp in the hollow of tiie liills is tilled with Polygonum hydro-
piper. Iris, skmik cabbage (SyniiiIo( arpus foetidus), and Rosa Carolina.
Around tlie margins are dying willows, elm and ash. Fossils of ferns
point back to former days w lien moisture was more abundant. With-
ering .Muinm and flourishing Polytricinm. the relict and tlic jiioneer,
show p;ist ;ind future. To the south, the hill has been cleared and xt'iophy-
tic conditions ;ire being hastened in the margin of the swamp. Dying
Iris and vigorous Canada thistle grow side by side. On tlie east, west
and south are the morainic hills covered with oak-hickory forests. The
fate of this swamp is gradual tilling uji by dead vegetation and down-
wash from tlie surrounding uplands and tlie ultimate eiicroachnii'iit of
the neighboring plants upon its territory.
3. The Morainic Ciilands.— The sand-gravel-clay hills are even more
numerous about the lake than .-ire the swamp meadows and their vegeta-
tion is only slightly varied at different places, this being usually in clear-
ings. The oak-hickory stage jirevails. Xe;ir the summit of the hill is
the black oak (Quercus coceinea tinctorial, with the white oak (Quercus
alba), on the lower slopes. These are accompanied by the hicKories (Carya
alba and Carya sulcata), wild oats (Danthonia spicata), wire gras.s (Poa
compressai. iilantain-leaved everlasting (Antennaria planlaginifoliai, Poly-
trichum. New .lersey tea (Ceanothus AmericanusI and Sileiie ste'lata. At
201
the base of tlie hills, ou the tension line adjoining the swamp, is the
black huolileberry, Gaylnssacia resinosa. (See liaclvgronnd of Fig. 3.)
The oalv stage has reqnired i-o long a time to develop and has been in
existence so long that we liave only the resnlt and little evidence of what
preceded this type. In tlie noi-Tli tlie coniferous forest comes first. Clear-
ings give some intimation of the order of succession, and they are numer-
ous, though somewhat deceptive, as the stages in this case follow one
another much more rapidly than they would in a virgin soil in which
Fifr. 5. View uf the channel and abutments of the ujiper or lesser dam. From the con-
dition of the vegetation in the foreground, it is evident that the stream's gradient is small.
Ujion the left and right the surface rises abruptly to 12 feet, and is covered with heavy
mesophytic trees. The soil is sandy. This is a place where vegetation is capable of closing
the drainage lines.
there had been no foundation laid for later types. ^Yhere the soil has
been cleared the first plants that follow, as shown on the north and west
sides of the lake, are Xerophytic annuals and perennials, such as poke
weed (Phytolacca decandai, mullein (Verbascum thapsus), Canada thistle
tCnicus arvensisi, hounds-tongue (Cynoglossum otfieinale). Leonurus Car-
diaca. Arctium lappa, Echinospermum lappula. These seem to be fol-
lowed l)y elm and hickory. The beech-maple forest is working its way
in so slowly around Winona that at first glance there seeius to be no
ooo
Fig. li. View acToss the valley from the left abutment of the lower or greater ilaiii. The
width of the valley is here about 165 feet, with the earth walls ri.^ing abruptly lii' feet on
(iitlier siile. The soil is a glai-ial ilepiisit. sand |)rcdoiiiinating'.
Fig. 7. View up the channel of the outlet at the greater dam. The depth of the valley
is shown by the altitude of the right abutment in the background. The evidence of the
ascending erosion line is in the foreground.
203
indication of it wliatevei*. It has made its appearance in only one region
in the old lake bed, namely, within a mile of the present lake shore around
Clear Creek. The beech forest west of the lake is outside of the territory
covered by this report. Why this type has lagged so far behind is perhaps
due to the large percentage of gravel in the soil, as its development is
much slower in gravelly soil than in that in which we have a large per-
centage of clay. The presence of beeches depends upon the amount of
humus in the soil. Then, too, both beech and maple seedlings can grow
in the dense shade these trees themselves make or in the lighter forests
of oak and hickory. The plants of the lattei- type, on the otlier hand,
do not flourish in the deeper shade of the beech.
Accompanying the beech (Fagus ferruginea) which is yet somewhat
rare in this type of forest about the lake, and the sugar maple (Acer sac-
charinum) are the tulip tree (Liriodendron tulipifera), the walnut, the
pawpaw (Asimina triloba), Hepatica, Trillium, Virginia Oi'eeper, Mayapple,
skunk cabbage, various species of ferns, together with the older oaks
and hickories, which point back to the past.
4. The Sti'eam.— The territoiy over which now flows the lower part
of the two streams that feed the lake was once the lake bed and is now
a flood-plain. Cherry Creek, the largest of these, is a pre-erosion type in
what is apparently an ei'osion valley. Along the lower course of this is
a mixture of influences which results in a "hodge podge" of vegetation
not easy to unravel. Lake and swamp, spring and stream, all combine
their forces to produce this effect. Near the mouth of the stream Pota-
mogeton fluitans is abundant. In that part most often submei'sed are the
rice cut grass (Leersla oryzoides), cat-tails, bulrushes and sedges, among
them Scirpus atrovirens, Carex lupulina, and Carex vulpinoidia. Many
plants characteristic of springs and spring brooks are found, such as
swamp milkweed (Asclepias incarnatai, skunk cabbage (Symplocarpus
foetidus), Eupatorium purpureum, Eupatorium perfoliatum, Lycopus
luc.idus (water horehound), and several other species of mint. Lobelia
leptostachys and Lobelia syphilitica. Salix longifolia and Salix nigra are
common (see Fig. 4), and in the locality west of the creek and bordering
upon the lake seedlings of the river or silver maple (Acer dasycarpum)
and the aspens (Populus tremuloides) form a mai-ked feature of the laud-
scape. Other plants characteristic of this flood-plain are the ash (Fraxi-
mus Americana), the walnut (.luglans nigra), the red-bud (Oercis Caiia-
12— Academy of Science.
204
densis), the sycamore (Platanus occidentalis), the mulbeiTy, the hazel (Cory-
lus Americana), the hornbeam (Carpiuus Caroliniana), poison ivy (Rhus
toxicodendron), Virginia creeper (Ampelopsis quinquefolia), grape (Vitis),
greenbriar (Smilax), Indian Turnip (Arisaema Dracontium), ground ivy
(Nepeta Gleehoma), nettles, blue grass (Poa pratensis), meadow rue, straw-
berry (Fragaria), Impatiens, Aspidium thelypteris, Onoclea sensibilis and
Osmunda regalis.
Looking forward to the future of this stream we expect greater erosion,
retrogression toward the xerophytic, and, as the ultimate base level is ap-
proached, progression again loward the mesophytic.
205
XiAGARA Group Unconformities in Indiana,
Moses N. Elrod, M. D.
Prof-. Richard Owen, in the Indiana Geological Survey, 1859-60, calls
attention to an unconformity near Huntington, which he supposed to
indicate the dividing line between the Devonian and Upper Silurian. He
describes the arenaceous limestone of the Devonian as resting uncon-
formably, rate of dip 25 to 40 degrees southeast, on the silicious limestone
of the Silurian. Of the Linn's Mill exposure, on Treaty Creelj, Wabash
County, he says: "Here we again found evidence of the convulsions and
unconformable stratification noticed at the Fair Ground quarries of Hunt-
ington and in this county. On the west side of the creek, opposite the
mill and close to the dam, a hill is formed by an anticlinal axis, the
beds dip northward and southward about 43 degi-ees. But the extreme
summit of the hill has evidently been subsequently denuded and abraded
by water until a hollow affords a channel for a rippling rivulet, while in
the bed of the main stream, beneath the axis, the undisturbed strata are
visible." In the light of moi-e recent investigations it is probable Prof.
Owen's arenaceous limestone of Huntington and the upper member of his
Wabash County unconformities should be correlated with the porous lime-
rocli of Prof. Oollett, and the picliet rock of Messrs. Elrod and Benedict.
It snould also be noted that the underlying layers of stone, at Treaty
Creek, are approximately horizontal, and exclude an uplift as the cause
of the distorted bedding.
Prof. John Collett, in the Geological Sui-vey of Indiana, 1872, describes
an unconformity seen by him at Calv€a-t's quarry, near Georgetown, Cass
County. He found a gray limestone resting unconformably on the "silico
magnesia with a small paiting of clay." This claj^ parting, he claims, is
general, and is often found in wells some 20 or 30 feet below the surface
at Logansport. At a later period the observations of Prof. Collett were
confirmed by Mr. A. C. Benedict. Commenting on a section made, near
Georgetown, for the report on the Geology of Cass County, 1894, he de-
scribes the surface of the first layers under the "gray limestone" as show-
ing evidence, when exposed, "of having been eroded into channels and
hummocks before the overlying rock was deposited."
Prof. Collett, under the section of his 1872 report devoted to Wabash
County, correlates the "gray limestpnp seen at Logansport and at a few
localities in Miami County" with the; "thin-bedded paving stone" of Wa-
206
bash. The silico magnesian beds of Logaiisport, he says, "part with the
greatei- portion of the calcareous matter at Peru, becoming argillaceous,
while in Wabasla this bed is chai'acteristically argillaceous, and in appeai"-
ance very similar to the hydraulic stone at Louisville." In his general
section of Wabash County he places (1) porous limeroclc at the top, and
gives its thickness at from 0 to 40 feet; (2) paving stone, 8 feet; (3) thick-
bedded argillaceous limestone, 10 to 20 feet; (4) hydraulic limestone, 10 to
50 feet, and referred the whole series to the Niagara group. The sub-
divisions adopted by Elrod and Benedict in their report on tlie Geology
of Wabash Couuty, 1891, do not differ greatly from those of Prof. OoUett.
They placed the quariy stone, the equivalent of his paving stone and
thick-bedded argillaceous limestone, at the top of the series. Between the
quarry stone and his hydraulic limestone they recognized a local stratum
of laminatetl shale, closely related to the quarry stone, and all below the
laminated shale was called cement shale or cement rock. The porous
limerock was not given a separate place in the section, because it was
the opinion of the writers that it did not form a distinct geologic horizon;
but was composed of the changed materials derived from the quarry stone
and the underlying formations, but came mainly from the quarry stone
layers. The materials were recemented by infiltration, and, as a conse-
quence, the beds have no true stratification planes. For it they adopted
the name picket rock, a local term then m common use at Wabash.
These correlations are deemed necessary that the reader may under-
stajid the stratigraphic position of the Wabash County unconformities,
and the probable relations of the others of the Wabash Valley.
A very remarkable and plain example of uuconformity between the
quarry stone layers and the blue cement rock may be seen on the east
bank of Lagro Creek, one-half mile north of Dagro. Hei'e 30 feet of
horizontal quarry stone abuts against a nearly perpendicular* wall of
cement rock. Below the unconformity, in the creek channel, the cement
rock is found to be continuous aaid connected with the south wall of the
unconformity and to pass under the more recent quarry stone. Dip is
scarcely appreciable in Jany of the layers. Other unconformities of great
interest are those at the Martin Willis quarry, south of Lagro, on the
township line pike, and at Leonard Hymau's quarry, on the Mississinewa
River. At these quarries the quarry stone rests on the laminated shale
in a valley. On one side of the ^lartin Willis quarry the shale rises 10
feet above the lowest exposed horizontal layers of quarry stone.
207
Some convulsion of nature, a local upheaval and subsidence of the
eai'th's crust, was among the theories generally accepted for a time, to
account for the false bedding of the ^^'abash Valley rocks. Prof. CoUett,
in 1872, was the first to offer an explanation more nearly in accord with
recent observations. Of a Delphi locality he writes: •'The Pentamerus
bed is an irregular deposit, variable in its mode of occurrence and thick-
ness, evidently deposited by currents flowing across irregularities in the
surface of the regularly deposited rocks below. It is generally found
thrown down upon or against these irregularities, and consequently ex-
hibits remarkable peculiarities of false bedding." But his theory does not
account for the uneven surface of the regularly deposited rocks. The most
obvious explanation is to suppose that they are due to erosion, and that
they indicate the upper surface of the lower member of an unconformity.
Especially must this be true where the stratification of the stone, com-
prising the irregular surface, is found to be level and the layers of uni-
form thickness. Where the irregularity forming the axis or center of a
cone is composed of shale it is not impossible that it may have been
formed by currents. The effect of currents on the contour of a shale bed
was clearly demonstrated in, an example of irregular bedding seen in the
quarry of James Lambert at South Wabash. Here an axis of shale had
been deposited between the quarry stone layers, which maintain a uni
form thickness while conforming to the irregular surface of the shale.
Near Lagro, at the Watson Briggs ravine, is a beautiful exposure on a
large scale of the picket rock passing over a central axis of a cement
shale with the dip in opposite directions. On the fianks of the axis the dip
changes from 20 to 12 degrees and the layers become horizontal as they
pass over the top. These exposiu-es are supposed to show the pi'imary
origin of the false bedding in nearly all cases, and especially so when the
distorted layers are of nearly uniform thickness. But in many cases other
phenomena are involved and the explanation is not so simple. Irregu-
larities of the underlying surface do not accoinit for the brecciated con-
dition, changed physical characters and the nearly vertical planes of so-
called stratification.
The brecciated character of the Indiana stone seems to have been
first pointed out by Prof. Oi'ton in the eighth annual report of the United
States G-eological Survey. Of the Ohio stone, with which he compares the
Indiana outcrop, he says: "The layers of limestone appear to have been
traversed by joints dividing them into cubical blocks of two or ten inches
208
in diameter, and the separate blocks liave been recemented by material of
the same sort that composes the substance of the rock. The cause is
not obvious, but the phenomena is certainly not referable to uplift and
disturbance. It seems more probable that if we were able to trace out
the history we should find some modification of the force that produces
joints, whatever it may be, as the cause of the phenomena we are
considering."
The high angle stylolite planes of the interior conformation of the
cones is another feature which should be considered in connection with
the brecciated structure. The columnar part of the stylolite seam is pe-
culiar in having its axis lie parallel with the separation plane, and seems
to show that the columnar structure is the result of a downward move-
ment of the overlying layer. At the Staufiier quarry, two miles west of
South Wabash, and at Rockyway Creek the angle of the separation planes
does not exceed 25 degrees, and it is probable that they may be modified
bedding planes, something like those described by Mr. T. C. Hopkins in
his report, of 1896, on the Bedford oolitic limestone of Indiana.
The exposures at Staufller's and Rockyway also show that the picket
rock gradually changes into even bedded quarry stone, and that the picket
rock is a modified form of the other. At the same time the dip changes
from an angle of 25 degrees to nearly horizontal.
The high angle stylolite planes are too nearly vertical to have been
the result of sedimentation. They evidently gi-ow out of a number of
conditions. Briefly, the picket rock cones and ridges rest on a core or
axis of cement I'ock or shale, the latter being the result of erosion. It
is probable the layers of stone, overlying the core, were of continuous
thickness when deposited, and that the brecciated character and stylolite
planes are the result of pressure and unequal resistance to a downward
shear.
A somewhat similar system of brecciated and irregularly bedded stone
extends from the interior of Ohio, across Indiana and into Illinois.
Through Indiana and in the vicinity of Chicago high angle sty'.ol'te planes
are a mai-ked feature of the exposures. In Ohio the distorted bedding is
referred to the Waterliue formation. In Indiana similar irregularities are
supposed to be confined to the Niagara group beds. Dr. A. J. Phinney
has been the only Indiana geologist to dissent from this opinion by assign-
ing the Delphi and much of the Logansport exposures to the Lower
Helderberg. Prof. Orton, in his report on the Ohio and Indiana gas field,
209
says: "The well-known Wabash flaggings are here counted of Lower
Helderberg age." Dr. Phinney, in a report on the natural gas field of
Indiana, eleventh United States Geological Survey, dissents from this
opinion, and says: "The exposures in the vicinity of Wabash have been
considered Niagara limestone, as the fossils are identical with those found
at Marion, where the exposure is undoubtedly Niagara. ' In the Wabash
County report or 1891 forty species of fossils are tabulated, which were
collected from the quarry stone. The most of these were characteristic
Niagara fossils. The Illinois geologists have always considered the equiva-
lent beds of that State as of Niagara age.
By some writers great significance is attached to the brecciated struc-
ture in detei'mining the age of the stone in which its occurs. However,
Dr. Phinney descnbes the Waterliue at Kokomo as "an even-bedded lime-
stone." About Logansport, he says, the Lower Helderberg is a common
rock, and "finely exposed," but, so far as known, never shows a brecciated
surface. If the Waterline formation is excluded from the Lower Helder-
berg it is probable no true representative of that period is to be found in
Indiana.
Prof. Dana, in the fourth edition of his Manual of Geology, assigns
the Waterline formation to the Salina group. And in a bulletin of the
Geological Society of America, May, 1900, Mr. Charles Schuchert presents
facts to show that all of the Lower Helderberg above the Waterline and
Tentaculite limestone should be included with the Devonian. Mr. Schuch-
ert seems to consider the Tentaculite limestone as transitional to the
Lower Helderberg. Of twenty-six species found in the Tentaculite beds
of New York, only four are known to occur in some higher member of the
Lower Helderberg. In Ohio, out of thirteen species described from the
hydraulic limestone only four are known to occur in the higher beds.
So, then, in view of what is now known, it seems safe to assume that
the Wabash County unconformities and pronounced irregularities of bed-
ding were the result of forces in opei'ation near the close of the Niagara
epoch, and at all events befoi'e the close of the Silurian age.
The subdivisions of the Niagara group in Southern Indiana have been
much better defined and correlated than those of the Wabash Valley. The
remarkable uniformity in the bedding of the Laurel limestone from Con-
nersville to the Ohio River has been fully described, and the Waldron
shale exposures traced from Milroy to Chai-lestown landing. Slight in-egu-
larities of bedding had been noticed in the layers immediately above the
210
Waldroii shale, but nothing worthy the name of an unconfoi'mity until Mr.
Foerste, in the twenty-second Indiana Geological Report, called attention
to the Avery quarry as showing evidence of a period of erosion. Other
unconformities on Flatrock and Conn's creeks have been described and
ilhisTrated by ^Messrs. .T. A. Price and K. 'SI. Kindle in later reports.
Avery t^uKiTv. .■^oullieust Ciinier.
The Avery quarry is located on the east bank of Conn's Creek, one
mile south of Waldron. The Louisville limestone, as the workable bed of
stone has been called, rests conformably (in the ^^'aldron. is 10 feet thick
on the north wall and five feet thick in the southeast corner. The layers
have a general dip to the north of three degrees. On the south face of
the iiuarry. near the southeast corner, three discontinuous layers are ex-
posed at the top of the Louisville limestone. They aggregate nine inches
in thickness at the west end, and thin to nothing before reaching the
southeast corner. Immediately under the attentiated strata is a 6%-inch
layer which is continuous around tht*" south and east faces of the quarry.
From e^i. inches at the southw^est end it gradually diminishes to 2^^ inches
at the northeast corner. Below the continuous layer is a layer which
meastires 11 inches at the north end: it soon divides into two lavers. whose
211
combined thickness is 9 inches at the south end. On the east face two
layers, near the top of the wall, were measured, one of which changed
in thickness from 2i/4 to 5 inches in 33 inches, and the other from 2^^
to 51/2 inches in 21 inches. At the northeast corner of the quarry there is
5 feet of Louisville limestone about the 6i/^ineh continuous layer, which
diminishes in thickness to nothing at the south end. The layers com-
posing this 5-foot stratum do not thin gradually, but by an abrupt ending
of the several layers. Twenty feet north of the southeast corner is a
slight thickening in the upper layer, wliich causes a slight dip north and
south. These measurements show that the thickness of some layers in-
crease and others decrease with the dip. ' Below the e^i-inch continuous
layer the stone is evenly bedded.
Above the nearly level line of unconformity is fi'om 20 to 48 inches
of coarse, sandy-looking limestone in broken layers, with a thin covering
of earth above it. Viewed from across the quarry the exposure looks like
a broken wall of rubble stone. The results of weathering are very evident,
but has not wholly destroyed the lines of continuity, which show in-egular
bedding.
The color of the Louisville limestone changes from blue or blue-gray
at the bottom to a gray near the ttncouformity. The overlying layers are
veiy nearly l»rown. The upper Lotiisville layers change color gradually,
and the freshly broken surface of the brown stone can scarcely be distin-
guished from it, btit a marked difference is developed by weathering.
The quarrymeu allege that the underlying shale is five feet thick, which
is very nearly its average thickness at other places. So far as the thin-
bedded shale can be said to have dip it seems to conform to that of the
Louisville limestone. If this is true the surface of the Laurel limestone,
on which it rests, must be irregular. The exposed Laurel limestone in the
bottom of Conn's Creek nearby shows that it has no appreciable dip,
nor has it been disturbed by an uplift. Hence it is reasonable to con-
clude that the irregular surface below the Waldron shale has been the
result of erosion which took place after the Laurel beds were deposited
and before the "Waldron shale came into existence. The inclined position
of the Louisville limestone layers is the outcome of irregularities formed
during sedimentation.
The unconformities described on Flatrock Creek are minor affairs com-
pared with the Avery quarry locality. The horizon of the Geneva and
Louisville limestone unconformities change, and at one place is found be-
212
tween the layers of the "soft, sandy limestone." Generally they appear
to be nothing more than hues of Lrregular bedding, with a slight difference
in the structure of the upper and lower members.
Tho top <>r tlie Waldron shnlo at r, i.^ V2 f.et. at b 17 feet, at c 18 feet, at d 9 feet above low
•water; at e it is below the surface. The fall in the creek bed from ./ to e is 40 inches.
One mile south of Hartsville, in the Tarr hole vicinity, there seems to
be conclusive evidence of a pei-iod of erosion after the Laurel limestone
beds were formed and before the shale beds were deposited. Below the
Tarr hole Cliffy Creek makes a horseshoe bend within a radius of one-
fourth mile. The Tarr hole exposure shows that the top of the Waldron
shale is 12 feet above low water, and the shale nearly 7 feet thick. Six
hundred feet east the top of the shale is 17 feet above low water
and 4V2 feet above the same level at the Tarr hole. Near the
middle of the bend Mr. Price estimates the shale to le o feet
thick and its top at from 18 to 21 feet above the bed of the creek.
In 1881, when the shale was better exposed than now, a section was made
at the Turn hole which showed the top of the shale at 12 feet above low
water, and the shale 5 feet and 8 inches thick. After due allowance is
made for the decline in the bed of the creek, where it passes over a long
riffle, it indicates the surface of the shale is 3 feet below a corresponding
level north of it at the Tarr hole. Seven hundred feet west of the
last locality is the Jesse Mobley quarry, where a well was put down
a few years ago that penetrated the Waldron shale 20 feet below the sur-
face. Twenty feet below the surface, at this place, puts the top of the
shale below the bed of the creek. The writer is certain of the position
of the shale in this well, as he has a number of the Waldron fossils
taken from It at the time the well was dug. Here the top of the shale,
after adding 3 feet for decline in creek bed, is seen to be 15 feet below
the same level at the Tarr hole, and from 18 to 21 feet below two other
points.
213
Following the bend of the creek on the east side some four or five
feet of thin bedded Laurel limestone is exposed, next to the shale, that
is not found at the Tarr or Turn holes. The Mobley quari-y, since the
I'eport on Bartholomew County was -nTitten, has developed a number of
irregularities of bedding not then visible. There, is a slight irregularity on
the line dividing the lower grayish stone from the brown layers, and if
weathered a few more years might be classed with the Flatrock uncon-
formities.
In lithologic structure and color the Louisville limestone at the Tan-
hole and Mobley's quarry very closely resembles the vipper and equivalent
laj^ers at Avery's quax-ry. It is probable the quarry stone at both places
was deposited under similar conditions, and does not show dip at Mobley's
because tJie quarry is not located over a marked irregularity on the sur-
face of the underlying Laurel limestone. Where investigations have been
made it has become evident that all large displays of Louisville limestone
are located in an erosion valley or on an anticline connected with a syn-
clinal axis, and that the exposure of the Louisville beds are correspond-
ingly local.
Devonian Exposure, Cave mill Park.
214
The iiTegul.-ii- ))edcliiig' of the Devonian at Cass, Cass County, is quite
mai-ked, and the same is true of the Geneva beds in some parts of South-
ern Indiana. A fine exposure of mixed bedding is to be seen in the
Geneva limestone at the Cave mill park, which presents an eighteen-foot
wall of discontinuous, uneven and distorted stratification, overlying what
appears to be Louisville limestone. This seems to be the formation from
which Mr. Kindle collected a number of Devonian fossils, three-quarters of
a mile farther up the creek, opposite Charles' mill, and the equivalent
of the Devonian bluffs near Hartsville. According to Mr. Price, irregular
bedding is common above the Waldron shale in Rush County. It is prob-
able that further search will reveal many more irregularities that are now
obscured by weathering. The irregtilar l)edding of the Louisville and
Geneva limestones is probably the result of marine currents, and it cer-
tainly is not necessary to invoke a local uplift or convulsion of nature to
account for its origin or that of the unconformities.
No unconformities have been reported from the T'pper Helderberg, but
there is evidence that the Niagara limestone and New Allmny black shale
are not conformable at Delphi.
By Mr. Foerste and others the Louisville Ijcds are referred to the
Niagara epoch, and this may be their place if based on paleoutologic evi-
dence. Its horizon, however, can not be established by the existence of a
few minor unconformities at the top of Louisville limestone. If uncon-
formities are conceded to have occurred during the Niagara epoch or
Silurian age, in the Wabash Valley, they certainly show that the changes
in the coast line necessary to their formation, whether submarine or
aerial, did not destroy a large per cent, of the fauna in existence before
the erosion period began. Of course it is conceded that many of the spe-
cies found in the AValdron shale are peculiar to that formation, but many
of them also came up from the preceding epoch. Tlierefore, the Upper
Niagara and Geneva limestone unconformities have very little significance
in determining the age of the formation between which they occur.
An interesting question arises AA'hether the Waldron shale can be cor-
related with the quarry stone of Wabash County. Not enough is known
to give anything like certainty to what now may be said on the subject,
but it may not be improper to call attention to a few observations which
indicate that they occtipy the same horizon. It is generally known that
the Waldron shale is often highly calcareous, with intercallated plates
of limestone, and changes to thin layers of limestone as it is traced nortli-
215
^A'jird. Frequently on Clifty Creek a stratum of stone below the Waldron
«hale is seen which very much resembles the hydraulic beds of Wabash
County, both in appearance and jointed structure. The laminated shale
■of Wabash is duplicated by some of the more argillaceous shales of
Clifty Creek. The Wabash Valley and Laurel- AA'aldron unconformities
seem to be of the same horizon and lend color to the inference that the
quarry stone of Wabash County and the Waldron shale are of the
same age.
The Valley of the Lower Tippecanoe River.
Fred J. Breeze.
[Abstract.]
The Tippecanoe River deserAes far more attention from the geographer
and geologist thaai has ever been given to it. A careful study of this
stream will shed light upon some of the problems of glacial phenomena,
and will doubtless yield something of interest concerning stream and val-
ley development. Believing this, the writer has begun a somewhat sys-
tematic study of this river. Several days of the last three months have
been devoted to the necessary held work in the preparation of a map of
the lower part of the Tippecanoe Valley. This map shows the mean-
ders of the stream and of its valley, and is,presented at this time with the
hope that it may be some little contribution to the geography and geology
•of Indiana.
By Lower Tippecanoe is meant that part of the river from the point
where it leaves the region of the Glacial Lake Kankakee to its mouth.
216
A short distance north of Monticello are sandy ridges which doubtless
marlied the southern limit of the glacial lake, so that this town is near
the upper end of this part of the valley, although the gorge-like character
of the valley has extended up to the town of Buffalo.
At Monticello the river flows in a valley not over half a mile wide and
about eighty feet deep. Farther down the valley widens and deepens
so that at some points the valley is a mile wide and the bluffs about one
hundred feet in height. The only exposure of bedrock, New Albany shale
and Devonian limestone, in this part of the valley is found a short distance
above Monticello. Nowhere in the valley were wells found that were cut
down to bedrock. The slope is great, the river falling almost 100 feet
from Monticello to the mouth.
At this time no explanation as to the causes of the existing features is
offered, the writer preferring to present these conditions foi- interpretation
by more competent members of the Academy. This study of the Tippe-
canoe River M-ill be continued, and some results of this work may be pre-
sented at future meetings.
Concerning AVell-Defined Ripple Marks in Hudson River
Limestone, Richmond, Indiana.
Joseph Moore and Allen D. Hole.
In the Proceedings of the Indiana Academy of Science for 1S94, page
53, Mr. W. P. Shannon, under the title, "Wave Marks on Cincinnati Lime-
stone," gives an interesting description of undulations in strata in the
southwest part of Franklin County, Indiana. The present paper is a rec-
ord of similar phenomena in Waj^ne County, Indiana.
In the spring of 1901 Prof. Joseph Moore observed what appear to be
well-defined ripple marks in an exposed stratum of Hudson River lime-
stone. The exposure occurs about five miles southwest from Richmond,
Indiana, in the bed of a small tributary of the Whitewater River. The
stream at this point flows approximately X. 35° E., and the series of un-
dulations, which will be called "ripple marks" in this paper, are nearly,
though not exactly, parallel, and lie in a direction about N. 72° 30' E.
This direction is the mean of the measured direction of several axes. The
width of the stream is from ten to fifteen feet, and the ripple marks
are exposed more or less plainly for a distance of two hundred feet in the
bed of the sti'eam.
21T
The ripple marks have rounded crests and hollows, the slopes on the
two sides of a crest being in general symmetrical about the axis. The-
mean distance from crest to crest is approximately uniform for the series,
and the average for twenty such distances is found to be 2.63 feet. The
average depth of low'est part of troughs below crests is one and one-half
to one and six-tenths inches; total number of crests exposed is forty. The
ripple marks in the up-stream portion of the exposed area, constituting
the majority of the number named, extend entirely across the bed of the
sti-eam; in the down-stream portion, a part of the ripple marks have been
worn away by erosion of the stream, leaving the crests only near the
margins.
The stratum which has the ripple marks is about three inches in
thickness, measured to top of crests; the bottom of this layer is as nearly
plane as are the surfaces of the other layers of Hudson River rock In this
locality; that is, no indication of the undulations (which are on the upper
surface), is found on the lower side of the layer; and this layer containing
the ripple marks is not noticeably different in thickness from that of the
other layers of the same formation just above or just below it geologically.
Ihe ripple-marked stratum, in the southwesterly (up-stream) direction,
disappears beneath other strata of Hudson River limestone. This stratum
above, when broken up and removed, showed a layer of blue shale or mud^
filling the hollows, and barely covering the crests of the ripples; the ripple
marks, however, were as clearly defined where the upper stratum was
broken away as in the exposed portion farther down the stream.
The right bank of the stream is steep and higher than the left bank;
and here the Hudson River rock outcrops up to a height seven or eight
feet above the water; the upper stratum of Hudson River i-ock in this
vicinity is estimated at forty feet above the ripple-marked stratum. The
left bank is a part of a flood-plain. At one point a trench was dug back
from the water's edge on this side. When soil, sand and gravel were re-
moved, the ripple marks were found clearly defined as far as the digging
extended, some of the blue shale being found adhering to the surface.
The under side of the ripple-marked stratum is paved in nearly every
square inch with well-preserved fossils, consisting in far the greater part
of Leptaena sericea. These are associated with Baflnesquma aUernata,
Orthis occidentalis, Rhynchotrema capox, and a very few other brachiopods.
Let it be understood all the time that the under surface of this layer
is entirely flat. The upper, or rippled surface, is very smooth and shows
218
almost no fossils iu form to be identified, but only small fragmental and
finely comminuted shells very firmly compacted. This triturated and
very compact character of the rippled surface is not confined to the sur-
face, but extends to a slight depth, gradually shading into coarser shell
fragments.
The first layer below the stratum bearing the ripples contains substan-
tially the same fossils, with possibly a still larger proportion of Leptacna
scricca, and an occasional specimen of each of the following, viz.: Zygospira
modesta, Orthis testndinaria, and Crania scabiosa. This layer indicates a
somewhat agitated condition of the water In which it was deposited.
Above the layer of tough, pasty blue clay which covers the rippled sur-
face, lies a consolidated layer consisting of whole and fragmental fossils
cemented by hardened clay. The shells and fragments are, so far as ex-
amined, pitched at all angles and crowded together in a way to indicate
an agitated condition of the waters during their deposition. There appear
to be few, if any, species in this upper layer different from those already
named.
We conclude that the undulations referred to in this paper are ripple
marks for the following reasons:
1. The axes of the series in general are pai'allel, yet with some varia-
tion in direction and continuity such as is seen in ripple marks formed on
sandy bottoms now.
2. Thfe crests of the entire series are spaced with approximate uni-
formity; that is, there is no increase or decrease in distance from crest
to crest in pjissing from one edge to the other of the exiwsed area, which
might be the ease if the imdulations were beach marks.
3. The fragments composing the surface of this stratum are much
finer than those found in the bottom, and finer tlian most of the frag-
ments in the strata lying above and below.
4. The arrangement of fragments in the strata lying next above and
next below give evidence of considerable agitation of the water at the
time those strata were being deposited.
The accompanying plates show the appearance of the ripple marks.
Plate I. is from a photograph, up-stream view; Plate II., the down-stream
view; Plate III., a small iwrtion of bed of stream, looking downwards
from the high right bank of sti'eani.
211)
Plate I.
Ril>lile ^larks— Up-stream View.
Plate II.
Ripiile Marks —Down-stream \'ie\v.
220
Plate III.
Ripple Marks — View from Right Rank.
221
Note on the Variation of the Spires in Seminula argentia
(Shepard) Hall.
J. W. Beede.
[Abstract.]
0"v\-ing to the sj^stematic importance and the rarity of good material of
the brachial framework of the brachiopods, any light on the extent of in-
dividual variation of these pai'ts is of considerable importance. In exam-
ining several specimens of SeiiiiiiKhi uri/entia (shepard) Hall, which show
the position and form of the spiralia. some remarkable results were ob-
tained.
Both valves of this species are quite convex, old specimens always
being very ventricose. However, the species is very variable in form.
Four of the thirteen specimens were somewhat compressed, but it so hap-
pens that three of these approach the normal type very closely, while the
fourth does not vary from it greatly. Those showing gi-eatest variation
have not been subject to any visible external deformation.
The normal position of the spire is with the apex pointing to the side,
near the margins of the valves, at or a little in front of the middle of the
shell, which is also its widest part. In the central part of the cavity of
the shell the edges of the spire nearly or quite meet. Anteriorly they flare
apart leaving a subcircular opening. For convenience in this paper this
opening will be referred to as the frontal aperture of the spiralia.
A specimen from the Topeka limestone, Upper Cual Measures, shows
the spires with the apex of one of them pointing almost directly forward
toward the anterior end of the shell, turned through an angle of about 90
degrees from its normal position; while, as nearly as can be determined
from the ground specimen, the apex of the other is directed toward the
median line of the pedicle valve just in front of the hinge. This specimen
was selected and ground nearly to the center because it was one of typical
form and perfect exteriorly. The remaining specimens are all from one
horizon in the Permian of Cowley County, Kansas. One of these has the
spire turned through an angle of 45 degrees or more in a vertical direc-
tion (when held brachial valve up and hinge away from observer) point-
ing near the middle of the right side of the brachial valve, while the oppo-
site spire points toward the middle of the opposite side of the pedicle valve.
Another specimen from the same locality is intermediate between this and
13— Academy of Science.
222
the normal form. There are other specimens showing a simihir variation
and several are normal. The frontal apertnre varies from snlK-ireular to
a mere slit.
The form of the spire varies from a fairly well-developed spiral cone
with flaring base and acute apex to a form approximating a disk with
verj^ obtuse apex. The most disk-lilvc form observed belongs to a shell
less ventricose than the average and rlie spire is turned from the normal
position. The number of whorls in the spires seems to vary slightly,
though the material at hand does not admit of certain determination m
this respect. Unfortunately the crural attachments of the spires are not
shown in any of the specimens. However they must have been somewhat
modified to accommodate the twisted position of the spires, unless, in
the specimens examined, the spires which are abnormal had broken loose
in the shell prior to fossilization. Avhich I believe is improbable.
The above variations, except in the case cited, do not seem to accom-
pany any particular form of shell. There is nothing visible in the spec-
imens to show the cause of their abnormality.
It is dangerous to generalize mucli on the observaliims based on a sin-
gle species. All that I suggest is tliat tlie foregoing seems to indicate
that in those spire-bearing brachiopods, pai'ticuhirly the Athyridae, where
the form of the shell does not govern the form and position of the spire,
i. e., those which approach a spherical form, the spiralia may be subject to
a considerable variation botli as to the form of the spire and its position.
Topography and Geography of Bean Blossom Valley, Monroe
County, Indiana.
V. F. Marsters.
In Monroe County, Indiana, and others lying to the southwest (Owen.
Greene, Martin, Dubois, Pike and Gibson) occiu' a number of preglacial
river vallej-s the present topography and content of which unmistakably
suggest the existence of a temporaiy period of laking. Inasmuch as the
attenuated edge of the Illinoian till plain passes diagonally through the
above counties and crosses the mouths of many of the southern tril)Utaries
to the west branch of "White Eiver, which present evidence of arrested
drainage near the limit of the till plain, it seems probable that the hiking
was consequently connected with the glaciation of the immediate region.
225
In :Monograpli XXXVIII. U. S. G. S.. Mr. Frank Leverett lias mapped
and given a brief description of the prolialde preglacial drainage, tlie areal
extent of tlie lalving and the tinal adjustment of the postglacial drainage
within tlie counties mentioned above. For the discovery of a few of the
cases described, Leverett is indebted to Mr. C. E. Siebenthal, who fur-
nished much of the data relative to the laked valleys fotind in Monroe
and Owen counties. Mr. Siel»e.ntlial has also referred to this same topic
in a paper published in the annual reports of the Indiana State Geological
Survey. It is to one of these cases that I wish to devote the main part of
the description and discussion presented in. tliis paper.
Beau Blossom River takes its rise in the northern tier of townships in
Brown County, flows a little south of Avest to Monroe County, reaching the
northwest corner of Elcomington Township, Avhere it turns rather sharply
and continues in a due northwest course to the White River, into which
it empties at a point about one mile below G-osport, Owen County. The
topographic features of this rather picturesque valley, which are regarded
as giving the key to its geographic history, are, briefly, these: First— The
steepness of the valley sides and its persistence in close contact with the
valley floor, together with its peculiar A'ariations in direction. Second^
The predominance of a broad flat floor, sometimes a mile or more in width,
now occupied by a small meandering stream which for the greater part
of its course insists upon keeping to the sotith or southwest side or edge
of the valley floor. Third— The occurrence of both isolated and attached
liunimocks and ridges, the former ustially located near the middle of the
valley floor, the latter standing in rather close jyroximitj' to the val-
ley slope. The rock content of these striking 1)its of relief is precisely
the same as that which composes the upland on either side of the valley,
namely, the stibcarboniferous limestone and underlying sandstone locally
knoAvn as the "knobstone." Fourth— The occurrence of a series of benches
or so-called terraces rimming the valley slopes at various points and rang-
ing in height above the valley floor from thirty to seventy feet. These con-
sist of mixtures of sandy material and clay which have been derived from
the rock formations as appear on the stirface of the upland. Fifth— The
development of Y-shaped valleys just scarring the vallej; sloped to the
present valley floor and not extending beneath it.
In attempting to unravel the geographic history of a river valley whose
drainage has been subject to arrest by the invasion of an ice sheet, we find
that the storv of its life resolves itself into three fundamental parts.
224
First, what were the topographic cliaracteristics of tlie valley before the
laking stage; in other words, what was its preglacial history. Second,
what happened to the valley during the laking stage, its glacial history.
Third, what has happened since the disappearance of the lake, its post-
glacial history.
DESCRIPTION OF TOPOGRAPHIC FEATURES.
Valley Slofjcs. While the average slope of the valley side is some-
where between twenty-five and thirty degrees, it very rarely falls as
-low as fifteen and in many places attains a slope as high as forty de-
.grees. The variation in the slope bears a direct relation to the minuteness
■of dissection, or the spacing of the streams crossing it. Observation bears
out the conclusion that the closer the streams to each other, the more sub-
dued the slope. For a number of stretches along the valley sides very few
• streams crossed them, and there the slope was invariably found to assume
the steepest angle. Moreover, the trend of the slopes appear to have a
.peculiar and persistent variation in direction, considered with reference to
the general direction of the valley. It is believed that these features afford
certain criteria by which something of the early history of Bean Blossom
may be determined.
Valley Floor. The greater part of the valley is remarkably smooth
and flat. There is, however, some systematic variation from an abso-
lute plain. If We should construct a cross-section of the relief of the
valley, especially in the central or upper parts, we should lind that its
systematic departures from a plain are such as to suggest that such ag-
grading as occun-ed in the valley was governed to a very large degree,
^t least on the present surface, by fiuviatile agencies and not to the pro-
miscuous distri))Ution of sediments over its bottom during a period, of
laking.
It should also be noted that the present river channel throughout a
large part of its course persists iu keeping to the south and west side of
the valley floor. Only at a few points within the limits of :Monroe County
•do we find that the present Bean Blossom succeeds in meandering across
the entire width of the valley floor. In other words, this river is not appro-
priate to and does not fit the broad valley which it now occupies.
The monotonous plain of the valley is broken at various places within
the limits of Monroe County by the projection of conical hills and elon-
225
gate ridges through its tloor. In nearly all the oases examined in detail
it was found that they were made up of the same rock as compose the
uplands, sheeted over with a thin soil, and not of the same sort of inco-
herent mass of silts, clay, etc., constituting the valley floor.
The slopes vary between twenty and forty degrees and usually main-
tain a sharp angle with the valley floor as did the valley sides. They vary
in size and shape from conical hills with almost circular bases one or two
hundred feet in diameter, to ridges a half mile long, one to four hundred
yards in width. Their tops fall a little short of the general level of the
upland. They invariably lie either with their longer axis parallel to the
trend of the valley or with their outer ends pointing diagonally across and
down stream. In the latter case the trend of their slopes bears some linear
arrangement and relation to the valley slope adjacent to it.
These elevations or "islands." when isolated, stand out well towards
the middle of the valley; when, however, they happen to approach the
valley slope, they are usually attached to the valley slope. Their nearness
or remoteness to the valley slope determines the comparative elevation
of the connecting part or extension of the valley slope to the outstanding
bit of relief, or "island."
Terraces or Benches. Rimming the valley slopes are to be found a
number of benches of A'ariable widths, with surfaces sometimes as flat
as a floor or with an exceedingly gentle decline valley-ward, with
outer edges lobate in shape and descending with a marked angle to the
level of the valley floor. These occur at various points within the limits
of Monroe County, invariably situated on the north and east side of the
valley, and varying in elevation from twenty feet in the lower part of the
stream to seventy or more feet in the upper part of the valley near the east
line of Monroe Comity. In all the cases examined they were found to be
composed of mixtui-es of clay and sand undoubtedly derived from the
disintegrated rock formations constituting the surface of the uplands.
No glacial debris of any sort was found either on the surface or in any
of the sections or cuts in the benches noted within the limits of Monroe
County.
226
PREGLACIAL HISTORY OF BEAN BLOSSOM.
Inasmiieli as the greater part of the clay and silt oeciipyinii- the valley
floor is precisely the same in kind as that covering- the unglaciated uplands
and valley slopes, it is evident that this tilling simply represents the wash
and soil-creep from the slopes and uplands on either side. Moreovei', the
I'ate of filling was so far in excess of the ability of the stream to carry off
its load that the preglacial valley became clogged with the waste to such
a degree that the stream now occupying the valley floor is for much of its
ct>urse (luite unable to spread its meanders over tlie entire widtli: only at
the narrowest sections does Bean Blossom succeed in occupying the i-ntire
valley from slope to slope, as seen in sketch map No. I.
Sketch Map No. I. Section 9, Bean Blossom Townslii])
Inasmucli as the filling of Bean Blossom at its mouth and for some
little distance up stream is covered over by a patchy film of glacial sand
associated witli boulders, composed jiartly of crystalline rocks, the
uudei-lying clays, silts, etc., antedate the glacial coating. :\Ioreover. the
occurrence of benclies (to be associated with the glacial history) i-esting
upon the valley filling also point to the same conclusion, that the present
filling of the valley, less the 1)enches and the glacial sands, etc.. near the
mouth of the valley, is preglacial.
The question then arises, what was the topographic expression of Bean
Blossom before it was aggraded. There are a number of observations
wliich throw some liglit on its early histoiy. but much more data should bo
gathered over tlie adjacent area before a detailed analysis can be given.
227
That the preglacial Bean Blossom valley was very mvch narrower than
the present one, is attested to by the occurrences of various knobs and
remnants of ridges pi'otruding through the aggraded floor. Some of these
are subcentrally located, suggesting that the pretilled valley must have
been confined between the slopes of the half-covered ridges and the oppo-
site valley slope, thus decreasing the average width of the pre-filled valley
by nearly one-half its present cross-section within the limits of Blooming-
ton and Bean Blossom Townships. ^Monroe Coimty.
There are also certain features which suggest that Beau Blossom must
have been at grade at a time antedating the completion of the filling of
the preglacial valley.
At a. number of points within tlie limits of Monroe County are to be
found curved valley sides extending for a half mile or more, with steep
slope, making an angle with the valley floor of thirty-five to forty degrees.
Such regularly curved slopes and at such steep angles at once suggest a
mcinidcr-CKt slope.
Moreover, there is no evidence that these slopes have been cut by a
meandering stream on the present floor. We must conclude, then, that they
antedate the present surface of the valley fioor. and if meander-cut in
origin, as the topographic relief very strongly suggests, Bean Blossom must
have lieen at grade before the present filling, at least completed, because a
meandering liabit is not begun until the stream has already finished its
vertical cutting, or, in other words, has cut down the slope of its channel
to such a gentle descent that it could not be lessened. .Then it was that
Bean Blossom must have begun its side cutting and carved the cin-ved
slopes, only remnants of which are now seen projecting above the level of
the present valley floor.
Another set of facts also points toward the conclusion that the pre-
glacial Bean Blossom had reached grade and become a mature stream
long before the laking or the completion of preglacial filling of the valley.
A small triliutary (Jack's Defeat) running northeast from Steinsville
presents some features evidently of interest in connection with the geo-
graphical history of Bean Blossom. This stream, now rather diminutive,
runs upon a flat floor, and hence at grade. The topography, however, of
the valley slopes reveals incised meanders. The present slopes are steep
and sharp cuspate points now project into the valley on either side. Such
only could have been produced by a stream that had at some time reached
grade after the incision of its meander. The crests of the meander-cut
228
slopes now stand some 80 to 100 feet above the valley floor. If this view
be correct, it would seem altogether probable that the main stream, Bean
Blossom, inasmuch as both flow over the same kind of rocks with the
same structure and texture, had also passed through the same stages as
did its tributary.
But so deeply has the valley been fllled after grade was reached that
such meander-cut slopes as were developed have been largely buried be-
neath the present tilling. Either, then, Bean was early at grade and
widened its valley by meandering, or after it came to grade was compelled
to incise its meanders, nearly all of which have been subsequently buiied
beneath its present valley floor.
Moreover, so deeply has Bean Blossom been aggraded that many of
the tributary valleys are also aggraded for some distance up stream. This
wholesale filling would necessarily force the slopes to rapidly retreat at
the junction of the tributary Avith the main stream, so that, as a result,
the trend of the valley sides would assume a systematic angularity. The
consequent narrowing and broadening is well exhibited in the lower ten
miles of Bean Blossom.
LOST RIDGES AS EVIDENCE OF AGGRADING.
It is evident, should a valley be refilled, in part, with waste from the
uplands, that any relief left between its valley slopes, as well as the dis-
sected slopes included, would lose relief in proportion to the amount of fill-
ing brought into the valley. In such a case we should expect to find many
successive stages of burial of the dissected slopes, according as they were
near or remote from the center of the prefilled valley. Many of these
stages are well shown in the lower portion of Bean Blossom.
In the middle of Bean Blossom valley occur a number of illustrations
in which the inter-stream spaces of moderate relief have been so deeply
buried that the uppermost portion of the same now stands above the valley
floor, as isolated ridges or "islands," with very steep side slopes, extending
to and beneath the present floor of the valley. These are locally spoken
of as "lost ridges," a term quite appropriate to their geographical history.
Such islands are shown in a number of sketch maps. In sketch map I a
small subcircular knob (Section 5, Bean Blossom Township) stands in line
with a point standing between White River on the left and Bean Blossom
on the right. Its position suggests that it is the hiiried end of this point
(see Plate No. 1).
229
About one mile np the valley is another elongate ridge about one-third
of a mile in length, some three or four hundred yards in width and with
an elevation of some eighty feet above the valley floor. This is found in
section 9, Bean Blossom Township, and illustrated in sketch Map No. I,
and by the phofog-raph plate II. The same topographic feature is again
duplicated in section 24, Bean Blossom Township. This illustration is
locally known as Lost Ridge. This case is not so centrally located as the
former one, but lies close to the east side of valley — but still separated
from it by a hundred yards or more of tiat floor. As in other cases, the
trend of its slopes and that of the adjacent valley slope shows such an
alignment as to strongly suggest attachment beneath the present valley
floor. See sketch map No. II. Photograph plate III gives some idea of
Sketch Map Xo. II. Section 24, Bean Blossom Township.
steep slopes, presented by an end vieAV of the Ridge. Other cases of the
same thing might be enumerated, but the above are sufficient to show the
type of relief consequent upon the more complete stages of burial of the
spurs near the central pai't of the preglacial valley.
As a further test of pai-tially aggraded valley, we should also expect to
find as additional criteria, spurs of variable relief but attached to the valley
slopes by narrow necks, still above the present level of the valley floor.
Moreover, various stages of the tied-on knob or ridge ought to be in evi-
dence if the present width of Bean Blossoiii Is due to aggrading. Such
additional stages are fairly well sliown in contour sketch map No. I,
where three small cases of attached knobs may be seen. A still better
case is shown in the pen sketch, which occurs in section 32, Washington
Township. A photograph of one. the south knob, is shown in Plate IV.
Variation in the widths and elevation of the necks connecting the partially
burled spur is well illustrated in the sketch.
230
In map No. Ill, section 4, Bloomington Township, is shown another
illnstration of special interest. This occurs at the rather abrupt turn of
Bean Blossom Valley, on the northeast side, where the upland forms a
point projecting into the valley. The point shows the same sort of to-
pography (see Plate No. Y) as noted in other cases— the rounded tops, in-
creasingly steep slopes, descending Td the valley tloor, and the neck
connecting it with the upland on the north. This case attains additional
interest, as just to the west and opposite the gap or sag betAveeu the
knob and the upland, is a bench varying in elevation above the valley
floor from twenty to forty feet, and flanking the slopes of the projecting
headland and spur. The geographical signiflcance of the benches will
be observed in another part of the paper.
Sketch Map No. III. Section 4, Bloomington Townshiii.
In rlie center of the valley floor and just opposite (or to the south of)
the last named spur, and also up str(>am fur some two and one-half miles,
still more evidence of valley tilling is app.-ireiiT. To the southeast of the
point occurs a rather subdued ridge, somewhat irregular in relief, extend-
ing up stream for three-(iuarters of a mile, or thereabouts. A portion of
this is shown in sketch mai> NO. 111. lienn Blossom flows close to its
northern edge. On the south side of tlie elevation flows Muddy Fork
Creek from tlie soutlieast. and readies Bean Blossom some distance be-
yond its west end. So full lias Bean Blossom, and its tributaries, as well,
been flUed with waste that the aggraded floor of both valleys have for
some distance up the respective streams from their junction merged into
one broad flat floor.
(231)
2?y2
There is slill Miiotlicr case of the same thiuii- in section :">. Kh>oniiniiton
Township, which touches tlie almost covereil spur last mentioned on
the east and extends to Itolan. east side of section :!. The little villa.t;*' of
Dolan lies in the yap. or sa.t;-. lietween tlie knob and tlie simr of ni»land
separating;- Hean from Muddy Fork. Had the valley tloui's of tlicse re-
spective streams been ajj'.yraded some twenty-tive fet4 above tbeii' jiresent
level, the attached .spur would ha\e passed into the "island" type, as the
tloois of the two valleys would in that case have* been continent.
Additional illnstiationi-i nn.uiit lie appended, but the above series is
siittieient to brini; out llie v;iriations in topog-raphic relief whicli fiu'uish
a key to this iiarticulai- stauc in the Iiistory of the valley.
In a \\'ord. tiien. we may say tliese \arious i)hases of to)io.iirapliic relief
ai'e not conlincd to a limited ]iart ol the valley within Monroe ('(junty.
but are prominent featni'cs 1 lii-onulinnt its eiitii-e course. Moi-eovcr. tliey
exist as in<'vitalile conseciueiu'es resultinj;' from processes of a.ii.urading
and lience may lie used as leji'itiniate and trustworthy criteria by which
to determin(> a jiart of the life liistoi-y of the resjicctive valley.
(il.ACl.M. IIIS'KtKV (tl' I'K.W I'LOSSOM.
Tliat I'.ean I'lossom and tlie ;idJoiiunL:- uplands near its nioiUli li.-ivc lieen
occui)ied by an ice sheet is attested to by a sei'ies of oliservations. The
occui-rencc of ulacial boulders, uiavcl ;ind tine sand near tlie mouth (sec-
tion '.I. Tc'in Hlossem Town^liipi and iiatclies of sand with occasional
boulders as far up sti'cam as section H-l. near Lost Kiduf. warrant this
conclusion, l-'rom section lM Mr. ('. K. Sielientlial lias ti'accd the ed.y-e of
the till plain to tlie northeast, it liein.u' fmmd to follow alon.i;- tin- line of
Indian Creek, and jiassiim- <int of .Monice at Codsey into Mor.i:an ("(uuity.
but returnin.i.'- a.uain to .Monroe some two miles east, wliere Hacker's
Ci-eck cKisses the north liiu'. From this point to the southeast the edge
of the till is c\( (>( (lingly dillicnll to trace. I'atclies of sand and gi'avel.
liowever. occur in the liead waters of some of the nortliei-n tributaries to
Bean lilossom. in northeastern .Moiu'oe and P.i-own counties. Furthermore,
glacial gravel and jiebbles are l;nown to occur witliin tlie limits of Bean
Blossom itself, not far from tlie cast line of .Monroe; Imt whether this was
ice or water-laid lias not been determined. Enough facts, however, are
at hand tc' show that the heads of northern tributaries of Kcan must have
231
been invaded by the ice sheet, and at tlie same time tlie draiiia.tre was held
up by the interference of the ice slieet at the month of Bean Blossom.
The evidence of the arrest of drainage at the time of ice invasion is
found in the occurrence of a series of benches, inaptly termed terraces by
some writers, rimming the eastern and northern slope of the valley at
various points within the limit of ^Monroe County and are reported to occur
with increased frequency in Bi'own.
In all the sections and cuts found in tlu> benches, only clay and sandy
materials appeared. No limestone and sandstone exposures, such as make
up the valley slopes, were found in the benches; their contents are ini-
doubtedly made up of tlie wash and sdil-cicc]) bronglit into tlie valley from
the uplands, the clay portion being derived from the dcfonipiised lime-
stone and the sand constituency from the underlying knob stone.
The benches vary much both in form, areal extent and elevation al)ove
the valley lloor. They are invariably attached to tlie slope, and exhibit in
most instances a remarkably tiat or sometimes gently sloping surface
towards tlie outer edge. The outer liiii is usuall.v lobale in f(irni. with
narrow, youn,g valleys extending towards the rock slopes, and sometimes,
so far, as to traverse the entire width of the bench. The slope of the outer
edge is usuall.v sreep and well dcliued. In some cases the tops of the
benches are slightly undulatin.g or rolling. Those, however, seldom attain
the elevation of the tlat-topped ones. In Marion and Washington Town-
ships tlie.v ma.v be traced contiiuKnisl.v for three or more miles, and .attain
a width of something over half a mile. They also vary much in elevation
aliove the valley tioor. attaining a maximum hei.ght in Marion Township,
sections I'.i and 20. of seveiit.v or mori' feet, and decreasing graduall.v down
stream, until in section 32, Washin.gton, tliey are found to lie some twenty-
tive to thirty feet above the valley tioor.
That these benches must have been deposited in water is attested to
by various criteria. The tiat tops, steep angle on the front, and stratitica-
tion show that they are delta-like accuinulations brouglit in during tlie
arrest of the drainage and not tciraccs in technical sense, .ilthoiigh they
appear very much like the latter so far as form is concerned.
The various elevations attained in different parts of the valley may be
due to different levels at wliicli ilu> laked v.-illey stooil during tlie lakin,g
period, or it may be accounted for in part, at least, to the larger contribu-
tion of residual materials from u])lands to the ui>i)er part of the valley by
the nortlicni trilnitaries. tliaii liy similar streams emptying into Bean
235
Blossom nearer its mouth, so that only in tlie upper part were the benches
built up to the highest level, while in the lower part the amount con-
tributed was insufficient to bring them up to similar altitudes.
If the lalced Bean Blossom stood at different levels during the hiking
stage, we should expect to And somewhere in the valley a lower lying-
bench corresponding in elevation to the successive lake levels and adjacent
to th.e higher bench. Nothing of this sort was found. I am therefore in-
clined to attach more importance to the former interpretation, namely,
that irregularity of height above the valley floor is largely due to the
A'ariation in aniomit of the residual material lirought into the valley. The
tributaries bringing the least amount of material constructed the smaller
and lower benches.
Another interesting feature is associated with two of the largest
northern tributaries to Bean Blossom, namely, Buck and Wolf creeks.
Beside the portion of each creek, wriggling across the valley bottom, are
rather long and narrow strips or delta-like accumulations similar in con-
tent to the benches already described, and extending from the valley slope
to within a few yards of the Bean Blossom channel which hugs the south
slope of its valley. The surface does not attain the characteristic flatness
of the rimming benches, but is slightly irregular in relief and increasingly
■so towards the slope to which it is attached. This is especially true for
the Buck Creelv case. Init not for tlie Wolf Creek. The increasing irregu-
larity may lie in part due to the nearly complete burial of a projecting spur,
whose top is barely coated over with the delta deposits now spread almost
across the entire width of Bean Blossom: but it must be said that no out-
■crops of limestone or sandstone, such as make the slopes of the valley,
have been discovered within its limits. On the other hand, the irregularity
of relief may have been produced by the piling up of the great load of
silt within Bean Blossom by the tril)Utary. but did not succeed in Ijuilding
it up to the lake level; in other words, it is an incomplete delta, or bar.
The Wolf Creek case differs from the former only in having a moder-
ately flat top. or at least the higher flats on it attain al)out the same level,
thus suggesting that it was built iip nearer to water level, and hence more
even and uniform in relief. These dift'er from the rimming benches only in
that they c.rt<iid across tlie raUvj/ poor, while the former, lieing made by
smaller .streams close to each other, have built a series of small benches
or deltas which have become confluent, and hence continuous along the
zuilleij side.
236
The pen sketch phite No. 1 gives some idea of the appearance of
one of these benches (see pen sketch section 32, Washington Township).
Plate YI shows beyond the trees a side view of one of the spur-like ex-
tensions of a bench occuiTing in section 4. Eloomington Township. (See
contour map No. III. which also shows position of the partly buried head-
land.)
No. 1. Pen Sketch of Attached Spurs and Benches. Section 32, Washington Township.
Post-iihicidl Histonj. Since the close of the laking stage Bean Blossom
River has developed a meandering course on its broad floor. Only in
the narrowest sections of the valley has it succeeded in spreading its
meander belt across the entire floor. For the most part it keeps to the
west or south side of the valley, and yet still assumes a meandering habit
for considerable stretches. In other words, the stream does not fit the
prcxnit dimensions of the broad valley, which accordingly must liave been
brought about by other conditions than that resulting from lateral cutting,
by a mature stream. Cross sections of the valley at its broadest places
reveal a slight curvattire of surface in the center and occasional abandoned
meandering channels. This slight variation from a plain surface suggests
flood plain construction. Whether this constructive work antedates the
glacial episode of Bean Blossom is not certain, but it would seem from
the data at hand, that the present post-glacial Bean Blossom has not had
time or the alnlity to do much constructive work since pleistocene time.
YouiKj ^'(tU(■j|H. Traversing the steepest slopes of Bean Blossom, are to
be found numerous Y-shaped valleys, with remarkably steep channels,
ending their lower course at the point of intersection of the valley floor
with the adjacent slope. In all cases small alluvial fans are built on the
valley floor with their apex projecting but a few feet or yards at most
beyond the mouths of the young valleys. In none of the observe<l cases was
it found that the level of the valley- floor would extend into the mouth of
the young valley. It is therefore believed that the greater part of the cut-
ting of these young valleys may date subsequent to the preglacial filling.
The fact that alluvial fans and not deltas with steep outer edges and
flat tops occur at their mouths, suggest that they have been constructed
since the laking of the valley, and hence are regarded post-glacial.
23Y
^otc. For a portion of the data used in the preparation of the contour
maps, the author begs to acknowledge the assistance of Mr. E. R. Cum-
ings and Mr. J. W. Beede, Instructors, Department of Geology, Indiana
University, and Mr. J. W. Frazier, student, Indiana University.
Wabash River Terraces in Tippecanoe County, Indiana.
William A. McBeth.
General Description.— The Wabash Valley, in Tippecanoe County, Indi-
ana, embraces an ai"ea of about eightj^ square miles. Its average width
is about three miles. It is much wider below LaFayette than above, and
it is less wide at that place than elsewhere within the county below the
mouth of Tippecanoe River. The width of this valley above the city
averages at least two miles, while below it is not less than four.
The valley comprises a broad, shallow trench, cut by a deeper and nar-
rower trenih. into the bottom of which is carved the river channel.
The general surface is about seven hundred feet above sea-level, and
the bottom of the river channel is about two hundred feet below this.
The inner valley or flood-plain tract averages about one mile in width
and along this rise the terrace fronts from one hundred to one hundred and
fifty feet above the stream. The inner valley is quite uniform in width
throughout the county, but the terrace areas are much more conspicuous
below LaFayette than above.
The outer valley is quite straight compared with the inner valley, wl)ich
meanders from side to side, while the river crossing from side to side of
this flood-plain meaJiders most.
The Terraces.— The terraces begin a few miles below Delphi, on the
west side of the river, an island in the Deer Creek Prairie flood-plain com-
prising the farthest up-stream area so far observed.
The point between the Tippecanoe and the Wabash, where it rises
above the flood-plain near the junction, is of this formation. Below the
mouth of the Tippecanoe the terraces become conspicuous. On the west
side of the stream the region called Pretty Prairie descends gently fi'om
the Grand Prairie and terminates in a bluff front which runs parallel with
the Wabash at an average distance of a mile from it.
238
iVHfTC C
A MAP OP TIPPECANOE COUNTY, IMDJANA.
To Show Terraces, aooopLMNS. Moraincs <i^ Drainage
Scale t — , — a — , — ^ ^mi. 6y )V.AMc8eth.
J' /M'.'flj.j
TK^
crc^7;;;;;ir^rir;;i?G;;und <^-"^ f^-'^'^ -^^ ''"^^ 5^''^''' ^'"''^
Cross profile at Lafayette
Cross profi!« at- iTntependemce.
'Neeir'p^rmoni: siwi, -Sou-lh o/LaJa^Sfc
Sections showing inters&alifjoation
239
This is of terrace structure to an unl^uown distance back from the
river and is uot limited on the west by a perceptible bluff. At Battle
Ground the level of the prairie is continued south to the point Avhere the
river swings across the valley a.tiainst the foot of the west liluff. This
part of the high terrace is nowhere more than one-fourth of a mile wide.
The Tippecanoe battle field occupies its entire width of a few rods between
the lower terrace on the east and the valley of Burnett's Creek, which
separates it from a high bluff on the west.
The low terrace just mentioned averages about one mile in width and
its border along the tiood-plain takes the form of a distinct ridge, ap-
parently a. sand-1)ar. higher than the general surface of the terrace. This
surface is ten to fifteen feet above the tlood-plain.
Below the westAvard bend of the river the tlood-plain occupies the full
width of the valley separating the terrace tracts below from those above.
This flood-plain surrounds a detached section of Ioav terrace which evi-
dently was cut off from that on vrhich La Fayette stands by a former
course of the river. This channel was later the loAver course of the Wild
Cat Creek and still contains a chain of ponds. The creek wa.s by some
means deflected and now joins the river several miles farther up stream
than formerly.
The LaFayette terrace slopes gently from tlood-plain level back one
mile to the bluffs. It corresponds in elevation to the detached area in
the flood-plain and the low terrace above the bend. It is about four miles
long and is slightly higher at the upper end than at the lower.
The West LaFayette terrace is two miles wide in its greatest width
and eight miles long. Opposite LaFayette it presents a bold blult" to the
river and lies at an elevation of one hundred and twenty to one hundred
and fifty feet above it. Two miles l)elow a Ioav terrace begins and ex-
tends between the higher terrace and the flood-plain nearly to the mouth
of Indian Creek.
The most extensive area is the beautiful region embracing the Wea
Plains, southwest of LaFayette. This great terrace begins just below the
city and extends ten miles to the west line of the connty. Its width
averages at least foui- miles. Its height agrees with that of the West
LaFayette terrace, the narrow strip lietAveen lower Burnett's Creek and
the bluffs and Pretty Prairie. This correspondence in elevation seems to
indicate a former continuous surface of these teri*aces throughout the
240
valley at a height of one hundred to one hundred and fifty feet above
the present river channel.
The Pir-r/1(uial TaUrij.—As the stream flows on a valley floor of rock at
Delphi, eighteen miles above LaFayette, and again at Black Rock, at the
west line of the county, fourteen miles below, the nature of the intervening
depression. Its shaiie, direction and extent have been and are still matters
of interesting speculation. It is probably a section of the valley of the pre-
glacial Wabash. This valley bottom is sixty or eighty feet above the bot-
tom of the filled valley at Terre Haute and the two sections possibly are
connected by a buried valley somewhere near the present stream line.
There are signs that its former course was north of its present course
from the west line of Tippecanoe County into the immense pre-glacial
valley of Kickapoo Creek, opening into the Wabash Valley at Attica.
Gates' Pond, a traditionally bottomless kettle hole pond or lake, about two
miles northwest of Independence, Warren County, is a good link in the
evidence of such a former course.
The abrupt drop of two hundred feet from the valley bottom at Delphi
to the rock floor beneath LaFayette indicates that the part of the stream
above Delphi is not in the old valley. The north fork of Wild Cat Greek
perhaps more nearly represents the pre-glacial drainage line. The little
creeks between this creelc and the Wabash show rock in their channels,
while Wild Cat does not cut down to bed-rock at any place in Tippecanoe
County, so far as I know, although its valley is one hundred feet or more
in depth as far up as the county line.
Rock outcrops in the bed of Indian Creek near Porter's Station, in the
bed of Little Wea Creek at the Monon Railway crossing and along Flint
Creek for four or five miles above its mouth.
Borings are few and not many are deep. A well driven forty or fifty
feet below the bed of the Big Wea Creek, where it is crossed by the mo-
raine about five miles south of LaFayette, passed through gravel hardpan
and into quicksand, producing a constant flow of water.
Materials and Struetnre of the Terraces.— The terraces and the whole
valley region are composed of sand, gravel and bowlders with interposed
beds of clay. The whole deposit is of great depth, in places as much as
three hundred or four hundred feet. The channel of the river at LaFayette
is two hundred feet below tlie general surface of the county and one hun-
dred and fifty feet above the bed-rock, giving total depth of three hun-
dred and fifty feet of deposits-
241
The material is liedded in layers that lie at a high angle, such as is
seen in delta structure: the dip is in a general direction do\yn stream.
Ample oiJiKiitnnities for oliservation occur in gravel pits and stream sec-
tions.
The streets in West LaFayettt^ are improved hy (ipening pits in the
street lines and afterward tilling them vsitli the top-soil and graveling over
them. These excavations uinformly show steeply inclined beds. The rail-
road cuts through the terraces on both sides of the river show this struc-
ture. 1'lie valley of the Wea through the gravel deposits shows tlie same
thing. In llic Wca \allcy a layer of conglomerate is a conspicuous
Cutis' r.Fii.l. a kt'ttle hiile two inile^ iiurthwcst of I iiclr|irn.liTici'. Ind.
feature, dijipiiig tcv.a.rd the ci'et'l>; on tlu' north side and from it on the
south side.
Tlic conglonu'rate stratum is formed of the sand and gravel of the
dep'osit cemented with ( arl.onate of lime. It lies appiarently at a lu.nform
])oi-izon and is of uniform rhiclcm'ss. The cement is so abundant in sonu^
places as tc till ( (ini]iletciy The inteisrices in the mass of sand and gravel.
Indeed, a bhu k left in a yard fionting on State Street in West LaFayette
has its upjier flat surface completely covered witlt a layer of ])ure car-
bonate of lime a lialf imh thick.
An interesting feature of these deposits is The occurrence of lieds of
bowlder clay interstratitied wirh tlie sand and gravel. This is noTieeable
242
more particiilarly about the east end of the Wea Plains ah)n,ii ravines
opening- into the Big Wea Creek. An exposure 3.r> miles south of La Fay-
ette shows a deep layer of false bedded tine sand overlaid by three feet of
very dense till, aliove wliicli is ten feet of sand and gravel. This inter-
stratittcation of materials ajipears even more strongly marked along die
Wild Cat Creeks. At the bridge across South Forlc near Monitor are two
lieds of clay differing in cdlor and (iverlaid liy twenty feet of saml and
gravel. Near ryrnKuit. im I lie ndrlli fori;, ten fi'ct of dark alluvial clay
apiiears above the waters of tlie creek, aliove this ten feet of coarse gravel,
and above this forty feet of gray bowlder clay.
Alliid 'rojioura iihji.—'Vlu^ topcgrapliy of the county al)out the liorder of
the terrace deposits is interesting and suggestive. A moraine ridge con-
taining much gravel, some of it water laid, extends along the entire south
side of tlie Wea I'lains. A heavy moraine lies along the north side of the
valley from Battle (Jround south, bending away from the river jus" above
West LaFayette. Stream sections in the mass of this moraine show com-
pact till as deep as they extend. At the mouth of Indian Creek the upper
hundred feet of tlie l)lulT is a layer of tine sand resembling the dune sand
of Lake Michigan, and tlie sand ridges of northern Indiana. Tliis may be
the source of the sand built into the ridges and dunes a mile further up
the valley. The liluffs back of LaFayette are of till and are possibly a
section of the moraine west of the river extending east in the direction of
Monitor.
E.riiliiiKilinii.— \\\ attemjit at exiilaiialioii wouhl revert immediately to
the glacial period. The great valley was obstrui-ted somewhere to the
west, probably in the region of the great bend, by an ice sheet moving east
or south. This may have been a result of one of tlie earlier ice invasions.
The obstructed valley fornnng a lake has licen Hlled liy the deltas of
streams flowing into it. The high angle of the layers indicate this. The
layers of till represent movements of the ice sheet over the delta jilain.
These may have lieen minor advances and recessions of the same ice
sheet. The material has lieen assorted out of the drift sheet overlying
the basins of the streams traversing tlie region. The lime cement in the
conglomerate is easily explained as ln-ing derived from the Niagara lime-
stone region l.ving immediately to tlie east.
The prolilems in detail are of such complexity that any attempt at ex-
planation is made with extreme diffidence. There are good reasons for
believing that the valley was over-ridden by ice from the east and also
243
from the north at various times during- the accumuhition of the deposits.
The sheets of till found at different deptlis in the terrace gravels indicate
this. The moraine extending along the south side of the Wea Plains as
far east as the Little Wea Creek is composed of hills and ridges of gravel,
while farther east it becomes a ridge of till.
This may indicate that after the valley had been tilled nearly to its
present level the ice swept over it from the north, ti-ansporting the gravel
from the valley and depositing it in the moraine.
The arrangement of the moraines on either side of the river at LaFay-
ette, together with the narrowness of the valley at that point, may indicate
that the front of the ice sheet lay across Tlie valley while the moraines
were deposited.
The terminal drainage may have spread gravel deposits over the sur-
face of the Wea Plains much as the Yahtse River is building its delta below
its outlet from the INIalaspina C4]acier in Alaska. This may have been a
line of interlobate drainage between loltes from the Lake Erie and Lake
Michigan basins, and much of the material may have been furnished by
the slow. l)ut long-continued creep of the glacier toward the sti-eam
line.
The height of the terraces was determined by the height of the rock
surface crossed by the river between the west line of the county and At-
tica. The terraced arrangement is continued here, but the upper valley
has been made by the removal of the drift from the surface of the rock,
while the inner valley has been cut through the rock (mainly shales) since
the gravel was deposited above. The excavation of the inner valley
through Tippecanoe County proceeded as the channel through the rock
sill below was cut down. The stream that did this work carried the
waters of the melting sheet of ice as it retreated slowly to the north and
east. Its width proliably corresponded to that of the inner valley.
The Tippecanoe River and Wild Cat Creek were streams of great vol-
ume as the size of their valleys show, and this volume was doubtless main-
tained through a long period of time.
The sand dunes southwest of La Fayette along the eastern edge of
the Wea Plains Terrace, tliose on the terrace edge on the north side of the
river opposite the mouth of Wea Ci'eek, and the deep deposit on the crest
of the bluff above the mouth of Indian Creek were probably gathered and
piled up from the surface of the Wea Plains by the southwest winds,
while, after the recession of the ice, the surface remained bare.
14— Academy of Science.
244
History of the AVea Creek in Tippecanoe County, Indiana,
"William A. McBeth.
The Wea. Creek has two principal forlvs, liiiown as Big- Wea and Little
"Wea. These both rise near the south line of Tippecanoe County and flow
roughly parallel with each other five or six miles apart, first to the north-
east through nearly half their course, then bending to the noi'thwest, they
gradually approach each other and unite.
The course below the junction continues northwest to the Wabash.
The Big Wea receives a tributary which joins the main stream near the
elbow-like bend, coming from the southeast near the south line of the
county.
These branches all rise in marshy meadows or prairies now generally
drained. These marshy tracts are usumIIv long, naiTow sags or shallow
valleys extending across the divide.
Streams flowing to the south and southwest rise near the heads of the
Wen Creeks. In the map of Tippecanoe County, on page 238, it will be
noticed that Shawnee Creek rises near the source of Little Wea Creek,
Coal Creek .near the head of Big Wea Creek and a tributary of Sugar Creek
neai' the source of the east fork of Big Wea Creek.
The upper course of Little Wea Creek follows a valley with gently
sloping sides twenty to thirty feet in depth and one-fourth of a mile wide.
Just below wliere it is crossed by the Chicago, Indianapolis & Louisville
Railroad, near its abrupt bend, this valley widens out and comes to an end.
For two or three miles the creek floAvs through a flat prairie with a channel
just large enough to carry its flood waters. This channel is forty or fifty
feet wide and five or six feet deep. For two or three miles above its junc-
tion with the Big Wea Creek it again follows a valley of about the same
width as its upper valley but having much steeper bluffs and a more level
bottom.
The upper seven or eight miles of the Big AVea Creek flows in a channel
three or four feet deep and ten to twenty feet wide, over the smooth, gent'y
sloping prairie. Near Romney it flows from the smooth prairie into a valley
one-fourth of a mile wide and twenty to thirty feet deep. The tributary
from the southeast joining the Big Wea near its abrupt bend has its upper
course without a notable valley, but enters one of considei-able size near its
mouth. After the main stream bends to the northwest, its valley within
245
Channel of Wea Creek, one mile south of Roniney. Ind. The stream here flows throug-h
an (iM lake bed.
"Valley ol' W'ea Creek, one mile n(irth uf R.inniey, Iinl. The stream has cut this part uf it
valley deei> and drained the lake bed shown aliove.
240
a few miles lieconies iiuicli shallower. Tlio bluffs hecome low aiul for
some distance on the east side entiicly disapiieai' at a \vide sap opening
into an extensive prairie to the east. .lust lielow this the northeast hluff
becomes considerably higher than the one on the opposite side of the
stream. About two miles below a ch-ep broad valley Itegins and continues
to the Wabash flood-plain. The lower course of the Wea for several nilles,
is cut tlirough the Wea Plains terrace and the Wea Valley itself is terraced.
The levels of parts of the terrace farthest up stream conform apparently
to the surface of the AVea I'lains.
The peculiarities of valley and cou.rsi' noticed in these streams invite an
attempt at exi»lanation. This is found in tlie interpretation of the glacial
features of the region.
By reference to the map it Avill lie noticed tliat several moraines cross
the county south of the Wabash Itiver. The one forming the divide be-
tween the Wea system and the streams to the southwest extends south-
eastward across the southwest corner of the county. Another extends east
along the south side of the ^^'ea Plains terrace to a point nearly south of
LaFayette, where it bends to the southeast and continues to the southeast
corner of the county. Between these ridges others trend east and Avest.
All the ridges together thus form a comiilex iietworl;. Enclosed by the
ridges are tracts of level i)rairie formerly marsliy over large areas but
noAV generally drained.
The creeks cross these tial inairics. cut through some of the ridges and
follow along tlie sides of others. 'I'lie Wea streams are entirely post-
glacial in tlieir origin atid liistory. Tlieir channels are cut in the lieds of
glacial drift that overlies tlie cotmtiy. tlie underlying lied-rock being
reached and exposed for a dista.iice of a few rods in only oiu' phne in all
the Wea system. This is in the bed (jf Little Wea Creek where it enters
the Wea Plains terrace.
The retreat of the ice slieet from rliis region uncovered the basin of
the Wea Creeks before it did the iiresent course of the Waliash River.
It may be that melting of tlie ice between the ;Michigan and Erie lobes
occurred across the course of the Wabash River ami along the Tippecanoe
River, while the Wabash, farther west, was still obstructed to a much
later period. This caused the Avaters of the melting ice to gather along
the front of the ice border until they covered the whole Wea basin and
flowed out at the sags across the divide where the heads of the Wea Creeks
are so near the heads of Shawnee. Coal and other creeks. This Avould
247
have made a lake of all of southeni Tippecanoe County. This lake would
have been about one hundred and fifty feet deep at Dayton, in the east
part of the county. Some of tlie moraines were entirely covered with
water. The liroad upper valley of Little Wea was probably made by a
stream floAving in the opposite direction to that of the present stream from
wliere it is crossed by the Chicago, Indianapolis & Louisville Railroad.
Some part of the valley of the Big Wea below Romney may have been
made by a stream afterward reversed. When the Wabash was uncovered
the lake covering nearly the whole south part of the county fell to a much
lower level and the general course of the present Wea streams was laid
out. As the water fell the tops of the moraines appeared and the waters
flowed across their crests at the lowest places. But the streams were not
continuous as now. The region was nearly covered by several smaller
lakes held in by bordering moraines and the streams connected the
lakes and formed the outlet of the lowest. The deep valleys show the
parts of the streams that flowed across the moraines from lake to lake.
As the streams deepened their valleys, the lakes were gradually drained,
leaving their smooth, muddy bottoms exposed to become the level marshy
prairies found at the settlement of the country. As the lakes fell to lower
and lower levels, the streams were extended across the lake beds, where
they now meander in sluggish courses in narrow, shallow channels.
Paleontology of Bartholomew County, Indiana, Mammalian
Fossils.
J. Jep. Edwards, M. D.
1. Mastodon americaniis (Blum.).
This animal is represented in this county by two specimens.
a. Os sacrum.
Weight of fossil, eight pounds and nine ounces. Found in
1898 upon a sand-bar in White River, one mile east of Wailes-
boro; identified by Dr. :m. N. Elrod. It is in a fair state of
preservation, with foramina and tuberosities well defined. In
possession of the writer. A brief account of the find appeared
in the Indianapolis ^eKS of .Lanuary 1.5, 1901, and the Colum-
bus (Ind.) Dalhj Herald of same date.
b. Tooth. Found in Ohio Township. Bartholomew County, in
1900. Have been unable to see it.
248
2. Elcplias primigenius.
The only known specimen fonnd in tlie county was a tooth un-
earthed in a gravel pit one-half mile south of Wailesboro in 1S98. It
was covered with seven feet of soil and gravel. Weight, nine pounds.
It was destroyed by fire in the office of Dr. Webster Peck, at Frank-
ton, Indiana. Identified l)y the writer. See Columbus. Ind.. Home
Advocate of September 9, 1S9S.
3. Caridciif: nmn-iravvs (Harlan).
Extinct elk. Post pliocene fossil. The specimen is the Os fro)itis
to which is attached the antler with two branches. Present length
two feet, weight five pounds. \\'hcn found it measured over seven
feet in length and was then incomplete. Py handling it has crumbled
to its present length. Pound in White River one mile east of Wailes-
boro. Identified by tlie writer. A meager descrii)tlon appeared in the
ColiiDihiis Herald of .lanuary L". lOitl.
4. Cernifi rirf/iniainis.
A'irginia deer. Sub-fossil. Specimen is the right frontal appendage
(antler). Found in Wayne Townshii) in bS'.tS. Identified by the
writer.
Organic Acit) PiiospurDE.-^,
P. N. Evans.
Phosphorus in the organic phosphines shows such a perfect analogy to
nitrogen in the amines, that it seems strange that we should not be familiar
also with tlie phosphorus analogues of the acid amides— which we may
appropriately call pliosphidefi. Of this class of bodies no mention is made
in most books on organic chemistry, and an examination of the literature
shows only two of these substances to have been prepared and very super-
ficially investigated, namely, mono- and tri-chlor-acetyl phosphides, dating
back to the seventies.
With a view to preparing other representatives of this class and ex-
amining them, the methods used to make the acid amides were considered
as to their applicability; the reaction between hydrogen ph sphile (PH3)
and acid chlorides seemed to be the most promising by which to attempt
to jirepare new acid i)hos])hides.
249
Preliminary experiments Avere made several years ago with some of
the simpler acid chlorides, but the very imperfect absorption of the phos-
phine, and the formation of solid hydrogen phosphide seemed to make the
attempts unpromising, and the subject was dropped for a time.
A year ago. with Charles E. Yanderkleed, the subject was taken up'
again, and dichlor-acetyl chloride selected as the acid chloride to experi-
ment with tirst, since the reaction had been shown to take place with the^
chlorides of mono- and t)"i-chlor-acetic acids. The reaction proceeded
satisfactorily, though slowly, and the originally liquid chloride gradually
thickened to a Tliick. yellow. Transparent mass, from which by solution in
alcohol and precipitation bj' ether a tine crystalline powder was obtained,
giving on analysis ligures for phosphorus and chlorine corresponding to
the ])hosphide expected. CHCl, COPH,.
This substance is extremely solulile in alcohol, insoluble in ether, chlo-
roform, and petroleum ether, insoluble in but soon decomposed by water,
especially on warming, witli the formation of hydrogen phosphide (PH,)
and dichlor-acetic acid, judging by the odor. It is quite stable in dry air
and chars without melting at aiiout 200° centigrade. Its behavior is what
miglit 1)0 expected, from a comparison with the amides, especially its
greater tendency to decompose with water, on account of the more weakly
basic character of phosphine compared with ammonia.
Experiments are being now made by Miss Frances M. DeFrees on the
preparation and properties of benzoyl phosphide. C^ H5 COPHo, and a crys-
talline compound has been obtained, charring without melting, and show-
ing similar solubilities and decompositions to those of the dichlor-acetji
phosphide.
Adsorption of Dissolved Substances.
P. N. Evans.
The term "adsorption" is used for the attraction exerted by a solid
surface on gases or dissolved substances. With regard to gases, the effects
are familiar in the action of porous solids, such as charcoal, which seem
to condense gases within the pores as if under considerable pressure: the
action is a selective one, however, for in the case of charcoal some gases,
ammonia for instance, are very much more affected than others. The
numerous chemical reactions taking place in the presence of such porous
250
solids as platinum spong-e may probably be attributed to this surface at-
traction.
That solids in contact with solutions concentrate the dissolved sub-
stances on their surfaces, has been assumed in many cases, and some verv
superticial quantitative experiments carried out. It is commonly accepted
by analysts that the first portion of the solution passing- through a filter
Should be rejected in volumetric work on ac-count of a possible ^chano-e iu
concentration due to the action of the filter, but little experimental work
ims been done to learn how general this effect is among solids and amon^.
solutions, and very little to ascertain the magnitude of the chan<.e pro''-
duced. The results obtained by different observers are ditticult to harmon-
ize; most of the experimenters simply show that adsorption takes place
O^etween certain solids and certain solutions; a few attempt a (juantitative
■examination but omit to report factors essential to the drawing of general
conclusi,>ns; a very few investigate the intluenc-e of concentration-with
more or less contradictory results. One <-laims that the adsorbed .luantity
that is. the w(>ight of the solute close to the solid surface in excess of that
in the same volume of otlu-r parts of the solution, is not dependent on the
concentration iu the strict sense of Henry's Law, but that dilution always
lowers the .iuantity of the dissolved substance in the solution more
mark(>dly |],an that of tlu> adsorbed substance; another, that Henry's Law
applies throughout approximately: still ; Uwv ascribes the results to
chemical union and not physical attraction.
About four years ago the writer, with Donald Davidson, carried out
a series of expei-iments to learn how general the adsorbing action of solids
on solutions might be. and the magnitude of the effect. The details of the
experiments would be out of phuv here, .-ind some factors now realized to
be essential to their interpretation were not recorded, but bi-iefly, tlie ex-
periments showed the following facts:
Twentieth-normal tartaric acid showed a loss of nearly 12 per cent. I,y
contact with filter paper; twentieth-normal potassium hydroxide about the
same with filter paper; 2.0 per cent, sucrose solution with animal charcoal
was reduced to L9 per cent.: fiftieth-normal acetic acid with silica gave
ovei- 5 per cent, loss; fiftieth-normal hydrochloric acid with silica'^^.-j
per cent, loss; fiftieth-nm-mal hydrochloric acid with cotton cloth 4 per
cent, loss; fiftieth-normal ammonia with cotton cloth about 15 per cent,
loss. All of these experiments showed, then, a positive adsorption of from
2.5 to 15 per cent, of the dissolved substance. Several others, however,
251
showed no effect whatever; 2.5 per cent, sncrose Avith charcoal made from
sugar, with himpbhick, with sand: tartaric acid with cloth: tenth-normal
sodium thiosulphate with silica.
Some experiments with sodium chloride and filter paper seemed to
indicate negative adsorption, that is, the concentration of the solution was
increased, possibly by adsorption of the solvent, and the same result has
been reported in some cases by another observer, but in this instance it
was found to be due to chlorides in the paper, none of the laboratory
supply of filter paper being really free.
The weights of adsorbing substances and volumes of the solutions were
unfortunately not recorded in these experiments.
The conclusion from this series of experiments is that while adsorption
may be very marked in some cases, it is not shown 1)y all solids and all
solutions.
Later, experiments were carried out with Miss Frances DeFrees with
a view to ascertaining the relation lietween adsorption and concentration.
The adsorber selected was filter paper, and the dissolved substance copper
sulphate. The same quantity of the solution was allowed to stand in con-
tact with a fixed weight of paper in every case, and titrations were made
with potassium cyanide solutions of suitable concentrations on this copper
solution and the same solution not treated with paper. The figures ob-
tained showed the interesting facts that aliove a certain concentration—
about fifth-normal— no adsorption took place; that is, the concentration of
the solution underwent no change by contact with the paper. As the
concentration was decreased from this point the effect became more and
more marked, the amount of copper removed by the paper increasing in
absolute quantity up to about twelfth-normal and then decreasing with
the concentration to about two-hundred-and-fiftieth-normal, farther than
which It could not be followed. The decrease in concentration of 100 c. c.
of this solution hy contact with 5 grams of paper amounted to over 25
per cent.
To learn whether both parts of the copper sulphate were equally af-
fected a number of determinations were made on the sulphui-ic acid and
showed a very close agreement with the copper results, an evidence that
the adsorption is of the non-ionized electrolyte and not of the ions in-
dependently.
As to the time required for the action to complete itself, the same
results were obtained after a few minutes and after several days, show-
ing that the equilibrium is very quickly established.
A similar series of experiments carried out with potassium chloride
and filter paper gave analogous results, the adsorption, however, beginning
at twentieth-normal, and only rising to something over 5 per cent, of that
present at five-hundredth-normal concentration.
The work is being continued and promises further interesting results.
The Determination of Manganese in Iron and Steel.
W. A. NOYES AND G. H. Clay.
The process proposed involves no new principle, but is a combination
of several old methods.
kp:agents.
Ferrous aiiniiojiiinii xiilphatf.—I'^iHsdlxe 8.56 g. crystallized ferrous am-
monium siilphato in water containing 40 cc. of dilute sulphuric acid (2.5 per
cent.) and make up to one liter.
Potassiiiiii pcri)i(ni;j<ui(it<'.~\ standard solution of STicli strength that 1 cc.
is equivalent to about O.Odl g. Fe. The manganese equivalent for the pres-
ent method is found by multiplying the iron equivalent by jW
Sodium acetate.— Thirty grams of crystallized sodium acetate, EO cc. of
acetic acid (30 per cent.) and 170 cc. of water.
Bromine water.— A saturated solution.
PROCESS.
Dissolve 1..5 grams of the sample in 20 cc. of nitric acid (1.20) and .5 cc.
of hydrochloric acid (1.12). Heat till dissolved, transfer to a 300 cc. flask,
add a solution of sodium carbonate till nearly neutral and then zinc oxide
slowly till the precipitate of ferric hydroxide forms. After two minutes
add an excess of zinc oxide.
Make up the volume to 30O cc, mix liy pouring back and forth into a
dry beaker and filter through a dry filter. Take 200 cc. of the filtrate,
add 20 cc. of the sodium acetate solution and 40 cc. of bromine water.
253
Heat nearly to Itoiliiig. stirring' occasionally and adding more bromine
water, if necessary, till the precipitate of manganese dioxide separates.
Filter and wasb. The precipitate adhering to the beaker need not be
removed, bnt the beaker must be rinsed thoroughly. Place the beaker
under the funnel containing the precipitate and drop upon the latter,
from a burette, the solution of ferrous ammonium sulphate till solution is
complete, breaking up the precipitate occasionally with a fine stream of
water from a wash bottle. Unless the manganese exceeds 0.4 per cent.,
not more than 20 cc. of the solution need be used. Wash out the filter
and titrate the filtrate with the standard permanganate solution. The dif-
ference between the number of cc. of permanganate used and the amount
which would have been employed if no manganese dioxide had been dis-
solved in the ferrous ammonium sulphate, multiplied by the manganese
equivalent of the solution, will give the amount of manganese in one
gram of iron.
The method was tested with sohitions containing kno-um amounts of
manganese and gave accurate results. The method avoids the evapora-
tion to dryness required by Yolhard's method and also gives a very sharp
end reaction, while the end reaction of Yolhard's method is very difli-
cult to see.
The paper is published in the .Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc, 2\. 243.
A New Hydroxy-dihydro-alpha-Campiiolytic Acid.
W. A. NoYES AND A. M. Patterson.
Dihydro-alpha-campholytic acid was prepared by W. M. Blanchard and one
of us last year. From this the aipha-brom. derivative, C,Hi4 Zgr ^^^ ^^^^ '^^^'
responding hydroxy acid, CsHh Zq'h '^' ^^^^ been prepared. When the latter is
warmed with lead peroxide and dilute sulphuric acid a ketone is formed which
should be identical with the 2-3.3 trimethyl cyclopentanone, prepared synthet-
ically by one of us, if the Perkin-Bouveault formula for camphor is correct.
From the melting point of the oximes the two ketones appear to be different, and
the formula for camphor referred to seems to be no longer tenable. The rejection
of that formula, however, compels us to suppose a transfer of a methyl group from
one carbon atom to another in reactions which take place readily at ordinary
temperatures under the influence of sulphuric or hydrobromic acid.
254
Some Drug Adulterants of Note.
John S. Wright.
[Abstract.]
Phytolacca decandra L.— Tlie leaves, inflorescence and young fruit-
ing racemes were found mixed to tlie extent of about thirty per cent, in
bales of belladonna leaves received in Indianapolis from Germany, Decem-
ber, 1S98. Since then the writer has not found them as an adulterant,
though many other lots have been carefully searched. The presence of
Phytolacca was first betrayed l)y the abundance of young flowering and
fruiting racemes. Deprived of these, Phytolacca leaves make a very clever
adulterant for belladonna leaves, as the two resemble in many particulars,
especially when dried and crushed or compressed in the manner customary
for shipment. Critical examination, however, reveals many differences
of odor, texture, color, size, shape and other gross characters.
Since this report was made, in December, 1901, the writer has found
that Dr. C. Hartwich [Schweitz. Wochensch. f. Chem. u. Pharm., 1901, p.
430] gives an account of a similar discovery. Furthermore, Dr. Hart-
wich pdints out some of the histological differences between the two, so
that, according to established rules, he deserves the credit of iwiority.
*Gexista tixctoria D.— The flowering and leafy stems of this plant
have been recently offered, tmmixed and neatly baled, on the American
markets as "flowering" Scoparius— Cytissus Scoparius (L.) Link. When
baled. Genista bears a superficial resemblance to the official Scoparius;
however, the purchaser who accepts it as such is certainly a very careless
or incompetent inspector of drugs. The botanical characters of the two are
too well known to need mention here. Medicinally they are unrelated.
RuTzoME AND STIPES OF FERN— SPECIES UNDETERMINED— are frequently
offered for the official male fern or Asindium. The official drug should con-
sist of the recent rhizomes and stipes of Dryopteris Filix-mas (L.) Schott,
and D. marginalis (L.) Gray, deprived of all non-green tissues. The spuri-
ous rhizome is smaller and structurally very imlike the true drug. It has
never been observed in the recent state by the writer; contains practically
no extractives, and may be regarded as worthless. So far, neither its
geographical nor its botanical source has been leai-ned. At times the
market offerings would indicate that it constitutes about one-half of the
available supply of so-called male fern.
'•■An e.xamination of the authorities disclosed but one reference to it as an adulterant:
" Do not confuse with Scoparius."— King's Am. Disp., Revision by Lloyd and Felter.
255
N'oTES ON Apple Rusts.
H. H. Whetzel.
The following notes on the apple rusts of Crawfordsville and vicinity
are presented with the hope that they may prove helpful to those inter-
ested in this group of fiuigi. The observations recorded here are the re-
sults of three j^ears' study of these plants. No systematic classification
of our forms has been attempted, but the species studied is probably
Tremella Juniperi-Yirginianae (Schw.), as listed by Arthur in his Generic
Nomenclature of Cedar Apples. This is the most common one in our
locality. Special work on the anatomy of the cedar apple and the various
forms in which this fungus occurs is now under way and will he ready
for presentation soon.
GENERAL PKEVALENCE OF THE TARASITE THROUGHOUT THIS
DISTRICT.
The general prevalence and abundance of this pest throughout this
section of the State is to lie attril)uted to two causes: First, the occur-
rence of cedars throughout the timliered tracts of this region in such num-
bers and so generally distributed as to insiire a universal infection of the
orchards of the district: second, the prevailing ignorance of the farmers
and apple growers in regard to the relation of the galls of the cedar to
the Roestelia of the apple. Most farmers have planted cedars about their
yards, either for ornament or protection, and as the orchards are always
in close proximity to the house, the fungus is placed in a position for easy
dissemination and perpetuation. One farmer not far from Crawfordsville
alternated a row of apple trees with one of cedars throughout his orchard
for protection from winds. Another gentleman, in the city, planted a row
of cedars through his orchard along either side of the path that led from
the street to his house. The result in both cases, of course, is evident. Al-
most every lawn in the outskirts of the city supports one or more cedars
to the detriment of every susceptible apple tree in the neighborhood.
PHENOMENAL ABUNDANCE OF THE FUNGUS DURING 190O AND
ITS MARKED SCARCITY THE FOLLOWING SEASON.
The phenomenal abundance of the cedar apples and the very marked
ravages of the rust on the apple trees, of the city during 1900 aroused the
interest not only of those acquainted with the parasite, but also veiy
256
generally of the citizens of the city. On a field trip in November, 1899,
we noticed the extraordinary abundance and great size of the galls that
infested the cedars in yards and pastures. In commenting upon this
Prof. Thomas said that never before had he seen them in such numbers
and of such large size, some of them being at that time as large as wal-
nuts. The infection was very general. Every cedar fx'om the small seedling
to the tall tree was fairly loaded on every twig and branch with the choco-
late-brown galls. Just what caused this unusual abundance is not so easily
discovered, but perhaps the folloAving record of the weather for .July and
August and the first days of September, 1899, may throw some light on
the matter. From observations made the following year it was found that
the aecidiospores began to ripen al)out July 20. Beginning, tlien, with
July 28, we have tlie following:
July 28, 1899 Rain
August 2, 1899 Rain
August 5. 1 899 Rain
August 8, 1899 Rain
August 2.5, 1899 Rain
September 0. 1899 Rain
Six heavy rains, followed Ity Intervals of from three to sixteen days of
warm, fair weather, as shown by the weather reports kept in the city,
the very best conditions for tlie distribution and germination of the
aecidiospores on the cedar. "What other factors may have entered into
this general infection we ai"e unable to say.
The conditions the following spring (1900) bore out fully the promises
of the previous fall. The warm rains of the latter part of April and
throughout May brought forth the yellow gelatinous masses of teleuto-
spores in abundance. So numerous and large were the galls that the limi s
of the trees bent beneath the burden and the large yellow masses could be
seen for long distances. The warm sun of the days following the rain
dried up the gelatinous masses, causing the teleutospores to germinate and
produce countless numbers of sporidia, Avhich were carried far and near
to the apple trees of the city and surrounding country. How perfect tlie
weather conditions of that spring Avere for the dissemination of this
fungus, the following record will shoAv:
257
April 17. 1900 Raiu
April 20. lOOO Rain
May G— 8. 1900 Rain
May 18—19, 1900 Rain
May 23, 1900 Rain
May 28—29. 190O Raiu
May 31. 1900 Rain
Here were heavy rains with longer or shorter periods of fair, warm
days between them, the thermometer standing on an average at from
C.8 degrees to 70 degrees F.
Under conditions so favorable to the fungus, infection of the apple
trees was very general and tlie ravages of the Roestelia stage of the rust
were most severe. I.ate in July the aecidiospores began to ripen, the
leaves of the infected apple trees, already discolored by the numerous
yellow spots that had begun to appear during the latter part of ]May. now
grew brown and dropped off, so that by the middle of August some trees
were nearly liare and the gi'ound beneath them Avas covered with dead
leaves. Most of tlie young trees put forth a second growth of leaves.
INIany of the old trees, seemingly unable to meet the unusual demand,
either made a feeble effort or entirely refused to put out new leaves and
remained bare until tlie following spring. Of course, some perished. We
recall several such trees that were cut the next summer. The apple crop
suffered accordingly. Almost no fruit was produced and the little that
did mature was knotty and worthless. While the farmers of the northern
part of the State, where cedars are very scarce, were selling apples at
fifty cents to one dollar a bushel, grocers in the city of Crawfordsville
sold them "three apples for five cents" and proportionately per bushel.
This failure of the apple crop of this vicinity, while perhaps due in part to
the diy weather of the latter part of July, August and the first of Septem-
ber, was largely because of the ravages of the apple rust. Comparison of
this district with other apple producing sections of the country, where the
drought was equally severe but where the cedar does not occur, co ifirms
this .statement.
The general scarcity of the apple rust the following year (1901) was as
striking as had been its general prevalence the previous season. So scarce
were the galls in the spring of 1901 that it was with diflSculty that we
obtained specimens enough to supply a class of nine students. The tree
258
which the previous year had bent to the groiiiul Avith its weight of g-alls
now yiekled. after careful search, but five or six scrawny specimens. Not
only were the galls few in number, they Avere very small and produced
comparatively few spores. In many cases they consisted only of new
growths on the sides of the old galls and occasionally even the old galls
bore a second crop of teleutospores. To what, then, shall we attribute
this marked decrease in gall production? Certainly not to a deficiency in
aecidiospore supply, for we have already seen that the supply of aecidio-
spores during the summer of liW) was unusually large; not. indeed, to
any mishap that may have befallen the galls diu-ing the winter of 190O
and 1001, for upon field trips during October and November, 1900, the
general scarcity of the galls was very noticeable. The fact remains, then,
that the galls were not formed. To us it seems that the cause is to be
found in the weather conditions of the latter part of July, August and
early September of 19(iO, the period during which the large crop of aecidio-
spores was ripened and disseminated and when under favorable condi-
tions very general infection of the cedars should have occurred. The
weather reports for the period indicated are as follows:
.Inly 24. l!»(ii» Rain
August 12—15, VMO Rain
August 17—18, 10(10 Rain
Only three rains, practically oidy two, witli long periods of from eigh-
teen to thirty da.vs of warm, dry weather between (there was no rain
after August IS until September 10). with the thermometer averaging
about SO degrees F. A comparison of the above with conditions during
the same period in ISOO shows about one-half the number of raiils as oc-
curred dtiring the last mentioned time.
The Roestelia. while not so abundant during the past summer (1001)
as in 1000. have still been plentiful enough to aid materially in the de-
struction of the remaining apple trees of the city and country. The dry
weather of the latter part of the past summer (1001) has had its effect
on the infection of the cedars. Galls, while present, are not numerous, and
a repetition of the ravages of lOOO are not to be expected. Weather con-
ditions for this period are as follows:
July, 10f)l. no rain; average temperature. 00 degrees F.
August 14. lOOl. rain: average temperature, 80 degrees F.
August 18, 1001, rain; average temperature, 80 degrees F.
September 11, 1901, rain; average temperature, 80 degrees F.
259
AN EXPERIMENT.
For the past three years we have had occasion daily to pass the home
of Mayor Elmore, of Crawfordsville. On the lawn in front of bis house
stands a large cedar and just southeast of it, about three rods distant,
is a small apple tree, about seven years old. During the spring of IIXJO
we noticed the great abundance of the cedar apples which infested this
cedar and later in the summer the great number of leaves of this apple
tree that were covered with the Iloestelia. That the cedar galls were re-
sponsible for the attacks on the apple tree seemed quite evident, but we
decided to test it by an experiment the following spring, and also to de-
termine if by exclusion of the spores of the cedar galls the apple tree
might not be protected from the ravages of the lioestelia. Accordingly
on April 24. lIJiil, one of the limbs of the apple tree was enclosed in a
sack of cheesecloth. The apple leaves were just bursting from the buds
and the teleutospores had as yet not ripened on the cedars. Almut May 1.
just after a hard rain, the first gelatinous stalks with their teleutospores
made their appearance on the cedar apples, and on the following day
sporidia in alnmdance were produced. On May 27 the first indication
of the Roestelia, in the form of yellow spots or patches, appeared on the
exposed leaves of the tree. Examination of the protected leaves showed
only a very few spots. By July 3 no aecidia had ripened, although sper-
magonia in abundaaice had been produced. .July 27 the first aecidia ma-
tured. The sack had been removed .Tune 25 and the protected leaves
showed only about one-half as many spots as the unprotected. No more
spots appeared on any of the leaves during the remainder of the season.
The last crop of sporidia were produced about the last of May. at least a
month before the sack had been removed.
It was also observed that the west side of the apple tree, which was
directly exposed to the cedar, bore more clusters of aecidia per leaf than
the east side. This fact, together with the results in the protected brajich,
seems to prove conclusively that the sporidia of the teleutospores on the
cedar had produced the infection of the apple leaves. The failure of the
sack to exclude all of the sporidia was due to their minute size and the
openness of the cloth. The experiment will be repeated next spring with
cloth of a firmer texture. The fact that infection took place through the
cheesecloth proves that the sporidia and not the teleutospores are car-
260
ried to the apple leaves, since the openings in the cloth were too small to
allow the latter spores to pass through. This fact seems to have been
overlooked in many published reports on this fungus.
GERMINATION OF TELEUTOSPORES.
Many attempts at the germination of teleutospores were made in the
laboratory. Most of these Avere more or less successful. The only things
brought out worthy of note were: First, that in general our results con-
firmed the work done by H. M. Richards and recorded in his paper in the
Botanical Gazette for September. 1880: and second, that best results were
obtained when the teleutospores were germinated, not in an abundance
of water, but rather on simply moist slides placed in the sunlight under
bell jars. This allowed the spores to dry slowly, thus affording natural
conditions for sporidia. production.
Several gelatinous galls were allowed to dry in the sunliglit on the
window sill. An abundance of sjioridia were produced which covered the
sill lieneath and about the galls, while wet material showed upon exam-
ination no sporidia. This strengthens the statement previously made that
the sporidia and not the teleutosixires are disseminated l)y the wind, since
evidently the teleutospores never leave the gall before germination.
THE GALLS I'ERENNIAL.
As already mentioned, it was observed that many of the galls of the
spring of 1901 were but outgrowths on the sides of old galls and that in
many cases these old galls bore a second crop of teleutospores. Although
no further investigation has been made, there appears to be but one solu-
tion to the problem, and that is that the mycelium had summered in the old
galls, producing the new outgroAvths and the second crop of spores in the
spring. As far as we have found, no record of such a condition has been
made, and while evidence seems to show that the mycelium is perennial,
we wish to investigate further before making a definite statement and
only offer this obseiwation as a matter for consideration by those who
may be working on this fungus.
261
SUSCEPTIBILITY AND IMMUNITY OF DIFFERENT SPECIES OF
APPLES.
Some observations were made in different parts of the city to de-
termine the susceptibility and immunity of different species of apples. In
the experiment already described the apple tree infested was of the
Milnm A'ariety. In the same yard in which this tree stood was another
apple tree tliat was never infected by the rust. It was a fall apple,
variety unknown. In another yard in another part of the city stood two
apple trees with interlocking- branches; one Avas of the Bellflower variety,
a winter apple, the other was a large fall apple, variety unknown. Across
the street to the west stood two cedars that usually bore a few galls.
The Bellflower always suffered severely from attacks of the pest, while
the other tree remained free from it. The difference iu the appearance of
these two trees by the middle of August was most striking. The Bell-
flowei", with its sickly, yellowish foliage, mottled with the dark clusters
of Roestelia, presented a striking contrast to the dark, healthy green of its
neighbor's. The effect was also very noticeable in the apples of the two
trees. Those of the Bellflower were small, knotty and not numerous,
although the branches had been loaded witli blo.ssoms during the spring.
Tlie apples of the other tree were large, perfect and plentiful. More
extended observations regarding this point will be made next spring.
The selection of immune varieties seems to be the only solution of tlie
problem of the extinction of the fimgus. at least in this vicinity. Not only
do cedars occur in the natural forests of the region. l)ut they have been
very generally planted by farmers for protection and decoration so that
the only other method, the destruction of the cedars, is quite out of the
question, as so many not concerned in apple growing would not destroy
their cedars, and the absolute destruction of every red cedar would be
necessarv to exterminate the fungiis.
Notes on the Genus Stemonitis.
H. H. Whetzel.
During the past summer and fall we have made a careful study of the
genus Stemonitis, as represented by the species occuiTing in the vicinity
of Crawfordsville. Ind. This study has brouglit out several strikiug and
interesting conditions regarding the development of some structures of
tliis genus. The stiuly was made in the laboratories of AVabash College,
15— Academy of Science.
262
and the specimens examined represent the collections of three years from
this vicinity. Many species were from the campus and the shade trees
along the streets of the city.
Great care was taken in collecting. The exact place of its occurrence,
the date and other important data were preserved with the material. The
best specimens of each species were mounted for future reference, while
the remaining material was preserved for study. On each collecting trip
every specimen of slime mould was talien and subsequently identified to
insure thoroughness in the local work. This was necessary, as many spe-
cies could be determined only by extended study and comparison with
other material. Several species that appear exactly alike to the naked
eye vary greatly in minute structure.
Besides this, very careful mounts were made, both in balsam and
glycerine jelly, from fresh specimens. The spores were removed from
those mounted in balsam, in order to show eapillitium structures; others
to show spore markings were mounted in jelly, containing a small amount
of potassium hydrate to swell the spores. Careful measurements of spores
were kept and records preserved of their color en masse and under the
microscope. Fresh material was always used for color records, as the
spores change with age, and the entire sporangium with its spores changes
color several times during the process of fruiting. The following record
kept of S. maxima will illustrate this:
June 25, 7 p. m., Plasmodium, pearly white.
June 26, 6 a. m., fruited (still wet), purple black.
■Tune 26, 10 a. m., brownish, dark.
June 27, 3:30 p. m., lighter brown.
July 20, spores shed, purple brown, pale.
This specimen grew on an old charred stump convenient to the labora-
tory, and we examined it several times each day to note any changas of
color. Records of color variation of species of other genera also show
this striking change of color during and after fruiting.
For determination of species, Macbride's North American Slime Moulds
were used, while Lister's Mycetozoa was used for reference and com-
parison.
Before the presentation of the conclusions based upon a study of spor-
angium and spore structure, the following miscellaneous notes and obsei'-
vations may be of some interest:
263
The number of species occurring in this vicinity, so far as collections
up to the present show, are six of the twelve listed by Macbride. Be-
sides these, a seventh form was found differing quite materially from any
other species collected, and not corresponding -uith any description of
species listed by Macbride or any other author consulted. This form is
very common, and its distinctive characteristics are so much unlike those
of closely related individuals that it is doubtless a new species.
Very hot days following heavy showers seemed to present conditions
best suited for the development of the fruiting stage of Stemonitis, and
from early in the spring until late in the fall such conditions were sure
to bring forth beautiful sporangium clusters in abundance. A hot morn-
ing following a thunder shower is particularly favorable. Examination of
old trees and stumps early in the morning often revealed the pearly white
Plasmodia pushing forth upon the surface. As far as we have observed,
all Plasmodia of this genus are of a pearly white. Repeated attempts to
bring these Plasmodia to the laboratory to fruit always resulted in their
distortion, partial development or decay. In no case were there normal
fruits produced, although conditions seemed to be favorable.
A careful review of the particular habitat of each species revealed no
special place for each. We have found them almost everywhere, although
perhaps most frequently on the decaying trunks and stumps of the Bed
Maples that line the streets of the city. One stump of Red Maple has
produced for three successive years the most beautiful specimens of S.
Webberi; several fi'uitings being produced each season. Three were
noted this year. Usually an area six inches in diameter on the side of the
stump was completely covered with rich brown tufts. Board piles, posts
and sides of old buildings yielded many fine specimens. Some species
fruited on grass blades and leaves, which were in close proximity to the
old logs in which the Plasmodia grew. Some of the best specimens we
obtained came from an old charred stump on the campus. The sporangia
almost always occur in very exposed places. This, together with their
large size and' abimdance. makes the discovery of them comparatively
easy.
Many and careful attempts were made at germinating the spores of
the different species. None was successful, although several kinds of
media were used. Besides water, concoctions of rotten wood, on which
the specimens grew, were tried, but all without success.
264
CONCLUSIONS DRAWN FRO.M THE SYSTEMATIC STUDY.
Comparison of this geuiis with others of tlie order has lead us to be-
lieve that Stenionitis represents the most perfect differentiation and spe-
cialization of the Stemonitaceae. Next in oi'der l)elow it stands Coma-
tricha, from whicli the former is not very easily separated, as its lowest
forms are much like the higher forms of Comatricha. only its one char-
acteristic structure, the superficial net, serving to distinguish it.
This superficial net is peculiar in several respects. In the first place,
it is almost the only example of such a sti'ucture occiu-ring among the
slime moulds, although a slight indication of such a structure may be
noted in the higher forms of Comatricha. In the second place, its gradual
development and perfection in Stemonitis is indeed very remarkalile. Be-
sides, this gradual perfecting of net structure is found to correspond with
a. like perfecting of spore markings, so tliat in a species presenting the l)est
development of this superficial net we find the most specialized forms of
spore marking. Anotlier and almost equally interesting gradation in struc-
tural development, pamllel to tlie above, is to be seen in tlie inner
or supporting network of the capillitium. Although presenting some ex-
ceptions, this shows on the whole a tendency to a steady reduction in the
number of threads of tlie iiuier network and a thickening of the resulting
ones. In the species we have studied there was noted, corresponding to
the differentiation just described, a gradual increase in tlie height of
sporangia. An examination of Macbride's listed species jtresent some
interesting exceptions. A wide variation in lieight of sporangia of the
same species is common. But in general we think it may 1>e safely said
that the tendency Is toward taller and larger sporangia, with tlie increase
in complexity of the contained parts. There are other structures that upon
futtu'e investigation will probably reveal a like gradation.
Upon the discovery of this gradual and parallel development of certain
structures, it occurred to us that a classification of the species of this
genus, upon the basis of the development of some of these structures,
would not only lie the most convenient, l)tit might, at tlie same time,
repx^esent the natural sequence of the species in the genus. Of course
that structure which showed this development, and at tlie same time
proved most constant in tlie different species, was the one to lie chosen
as the primary liasis of classification. Careful investigation of a large
number of individuals of each species showed that spore markings pri-
marily, with size and color secondarily, was the structure to be selected.
265
The specimens were tliei) gone over most carefully, and the following
classification prepared, indudins- only the species that have come under
our observation, althoujih a revieAV of the remaining six species listed by
Macbride showed that they would fit into and complete most perfectly the
classification Avhich we had worked out. For convenience, the species
have been placed in three groups.
OLASSIFICATIOX OF THE SPPX'IBS OF STEMONmS.
Generic character— the superficial net.
Basis of species classification— spores; their markings, size and color.
Other structural characters important in separation of species— inner
and outer net structures of capillitium; height of sporangia, and
general color.
a. Epispore smooth or oidy slightly warted. with low, scattered
warts. Spores small, light colored or colorless.
1. Stemonitis pallida T\ ingate.
Spores nearly or quite smooth. 4-.^//, pale reddish
brown ?»caplllitium, inner netwoi'k dense; outer net
meshes small, 6-13//; height of sporangia, 4 mm.,
brownish purple, becoming pallid with age.
2. Stemonitis axifera (Bull) Macbr.
Spores with low, scattered warts, 5-Gi^,«, pale red-
dish brown; capillitium as in S. pallida; height of
sporangia 5-10 mm., ferruginous, with piu'ple tinge
after spore dispersal.
3. Stemonitis Smithii Macbr.
Spores minutely warted. o//, pale dusky brown;
capillitium more open than in S. axifera. outer net
meshes 6-15//; height of sporangia. 5-12 mm., bright
yellowish brown, rusty, paler after spore dif;persal.
4. Stemonitis (>4 (collection numben.
Spores smooth, or nearly so. 5//, pale dusky brown,
not reddish; capillititim. inner network open, outer
net with small meshes 10-25//, height of sporangia
, . 10 mm., dark purple brown, like S. maxima.
266
b. Epispore distinctly warted, warts spinose; spores larger and
darker than in a.
5. Stemonitis Morgan! Peck.
Spores densely but minutely warted with spinose
warts, 7-8//, reddish brown, dark with purple tinge;
capillitium, inner network loose, few branches,
outer net large meshed 15-40^; height of sporangia,
15-18 mm., rich reddish brown, dark with purple
tinge.
6. Stemonitis Webberi Rex.
Spores densely and very distinctly warted, 8-9//,
reddish brown; capillitium, inner net open, outer
net large, coarse, irregular meshes 50-125//; height
sporangia 18 mm., rusty brown.
c. Epispore reticulate, lai'ge, dark, violaceous never brown.
7. Stemonitis maxima Schw.
Spores reticulate, 7-8//, dark violaceous; capil-
litium, inner net of medium density, outer net
meshes 8-40//; height of sporangia 5-10 mm., dark
purple brown, becoming pallid with age.
The VEaETATiON of Abandoned Rock Quarries.
Mel T. Cook.
The study of the encroachment of plants on waste land and the order
of their succession becomes especially interesting in the case of the aban-
doned rock quarries because of the very small amount of soil.
The following observations were made from the study of three lime-
stone quarries in Greencastle, Indiana, and vicinity. It is impossible to
give the exact ages of these quarries; a small amount of rock is still
taken from them. Rough estimates will be given in the following de-
scriptions:
Quarry A.— A small quarry, about ten or fifteen years old; about two-
thirds of the floor covered with water, which drains in from a small area;
no natural outlet.
Quarry B.— A much larger quarry, about fifteen or twenty years old;
very long and narrow and extending east and west; the first work done in
267
tne western end; small stream runs the entire length from east to west;
another much smaller stream from a spring- enters on the north side,
spreads out fan-shaped and joins the main stream. A small marsh in
one part of quarry. Heavy woodland on the south.
Quariy C— Very little larger than B and about twenty or twenty-five
years old. Extending north and south; first work at north end; small
stream runs through north end; large pond in south end. Almost sur-
rounded bv thin woodland.
vi?-|-..^^iY*i
Vj^
"Vf ^'
r
'
^/r .
>f
'
t
'fliH
Fig. 1.
There is no soil in these quarries except the small amount incidentally
carried in by the workmen, by the wind, by the streams; and the pow-
dered limestone soil, the result of blasting and crushing.
Although there may be many factors bringing seeds into the quarry,
the two principal ones are wind and water.
The order in which the plants appear in these quaiTies is as follows:
Algae, lichens, mosses, scouring rushes, monocotyledons and dicotyledons.
268
The water naturally brings in tlH> alyae. wliicli grow in great variety
and al)unclance. Lichens are not very abundant and are usually found in
the higher parts. The peculiar soil formed from powdered limestone
forms a muck in which a few species of mosses grow, but not in great
abundance. A few very poor specimens of Equisetum arvense were found
in quarry I^. having come in from the gravel bed of the railroad which
runs on the north bluff of this quarry.
Of tlie Spermatopliytes the mouorotylcdons are the tirst to appear, the
hydrophytes leading and invading tlie iionds. Of these the most showy
is the Typha latifolia L. (Fig. 1», wliidi w:is very abundant in all three
(piarnes. Around the margins of these ponds tlie sedges were very
abundant, gradually giving w^ay to the grasses a little fiii-ther back.
Of the dicotyledons, the Avillows (Sali.x. sp.) and sycamore (Platanus
occidentalis L.) were the most conspicuous (Figs. 1 and 2). The willows
269
were always in great abundance along the streams and on the margins of
the ponds. The sycamores were by far the most interesting growth and
were found abundantly in quarries B and C. They were more abundant
and much larger in the old parts of the quarry and seemed especially well
adapted to this peculiar soil: in fact, they seemed to be able to grow ^^ith
little or no soil except the limestone powder in the crevices. Fig. 3 shows
a tree about eight inches in diameter growing out of the apparent solid
Fig. 3.
floor of quarry C. Fig. 4 shows a tree of about four inches in diameter
growing out of a crevice between strata in the wall of the same quarry.
In the older parts of the quarry and around the margins, where con-
siderable amounts of surface soil has been carried in. the dicotyledonous
plants are very abundant.
270
The common watercross (Koripa nasturtium L.) was abundant in
(luarry B, having been carried in l)y tlie little stream from the north. Its
spread, however, was very slow, seemingly dependent on the amount of
surface soil carried in by tlie stream, since it did not thrive in the lime-
stone soil.
A few plants of the button bush (Cephalanthus occidentalis L.) were
found around Ihe pond in ([uany ('.
Fig. 4.
A summary gives the following conclusions: ilj the lirst plants are
the algae in great variety and abundance. (2) A very few lichens. (3) A
few mosses. (4) Equisetum very rare; the soil not suited to its growth.
(5) Typical hydrophyte societies in the ponds, the Typha latifolia being
most conspicuoiis. The ponds slowly encroached upon by the sedges and
grasses: These plants form a soil for the many dicotyledons wliicli are
2Y1
found iu the older parts of the quarry. (G) The willows aud sycamores are
the first trees, both being specially well adapted to the thin soil.
The following census of plants was made from quarry B by Mr. Guy
Wilson:
1. Typha latifolia L.
2. .iUisma Plantago aquatica L.
3. Panicum dichotomum L.
4. Muhlenbergia sp.
5. Phleum partense L.
6. Agrostis alba L.
7. Cyperus sp .
8. Carex sp .
9. Ixophorus glaucus (L.) Nash.
10. Juucus effusus L.
11. Juncus tenuis Willd.
12. Juncus nodosus L.
13. Salix sp .
14. Ulmus Americana L.
15. Rumex crispus L.
16. Polygonum sp .
17. Roripa nasturtium (L.) Rusby.
18. Draba Caroliniana Walt.
19. Platanus occidentalis L.
20. Potentilla monspeliensis L.
21. Pyrus sp. (cultivated).
22. Melilotus alba Desv.
23. Trifolium partense L.
24. Ti'ifolium repens L.
25. Acalypha gracilens A. Gray.
26. Euphorbia nutans Lags.
27. Rhus radicans L.
28. Impatiens sp .
29. Onagra Oakesiana (A. Gray) Britton.
30. Daucus carota L.
31. Asclepias incarnata L.
32. Verbena urticifolia L.
33. Scutellaria lateriflora L.
34. Prunella vulgaxis L.
272
35. Hedeojua pulegioules L.
o<>. Lycopus rubellus Moeneli.
37. :Meiitlia piperita L.
38. Mimulus alatus Solaud.
39. Plaiitago major L.
40. Micrampelis lobata (Mielix.) Greene.
41. Lactuca Scariola L.
42. Lactuca Canadensis L.
43. Ambrosia tritida L.
44. Xantliinm strumarium L.
45. Vernonica si) .
4(3. Eupatorium perfoliatum L.
47. Solidago Canadensis L.
48. Erigeron Philadelphicus L.
49. Bidens laevis (L.) B. S. P.
50. Bidens t'rondosa L.
The Germinative Power of the Conidia of Aspergillus
ORYZiE.
Mary F. Hiller.
Former investigations of the mould, Aspergillus oryzae, liave resulted
in many practical suggestions which have determined this mould to be
of interest to the commercial as well as to the scientific public.
In 1876 Ahlburg, the first investigator of the mould, described the
fungus and named it EiU'otium oryzae. Cohn. in 1883, in his study of
moulds as industrial factors, called it Aspergillus oryzae. Biisgen, in 1883,
gave the first complete description of this mould, and in 1893 Welimer
attempted a structural study. From this time many investigators were
at work in many different lal)oratories working out the life histoiy of the
fungus. It was Takamiue, a Japanese chemist, who introduced Asper-
gillus oryzae into the laboratories of this counti-y.
The careful experiments of many investigators, among whom are Jor-
gensen. Hansen, Klocher, also Atkinson and Hoffman, who have treated
it from the industrial standpoint, have resulted in suggesting for this
mould many interesting properties, such as the claims that 'the mycelium.
273
in developing;, secretes a diastatic ferment and tliat under certain conditions
of groAvtli tlie mould is convertible into yeast. These two properties alone
would establish its value to the commercial world aside from its scien-
tific interest.
The object of the followin.ii- experiments is to study the yerminative
power of the conidia of Aspergillus oryzae. the plan being to test the
conidia of various ages in differejit media.
This study was suggested by a statement of Wehmer's to the effect
that neither the age of the inoculating material, nor the medium upon
which it has been grown, affect the germinative power of the conidia.
The material used in these experiments was taken from cultures germi-
nated upon the following media: Wort (obtained from the brewery, un-
fermented, but after having been hopped), wort-gelatine (wort fortified with
ten per cent, gelatine), dextrose, rice, bran, also some of the so-called orig-
inal material which had been obtained from Takamine. These cultures,
which were seventeen in number, covered the dates of Mai'ch 29, 1897.
to November 20, 1898.
A new series of cultures were made from these seventeen cultures,
which varied in age from two years and eleven months to foiu- years and
seven months, the testing medium being wort. T'pon examination of
these cultures the following results were obtained: Cultures obtained
from the six, grown originally upon wort, and which varied in age from
two years and eleven months to three years and seven months, had been
germinated and the mould was in a vigoi'ous and advanced stage of
growth. Those cultures taken from bran, rice, wort-gelatine and the
oi'iginal material failed to show any signs of germination.
In the second series of cultures the medium of germination used was
wort-gelatine. Upon examination of these cultures at various dates, it
w^as found that the six taken from the wort cultures had germinated and
the mould had grown vigorously, while those cultures taken from bran,
rice. etc.. had failed as in series number one.
Pasteur solution was the medium used in the third series of cultures.
The results obtained were the same as the results from series one and two.
the six cultures taken from wort having germinated and all others hav-
ing failed.
The fourth series, the testing medium bouillon, gave the following
results: Six cultures taken from woit grew, also one taken from bran,
274
which was four years and six months of age, the cultures from wort-
gelatine, rice and the original material having failed.
For a fifth series of cultures gelatine was added to beef broth, and the
results of these cultures were the six from wort grew, the fungus being
in a vigorous state, also one from wort-gelatine, which was three years
of age, the growth not being vigorous; cultures from bran, rice, original
material and the remaining four of wort-gelatine failed.
The series of moist chambers in which a drop of wort was used was
then made, and the following were the results obtained: Germination had
talien place in cultures obtained from rice three years and nine months
of age, one from wort-gelatine tlu-ee years of age and the six from wort.
Those failed which had been obtained from cultures on bran, dextrose,
original material and the remaining four on wort-gelatine.
A series of cultures was also made using Pasteur solution and alcohol
to normal solution, but no results at all were obtained, germination having
failed in every culture.
New cultures were made in wort from the original cultures which had
germinated in just one or two testing media and were as follows: One
fi'om wort-gelatine which was three years of age and had germinated in
beef broth and gelatine; one from rice three years and eight months of
age. which had germinated in the moist chamber, wort having been used;
one from bran four years and six months old, which had germinated in
bouillon; one from wort-gelatine three years old. It had germinated in the
moist chamber. These four cultui-es failed' to give any sign of germina-
tion. From this result it is suggested that the cutting off of the air supply
had permitted the conidia to germinate in wort in the moist chamber
where the test tube cultures in wort failed to promote germination.
A microscopical examination was made of the conidia from cultures
of various media and dates, the following being the conidia examined:
Those from original cultures in wort, wort-gelatine, dextrose, from cul-
tures of Series I, in which wort was the medium; Series III, Pasteur solu-
tion the medium; Series IV, bouillon the medium. In these examinations
the conidia showed no apparent difference.
The tabular form of these experiments and the results obtained from
them suggests the following conclusions:
First.— The germinative power of the conidia of Aspergillus oryzae is
dependent upon the medium upon which the inoculating material has been
grown.
2Y5
Second.— The age of the inoculating material in these experiments
varied from two years and eleven months to four years and seven months,
^nd from results obtained the germinative power lessens with age.
Third.— (a) Some media are decidedly favorable to the fungus in re-
taining its vitality. Example 1: Wort, all cultures from it having germi-
nated in each of the six testing media, (b) Other media are favorable un-
der certain conditions. Example: Wort-gelatine. Out of five cultures one
grew in one of the testing media, (c) Still other media are decidedly un-
favorable. Example: Dextrose, cultures from it having failed throughout
the experiments.
Fourth.— Alcohol is not stimulating to the conidia of Aspergillus oryzae.
LITERATURE.
Busgen: "Ueber Aspergillus oryzae," Botan. Centralbl. No. 41, p. 62, 18^.
Golden, K. E.: "Aspergillus oryzae," from the proceedings of the Indiana
Academy of Science, pp. 189-201, 1898.
Jorgensen, A.: "Micro-Organisms and Fermentation," pp. 92-93, 1893.
"Ueber den I^rsprung der Alkoholhefen," Berichte des Gahrungsph.,
Labor, 189.5.
Ivlocher, A., and Schiouning, H.: "Experimentelle Untersuchungen liber
die vermeintliche Umbildung des Aspergillus oryzae in einen Sac-
charomyceten," Centr. f. Bakt. u. Par. Bd. I, Nos. 22, 23, pp. 777-782,
1895; "Que savons-nous de 'lorignine des Saccharomyses?" Compte
rendu du Labaratoire de Carlsberg, pp. 36-68, 1896.
Takamine, .J.: "Diastatic Fungi and Their Utilization." Am. .Tour. Phar.,
vol. 70, No. 3. pp. 137-241, 1898.
AVehmer, C: "Aspergillus oryzae, der Pilz der japanischen Sake-Brau-
erei," Oentr. f. Bakt. u. Par., Bd. I. Nos. 4. .5, pp. 150-1*30; Nos. 6, pp.
209-220. 1895. "Sakebrauerei und Pilzverzuckerung," Centr. f. Bakt. u.
Par.. Bd. I. Nos. 15, 16, pp. 565-581, 1895.
Spore Resistance of Loose Smut of Wheat to Formalin and
Hot Water.
William Stuart.
The comparative absence of any definite knowledge of the spore re-
sistance of the loose smut of wheat to formalin and hot water, and the
lack of any efficient method of preventing losses to the wheat crop from it,
seem to invite some attention to this phase of the question. In a measure
276
the work Avliich luis been performed is simply a continuation of some in-
vestigations liegnn dnriny tlie season of 1898. and reported in the Acad-
emy Froceedinjis for tliat year. pp. (54-70. At that time work was under-
taken witli both wlieat and oats smut. l)Ut on account of the fact that the
wheat smut spores did not remain viable under laboratory conditions
this portion of the Avork had to be abandoned. Further opportunity for
study of the wheat smut did not present itself till last summer. A con-
siderable quantity of smutted heads was collected from last year's wheat
crop just after the grain headed out. and lief ore the spores were lilown or
washed off the rachis. This material was kept in the laboratory until
needed for use. Spores mounted in hanging drop cultures over moist cells-
showed good germination in distilled or tap water at the time the material
was collected, but in the coiu'se of two or three weeks failed to germinate.
As these results corresponded with those of ]S!>8. it was decided to try
germinating them in some nutrient solution. Accordingly a. Pasteur sugar-
solution Avas substituted for the Avater, Avith the result that a vigorous,
germination Avas obtained.
In order to in.sure a uniform lot of spores for the culture experiments^
a sufficient quaytity of them AA'ere jarred from the smutted heads, and
after remoA'al of the detritus by screening, they were thoroughly mixed
and collected in a recejitacle from Avhi<-h fresh supplies Avere draAvn as
desirefl.
Trciitmeiit of ihc v/Jo/r.s". — The spores AA-ere treated in muslin sacks, one
corner of which Avas AA'eighted AA'ith a small qiiantity of shot in order to
eari-j' the sacks doAAii into the solution and maintain them in pi'oper posi-
tion while being treated.
In treating the spores, especially in the formalin solutions it was
found absolutefy essential that only a miiuite quantity of spores !»e taken,
otherwise they Avere apt to collect in masses, and in this way the solu-
tion did not readily permeate the whole mass. WhencA-er this occurred,
in the shorter periods of treatment, spores taken from the interior of these
masses aa-ouM iinariably sIioaa' germination.
Formalin treotmevf.—The strength of formalin solutions iised were .18,
.25 and .5 per cent. The periods of treatment to which the spores were
subjected in these solutions AA^ere one-quarter, <me-half. one. and tAVO
hours, the four lots of spores being treated at the same time, each l>eing
successiA'ely remoA'ed without in any AA'ay disturbing the remaining ones.
The treate<l spores were mounted :is soon as possible after removal froncb
277
the formalin solution, and, after a microscopic examination, were placed
in a moist chamber, the moist chamber being used in order to obviate
the necessity of using- vaseline to cement the cover slips to the glass cell.
Better results seemed to be obtauied when the culture had free access to
moist air.
The data obtained from the formalin treatment which is given in
Table I, shows that the quarter-hour treatment in the weaker solutions
were apparently not effective. In the .18 per cent, solution with the quar-
ter-hour treatment every culture made showed good germination, while
in the .25 per cent, solution eight out of twelve showed germination in
the quarter-hour treatment and one out of twelve in the half-hour.
TABLE I.
Germination Tests of Spores Treated With Formalin.
Strength
of
Solution.
Length
of
Treatment.
Number
of
Cultures.
Cultures
Showing
Germination.
Percentage
of
Same.
.18
i hour.
4
4
100
.18
^ hour.
4
0
.18
1 hour.
4
0
,18
2 hours.
2
0
.25
i hour.
12
8
67
,25
^ hour.
12
1
8.3
.25
1 hour.
4
0
.25
2 hours.
4
u
.50
J hour.
3
0
,50
J hour.
3
0
.50
,1 hour.
3
0
.50
2 hours.
3
0
Not treated.
10
10
100
278
The latter germination is probably accidental, owing to the fact that
the half-hour treatment in the .18 per cent, solution showed no germina-
tion. Treatment in the .5 per cent, solution proved effective in all cases.
In order to note the action of the formalin upon the smut after their
removal from the solution, cultures were made of the spores at different
periods after their removal, varying from a quarter to one and a half
hours. The data obtained, which is presented in Table II, shows con-
clusively that the formalin proved effective in the quarter-hour treatments
if given sufficient time to act upon the spores before moimting them in the
liquid media. Spores treated a quarter hour in the weakest solution and
mounted one hour after showed no germination.
TABLE II.
Qerminafion of Spores Treated 1/4 Hour in Formalin Solution, Mounted Some Time
After.
Time elapsed
after removal
from Formalin
Solution.
Strength
of
Solution.
Number
of
Cultures.
Cultures
Showing
Germination.
Percentage
of
Same.
1 hour.
.18
2
0
....
IJ hours.
.18
2
0
^ hour.
.25
2
2
TOO
i hour.
.25
4
2
50
1 hour.
.25
2
0
1 hour.
.25
3
0
In the quarter per cent, solution the treatment was effective if the
spores were not mounted for three-quarters of an hour after their re-
moval from the formalin. It would appear, therefore, that under ordi-
nary conditions of farm practice in which the seed is allowed to dry before
being planted, treatment with either strength of solution should prove
effective. In actual practice, however, such a treatment does not pi'ove
effective. This has been amply demonstrated by some experiments which
were reported by Dr. Arthur in the Thirteenth Annual Report of the Indi-
ana Experiment Station, p. 21, .lanuary, 1901, in which seed treated a half
hour in a .4.5 per cent", solution of formalin at an average temperature of
279
124.5 degrees F., showed over one per cent, of smutted heads in the result-
ant crop.
Hot latter treatment.— Ou\j two periods of treatment were tried with
hot water; these were for five and ten minutes. The range of temperature
tried was from 130 degrees F. to 100 degrees F. The highest temperature
used was considered the lowest point at which the treatment of wheat seed
could be expected to prove effective, and it was therefore taken as the
starting point in the work. As this temperature proved effective in killing
the spores, a lower one was tried and so on until the lower limit of effect-
iveness was reached. The results of the work, which are presented in
Table III, show that the lower limit of effective treatment was 110 degrees
F. for five minutes and 105 degrees F. for ten minutes.
TABLE III.
Oerminalion of Spores Treated With Hot Water.
Temperature
of
Water.
Length
of
Treatment.
Number
of
Cultures.
Cultures
Showing
Germination.
Percentage
of
Same.
130° F.
5 minutes.
2
0
130° F.
10 minutes.
2
0
125° F.
5 minutes.
2
0
125° F.
10 minutes.
2
0
120° F.
5 minutes.
4
0
120° F.
10 minutes.
4
0
115° F.
5 minutes.
4
0
115° F.
10 minutes.
4
0
110° F.
5 minutes.
6
0
110° F.
10 minutes.
6
0
105° F.
5 minutes.
8
4
50
105° F.
10 minutes.
6
0
100° F.
5 minutes.
2
2
100
100° F.
10 minutes.
4
4
100
Not treated.
19
19
100
280
The uuusiially low temperature at wliicli the vialiilitj- of the spores
were impaired seems all the more remarkable when we take into account
the fact that a treatment of the seed wheat for ten minutes at a tem-
perature of 130 degrees F. is not effective iu removing all the smut from
the ensuing crop. The results obtained from both the formalin and hot
water treatments would seem to indicate that the spores are easily killed,
in weak solutions of formalin and in comparatively low temperatures of
water, when brought in direct contact with these agencies.
The lack of success in treating the seed for smut seems to be due to
the inal)ility of the agency used to reach all the smut spores. This is
probal)ly due to the fact that the seed coat is somewhat impervious to
liquid solutions: hence, all spores that are held in the interstices of the
seed coat are reached with ditticulty. if at all. Assuming this explana-
tion to be correct, it would appear that a different treatment sliould be
accorded wheat than that advocated for oats. Some preliminary treat-
ment should l)e given with the object of softening the seed coat, to such
an extent as to permit of the ready action of whatever disinfecting agency
it is desired to employ. With this idea in view a series of experiments
were undertaken in which the seed, intended for treatment either with
formalin or hot water, was given a preliminary soaking in water at about
70 degrees F. Tlie length of time in Avhicli the seed was allowed to soak
in water varied somewhat inversely to the time in which it was to be
treated in formalin and hot water. For example, in the formalin treat-
ments in wliich four lots of seed were treated, the first lot was soaked
a half iiour in the water and two hours in the formalin solution, whereas
the fourth lot was soaked three hours in the water ami only a quarter-
hour in the formalin solution. In the hot water treatment, somewhat the
same metliod was followed, except that a sliorter period of treatment was
given.
Germination tests were made of the treated seed in a (Geneva germi-
uator. The treatment of the seeds and the data obtained from the germi-
nator tests which are presented in Tables IV and V. show that the forma-
lin treatments injiired the viability of the seeds somewhat more than
that of the hot water. In neither case, however, was the seed appreciably
injured.
281
TABLE IV.
Germination of Seed Wheat Soaked in Water, Then Treated With Formalin.
Treated in
.18% Formalin.
Per Cent
OF GERMINAf ION IN
Total
Per Cent.
Germination.
Cold Water.
1 day.
2 days.
3 days.
4 days.
5 days.
>2 hour.
2 hours.
35.5
74
82.5
86.-
87.-
87
1 hour.
1 hour.
22.5
67
80.5
85.5
85.5
2 hours.
% hour.
36
76.5
84.5
87
88
88.-
3 hours.
34 hour.
34
81
81
85.5
87.5
87.5
0
36.5
72.5
81.5
95.-
95.-
TABLE V.
Germination of Seed Wheat Soaked in Water, Then Treated in Hot Water.
Treated in
AVater at
120^ F.
Per Cent, op Germination in
Total
Per Cent.
Germination.
Cold Water.
1 day.
2 days.
3 days.
4 days.
5 days.
1 hour.
2 hours.
3 hours.
4 hours.
>2 hour.
34 hour.
10 minutes.
10 minutes.
10.5 64.5
31.5 76
45.5 81.5
46 i 92
92
93.5
91.5
94.5
93
94
97
93
94
91.5
97.-
95
The delayed germination of the untreated seed was due to the fact
that it had not been soaked in water previous to putting it in the germi-
nator, hence it tooli some time to absorb sufficient moisture for germina-
tion.
In the formalin treatment seed soaked three liours in water and then
treated a quarter-hour in an .18 per cent, solution of formalin, was not ma-
terially injured, there being but 7.5 per cent, less germination than from
the untreated. That soaked one hour in water and one hour in the
formalin solution showed slightly more injury than any of the others.
I-'or the hot water treatment a temperature of 120 degrees F. was
chosen, on the supposition that though considerably lower than that used
16— Academy of Science.
282
in ordinary practice it was nevertheless snfticiently liigli to insure killing
all spores with which it came in contact. Four lots of seetl were treated,
for periods varying from one to four hours in the cold water and from
ten to thirty minutes in the hot Avater. The highest germination obtained
was from seed which had been soaked four liours in cold water and ten
minutes in the hot water.
SUMMARY.
A careful consideration of the evidence at hand would seem to indicate
that iu themselves smut spores are easily destroyed by either formalin or
hot water treatments.
Owing to the somewhat impervious nature of the seed coats of wheat,
and the not improbable fact that spores find lodgment in the interstices
of them, it is "difficult to reach and kill all the spores Avith any ordinary
method of treatment.
To render the seed coats of wheat susceptible to such agencies as are
commonly employed for the prevention of smut, it appears to be necessary,
even impei'ative. that they should be soaked for some time in cold or tepid
water prior to treatment.
A three hours' soaking in cold Avater and a, quarter-hour treatment in
an .18 per cent, formalin solution did not materially injiu'e the viability
of the seeds.
Seeds soaked four hours in cold water and then treated ten minutes
in water at 120 degre<?s F. gave slightly better germination than the un-
treated seeds.
Some Additions to the Flora of Indiana.
William Stuart. ^
The accompanying list of floAvering and fungous plants are some which
have been collected by the writer during the past tAVO seasons. In the
flowering plants, out of a list of five, three are far removed from the
range to AA'hich they are accredited.
In presenting the list it has been tliought desiralile to append a feAV
notes imder each species, giving the locality and soil in Avhich they Avere
collected, together with such other observations as might be deemed of
interest.
283
FLO^\ERING PLANTS.
1. Agropyroii occidentale Scriltii. (A. Spicatum L. & L.) Ctjlorado Blue-
stem. Tippeeaiioe County.
This species is not listed in Bnttoii and BroAvu, but may be found in
the revised edition of Bulletin IT of Division of Agrostology, United States
Department of Agriculture, p. 21KS. liMH. According to Scribner it is found
•'iu dry or moist soil. "Wisconsin to Iowa, and westward to Washing-
ton, Texas and Arizona." It was found in abundance by the writer along
the Wabash and Monou raili-oads south of Lafayette, in diy, gi-avelly soil.
Its introduction into the State is doubtless due to the railroads.
2. Sporobolus neglectus Nash. (S. vaginaeflorus Yasey.) Small Rush-
grass. Tippecanoe County.
Found growing iu abundance along sidewalks in West Lafayette. No
other station noted.
3. Chenopodium murale L. Nettle-leaved Goosefoot. Tippecanoe County.
Collected along sidewalk in Lafayette.
4. Astragalus Tennesseensis Asa Gray. Tennessee Milk Vetch. Tippe-
canoe County.
This plant was collected in sandy bottom land along the Wea Creek,
about four miles south of Lafayette, and some two hundred yards down
stream from the Wabash railroad bridge. It is probable that it owes its
introduction into the State to the railroad. Not very abundant. Of this
plant Britton and Brown say: "On hillsides. Tennessee to Alabama and
Missouri, March to :May." It was collected in fruit the latter part of May.
5. Psoralea tenuitlora Pursh. Few-tloweved Psoralea. Tippecanoe County.
Found growing along the Wabash railroad south of Lafayette. Not
abundant. Collected in fruit .July 7. 1901. Britton and Brown give the
range as follows: "Prairies of Illinois and Minnesota to Texas and Sonora
west to Colorado and Montana. May to October."
PLANT RUSTS.
6. Puccinia vexans Farlow. On Bouteloa ciu-tipendula (Michx.) Fon.
Tippecanoe County. II. III. collected .Tuly 20. 1900.
7. Puccinia panici Dietl. On Panicum virgatum L. Tippecanoe County.
III. collected May 30. 1901. (Telentospores of previous season.)
II, collected June 22.
284
This rust was collected on an isolatotl clump of Panicum virgatum, in
the same region as that in which P. vexans was found. The date of the
formation of teleutospores was not obtained owing to the destruction of
the grass by fire.
8. Aecidium Pammelii Trelease. On Euphorbia corollata L. Tippecanoe
County.
This aecidium was collected June 9, 1901, on plants of E. corollata, which
were growing in close proximity to the clump of P. virgatum that was
affected with the rust P. panici. The absence of any other aecidium sug-
gested to the writer that possibly this was the aecidial stage of P. panici.
'Accordingly some of the affected Euphorbia leaves were collected and in-
oculations made upon potted plants of P. virgatum in the station green-
house. Leaves of these plants were inoculated June 11 and 14, the latter
being made with freshly collected material. In each instance well-devel-
oped uredosori were obtained in eight days from the time of infection.
As both inoculations were entirely successful, it would appear reasonably
certain that A. Pammelii on E. corollata is the aecidial stage of P. panici
on P. virgatum.
9. Aecidium physalides Pk. On Physalis heterophylla Nees. Tippecanoe
County. Collected May 22, 1901.
The writer wishes to acknowledge his indebtedness to Dr. Arthur for
the determination of the rusts.
Effect of the Composition of the Soil "Upon the Minute
Structure of Plants."^'
Herman B. Dorner.
The growth and distribution of plants are dependent upon four fao
tors, namely, light, temperature, moisture and soil. Under moisture are
included both that of the soil and that of the atmosphere. Soil and mois-
ture may well be treated together, since the one is greatly dependent upon
the other. In the Avork carried out. the only factor which was varied was
that of the soil.
The changes occurring in plant structures, due to the variation of any
of the.se factors, may be divided into two groups. These may be con-
••'An abstract from a thesis presented to the Faculty of Purdue University for the degree
of Master of Science.
285
veniently called permanent and temijorary changes. By permanent changes
are meant those which have become fixed in the plant and are due to gen-
eration after generation being subject to the same conditions. By tempo-
rary changes are meant those which have taken place for only a genera-
tion or two and which have not become impressed upon the plant to such
an extent but that it will again revert to the normal on being placed under
the former conditions. To this latter group belong the temporary reduc-
tion of leaf surfaces, stunted growths, and other similar changes. It is
only this latter group which can possibly figure in the work carried on.
The study of the gross changes, due to the variation of soil conditions,
has always been one of great interest to the botanist. These changes may
be seen in nature all about us and often the vegetation of a region will
give, to the trained eye, the conditions of the soil. The soil is now
studied, not by chemical analysis, but by what will grow upon it.
The object of the experiment has been to determine whether these
variations in the soil have given other than gross changes. Although the
minute differences were the main object in view, all gross changes, which
occurred, were noted in order to trace their connection with the minute
ones.
The soils used in the experiment were a good, dark loam, a good yel-
low clay, and a clean pit sand.
The loam used contained only a very small quantitj- of sand and was
taken from a field which had been under cultivation for a number of years,
but to which little or no manure had been added for some time. It
contained a large amount of silt and humus.
The clay also contained a veiy small quantity of sand and was secured
only a short distance from a brickyard. The soil, however, was a little
too light for brick-malving.
The sand was a clear pit sand, not over sharp or very coarse. On
washing it showed very little silt or foreign substances.
The other three conditions, temperature, light and moisture, were
kept, as nearly as possible, uniform for all.
In watering, great care was taken to keep them in tlie best growing
condition. The plants were only given water when they required it, so that
in no case were they overwatered or allowed to dry out more than
possible.
286
The plants were groAvn in a greenhouse with a day temperature of about
21 degrees C. aiid a niglit temperature of about 16 degrees C. However,
on bright, sunny days, the temperature went as high as 27-30 degrees C.
The plants were arranged upon the bench with enougli distance be-
tween them to allow them to receive light from all sides. This was neces-
sary in order to avoid distortions due to overcrowding.
In selecting the plants, an attempt was made, as far as possible, to
select only those which were representatives of large families. Those used
were the carnation, chrysanthemum, geranium, bean. corn, and the onion.
At the same time tliey also x-'epresent tliree modes of reproduction: namely,
by seeds, by bulbs, and by the ordiuai'y cutting or slip.
In making a study of the gross difference the following points were
noted: The size of the plant, the length of tlie petiole, size and color of the
leaves, diameter of the stems, length of the iuternodes. and size and
abundance of the roots. For the minute differences, the structures of tlie
leaf, stem, and roots were studied.
In counting the number of stomata sections were talion from various
parts of the leaves. The sections were then placed under tlie microscope
and a spot chosen at random. Twenty counts were made for eai-h side of
the leaf and the average taken.
The bulbs of the onion and the seeds of the corn and bean were planted
directly into the five-inch pots in which they were to remain. On the
other hand, the rooted cuttings of the carnation, chrysanthemum, and ger-
anium were first planted in two and one-half-inch pots and later trans-
ferred to four-inch pots, in which they were allowed to remain.
A close study of the changes in the gross structure, due to the varia-
tions in the soil, show that the effect of a heavy clay upon a plant is
almost the same as that of a sand. This may be partly explained by the
fact that although a clay soil is very rich in plant foods, the roots find
such diflic-ulty in penetrating it that the greater part of it is unavailable.
Hence, the plant suffers in the same manner as when grown in sand, which
is poor in plant foods.
xi change in soil was foimd to result in:
First.— A decrease in size from the loam to the sand. In all cases the
sand produced a dwarfed growth.
Second. — A decrease in leaf surface from loam to sand. In no case
was the leaf surface in the sand over one-half that of the loam.
287
Third.— A variation in color. The clay soil gave a very dark green leaf,
while that in the sand was always of a sickly, yellowish green.
Fonrth.— A decrease in length of petioles from loam to sand.
Fifth.— A decrease in the diameter of the stem from loam to sand.
Sixth.— A decrease in the length of the internodes from loam to sand.
Seventh. — A decrease in the mass of roots from the loam to the sand
with the exception in the case of the onion. However, when the size of
the plant is taken into consideration, the mass of roots of the plants in
sand was always relatively the greatest.
As a resnlt of these nnmerons variations, the plants in the sand have
a stnnted groAvth above soil and an increased growth in the soil. This
is also trne of the clnj, bnt not to snch a great extent as in the sand.
The changes in the histological structure are not so general. Those
which do take place are more for specific rather than general cases. The
changes which are general may be summed up as follows:
First. — A decrease in the transpiring surface from the loam to the
sand.
Second.— A decrease in the relative size of the woody tissues of the root
from the loam to the sand. This decrease was due to a variation in the
number of cells rather than to tlieir size.
Third.— A larger number of crystals for the clay soil than either of the
other two. This was true in the two plants in which the crystals were
found, the carnation and the geranium. These crystals were found both
in the stems and the leaves.
Fourth.— A greater wood development in the loam than in either of the
others. This increase was not due so much to an increase in the size of
the cells as to their niimber.
There Avas (luite a variation in the number of stomata, but these varia-
tions were specific and not general. In some cases the loam had the
highest average, in others the clay, bnt in most cases the greatest number
were in the sand. In one case, tlie corn, the loam showed the greatest
average for both sides of the leaf. In the bean, the clay gave the greatest
average, while in the onion, carnation and geranium the sand gave the
most. (See table.)
In five cases oiat of the six. the loam gave the thickest leaves. In the
sixth case, that of the carnation, the clay gave the gi'eatest average.
This increase in thickness was caused by a general increase in thickness
of all The tissues of the leaf.
288
In those plants bearing tricliomes it was found that those growing in
the loam had the smallest number.
An interesting fact was noted in connection with the development of
wood in the carnation. The loam here gave the greatest wood development
and the clay the least, Avhile on the other hand the clay showed a heavy
band of hard-bast. A decrease in the amount of woody tissue seems to
have been followed by an increase in the amount of hard-bast. In the
clay specimens where there is such a large amount of hard-bast. Tho wood
is merely represented by a few large vessels and a few wood cells.
In conclusion, it may be said that as a result of the variation of soils,
there are more mai'ked changes in the gross than in the minute structure.
The changes in gross structure are general for all the plants studied, while
the changes in the minute structures are more for specific than for gen-
eral cases.
TABLE SHOWING NUMBER OF STOMATA PER SQUARE MM.
TJppKB Side.
Lower Side.
Average for
Sides.
Both
Sand.
Clay.
Loam.
Sand.
Clay.
Loam.
Sand.
Clay.
Loam.
Bean
7.2
34.0
87.2
62.4
1.6
32.0
88.2
42.4
3.6
43.6
74.6
35.2
342.8
72.8
8.5.6
73.8
209.8
81.6
382.8
63.2
53.2
69.4
177.0
97.4
162.4
72.0
53.6
67.6
195.6
88.2
175.0
53.4
80.5
1.36.1
192.2
47.6
78.8
109.7
133.0
57.8
Onion
71.1
115.4
Chrysanthemum" .
"No count was made for the upper side, as it was impossible to remove the epidermis.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES,
lu the illustrations, 1 always represents those plants grown in loam
2, those in clay : and 3, those in sand.
-.>v -
- %^'"¥^
,^v ;.; .
■B^yii
^^m^
!'^-^'':^-'
iu\ " "^Vip^*l
^^^/*--iMM
^9^
'?S^'
■Tfl
lik^HHIl
m:
-- ■ . ";"?'
iW^.'
%
W M.
^l^^^^^m
■t
^'\^-
\vlr
■' ' I ir "
.l^'^'S*
V
■^'^H
:Wl
- w
BHP^#^
-^^r^'' ■^:-
■pIV
w
- '^ ^
- :^..
\
^ Wt
m
■n
^1
''^
i^^ ir^ 1
Chrysantheiiunn.
Carnation.
Bean.
Geranium.
(289)
Bean.
Corn.
Onion.
Geranium.
(290)
Chrysanthemum.
Carnation.
291
A Collection of Myxomycetes.
Fred Mutchler.
This collection was made during the month of October, 1901, in the
neighboi'hood of Bloomingtou, lud. Lister's "'Mycetozoa" was used in
classifying them and the names given therein have been observed in this
list.
Amaurosporales. (Spores violet.)
I. Calcarinea. (Sporangia containing lime.)
Order I. Physoraceae. (Lime in granules.)
4. Fuligo septica Gmelin.
Order II. Didymiaceae. (Lime in crystals.)
12. Didymium nigripes Fries.
Didymium Xanthopus Fries.
II. Amniirochaetineae. (Sporangia without lime.)
Order I. Stemonitaceae.
1.5. Stemonitis splendens Eost.
Stemonitis fusca Rost.
Stemonitis fusca, var. confluens Rost.
Stemonitis ferruginea Ehrenb.
Lamprosporales. (Spores other than violet.)
I. Aneniiiieae. (No capillitium.)
Order I. Heterodermaceae.
24. Dictydium umbilicatum Schrader.
II. Calonemineae. (Capillitium present.)
Order I. Trichiaceae.
33. Trichia fallax Pers.
Trichia afflnis De Bary.
Trichia favoginea Pers.
Trichia contorta Rost.
Trichia persimilis Karst.
Trichia botrytis Pers.
Trichia scabra Pers.
Trichia varia Pers.
34. Oligonema nitens Rost.
35. Hemitrichia rubiformis Lister.
Hemitrichia. leocarpa Lister.
292
Hemitriohia clavata Rost.
Hemitrichia intorta Lister.
Hemitriohia Karstenii Lister.
Hemitrichia stipata Mass.
Order II. Arcyriaceae.
37. Ai-cyria pucinea Pers.
Areyria stipata List.
Arcyria digitata McBr.
Areyria albida Pers.
Areyria incarnata Pers.
xVrcyria nutans (Bull.) Grev.
Areyria ferruginea Sant.
Areyria flava Pers.
Arcyria insignis Kalchbr. and Coolce.
39. Perichaena variabilis Rost.
Perichaena c-lirysosperma List.
Order III. Margaritaceae.
41. Dianema depressum List.
Order IV. Lycogalaeeae.
43. Lycogala miniatum Pers.
Lyeogala exigium Morg.
Lycogala flavo fuscum Rost.
A Study of the Histolo(}y of the Wood of Oektain Species
OF Pines.
Katherine E. Golden.
The conifers grow in thiclcness similarly to the dicotyletlous, but their
wood differs very considerably, particularly the secondaiy wood, in which
wood vessels are entirely absent. In the first-year wood a few vessels are
developed close to the pith, but the after-growth is composed entirely of
tracheides. The tracheides are fibre-like elements with peculiar bordered
pits, and are very similar in their appearance in the different species, and
yet the wood, talc en as a whole, differs vei-y materially, varying from the
veiy soft, light Avood of tlie wliite pine to the hard, dense wood of the
long-leaf pine.
293
In order lo tletermine. if possibh'. what pecnliarity of structure pro-
■ducecl such variations in the wood, since the wood itself is formed en-
tirely of similar elements, and there is not the chance for variations in
structure that appear in the dicotyledonutis wood, certain species of the
pines were examined microscopically, by means of sections and by macera-
tion of the wood, by the latter method separating the elements. Thirteen
species were examined. The wood varied in age from seven years in
Pinus glabra to over tifty years in Pinus elliottii. In order to compare
Pine Trufhciiles. X 145.
the elements in the different species, and also the spring and summer w^ood
of the same species, camera lucida drawings were made of the tracheides.
These were then measured, so as to determine the actual length, width,
and the thickness of the Avails of the spring and the stimmer woods.
The tables give the results of the measurements, the characteristics of
the woods as obtained from sections sttidied with the microscope, and also
the properties of the wood in bulk.
294
;^
1
'4.
o
H
cc
-*<
o
-^
oc
lO
oo
l^i
5
o
"■
cc
d6
cc
cc
CO
CI
CO
CO
t<k
s
m
si
lO
00
00
CI
^
00
"O
c^
^
oo
c
oo
o
c
1^
<».
cc
o
cc
1^
t-;
'tH
o6
CI
to
c
lO
ci
o
c
c;
■^
o
CD
CD
^~*
'"*
^^
t»
2
b ,
J
,
l^
IC
-/^
t^
o
cc
■^
-*
m
= 3,
a
«
00
s
o
lO
o
o
cc
c^
00
a-
CD
c:
o
CD
■Jl £
'-'
'"'
K
m
'■^ 'r.
25
S
C<l
cc
00
Ci
oo
'XI
C5
-♦<
-c
-*
cc
i-l
i*
1-
to
1~
"*.
a-
lO
c
ic:
■Tj
1:~
ft
IC
■*
lO
t-
cc
(^^
-^
^
cc
-*
CO
oo'
OQ
a
u
!a H
£1
^y.
,_^
• ^
t- o
^
o
c
t-
,— 1
,_
cc
in
E£ S
P
K
1-
a
o
00
c^
00
t-
»o
«>
t- _
^
o
.^
M
"^
r^
lO
-*
liC
oq
s;
oc
■*
5
s
oc
t-
c-
00
tc
oo
i
m
o-
rt
«g
m
li
00
t^
IM
_
oc
>2
I-
cq
00
8
B
T-
00
cc
5
t-;
s.
l^
Oi
c
cc
c<
*r^
jr>
1
o
ir;
Ti"
I^
CTi
o-
-^
CO
r-
c^
s
P
00
-t
OC
<U3
<M
iC
lO
c
oo
C
o
r— 1
— V
o
£^
b-
CI
00
9
ff\
i.O
cc
o
CO
s
G^
o
c-
iC
CI
cc
w.
»—
o-
rH
:::_
r;
, ,,.
-^
»c
I-^ (M
"i
00
1"
cc
Ci
cc
c
CO
(>
cc
c<i rt
c<5
c'
cc
cc
OJ
-t<
e
3
•^
tc
2h
2
ti
1--
l^
«c
00
t-
c^
o
cc
'■S
8
^
c
<r
c-
i
cc
tc
cc
cc
oc
c-
iC
'r*
t-l ^
-r*-
00
\A
o-
cc
C-'
CC
cc
^
^
"^
cc
-»J< -<t
'i'
<M
'J-
in
'S'
-<t
-t
in
CO
c
e>
o
cc
cc
lO cc
S
s
g
?i
s
1 s
?a
g
?? ^
oo
g
^
s
C£
o-
cr
o
o
c
1-
<i
cc
oc
wj
^
CC
-1*
C'
pi cc
cc
cc
CC
cc
C<l -+
^
"
OQ
E-i
U
ex
^-.
cc
tr
cc
o
cc
^
^
c^
'd
o
S!:
.2
^^
irt cc
cc
00
cc
i
CJ
lif
03
i P
cc
§ ?
^
^.
-S 3
c
^
iC
ci
^"^
c>
cc
^
c-
c^i cc
cc
CO
cj cc
CI
e4 -*
lO
^-^
,
=
^
o
o
C
^
'^'
s
_£
>
~l
cS
.,
<
5
^
i.
c
^
c
o
c
9:
^
s-
T
c
?
c
c
o
B
o
c
c
1
't
1 ^
•J
-
£
;-
~
r
c
a
■f
'S
"S
' „
, "o
p
^
:
=
3
3
■z
s
z
3
c
c
c
c
c
B
B
c
c
c
c
c
B
fl
£
£
£
£
E
E
E
E
£
£
£
c
1
295
>i *-
>»
>. c
CO
^
>>
>> II
c
St; "a
2 f ^. t
.a
cj a II
1 •?! ^
M'
a
a
a
■"i ^3
^0 .0
PS
O a; y. —
3 n
u t.
S ? ° o -^
6'>
i '!
- a^
_m 3 _K 3
^0? " ~
CS
i1
2^^ S S ■«i»J 1
'■^ t
u^ 0 ^*-* 0
"a
■d
o
=1=^
3 C
■a
3 c
o - o >-
■?H:
0 0 0 0 0
2^
o &
■1^
o c
c :■ o
5 ^ s 1
0 &
-*&
3 ^ © »
i^ 00 0 O
a?
.0^
2 c S ^
a c
- t-
0 !-
■§ "a ^g
;i
J;
i^
i
-3
0
— "
3
o
P
3
a
o
0
0
sS
a
z
»
3
3
a
2
i
M
o o
c
01
3 t
^
b
V
o -.
A
t
r
c
a
p.
^
a
C
a
b ^- M
s
a.t:
5c
■f
1" ^1
-■•si 'i
O
's£
u
£
'£
u
%*
22
1
2'S
ft*
"3
a
1 ^
'3
'5
p.
1 .55
c
c
?5
. c
^ffl is iJ-^
O 0)
©
s
s
is^o^^
c
0 —
"m 5 "Sis
bUtCff SC 5
60 !«
0 6C O at C (m-
be M J.
bj
S.2 ° .S =
.£
_c
C ^B ^_C c
E
a c
a
_e a _n a
JbS m
S
S
i» K M
a:
cc
-r.
M K
m
<1)
~ c
C
c
a
a
o
D aj
a.
a
OJ
»
a; QJ
c
c
»
P
;- tH
u
;-
t4
2m Ch
&.
-
—
—
1
o
1
'^
a S
o
c c 'S
C-
■i.
o
c
tS a "S
^
"S"? '5
c
c
w c;
■^
-
=s - •£
.5 o .2
c
-t^
c
a a
c c c
:=
c
■^
^
'^
■^ '-^
c
s
- - D
. C ^3
-3 -3
a
\:
C K
; .S ^ :^
^C
"'
1 x:' \^
'Xj
*-■ ^ _^
-to.
.«.
J-l -^ -t^
.«_
.tj
-•J
-4^ -t^
.5.5 "3
S
^
a 3 3
^
3
3
3 3
C
c
c
0
c
c o
— .c 3
^
^
j3 j2 .a
^
^
^
^ J2
HH yi
<
<
b^ < <
<
<
<
< <
-d
c
o
o
.5
-J-; o
_;
■^cs S
,
, "S _T V
i<
^ ;^
3i^
^ ^
^
■t
t: 3 3
-5
3
'•5
3 3
't-
c
c
CS O o
c
0
c
0 0
a.
© 01 :*
j:
X
0) ^ .^
^
-=
^
^ _2
OQ
1^?; J
«i;
<
iz; o <;
<
•<
<
< < 1
3
O
o
tj
H
s
_r
«
i ? ■
.•
«»5
^
3
.2 .2
>
2 £ 1
■> oj » S
J.
*u :c
Is S
E
3
T3 -= .i
-3
i
3 0
c
c a a
o O c
1
Ti;
;=
ryj a ■c
;.
.^
cat
■i-
^
"S
0 H. ■»
•r m X
■J
Q(
M X in
rj
f»
■f
rn m
= 3 S
5
3 a' 3
-
3
s
3 3
a = c
C
c
a a a
=
a
c
a a
a
a
a
S.
2-
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
' '
296
.Sr.Sr «;'•?■ «^ 5J r
ts =s ™ ,
as
ce a ft 03 ac.
ftftgc-ga
S S o 3 c o
0 0 0=00
o o . o „ ^
^ >> >>
c c c © c
coo'
c c c o o
o c c ^ ^-
oooCc*-^*^ooc©a;
:?; fe5 ;2; S J?; S X -Jj ?<: 2; ?^ > >
iJi-jH^t-^i-^KK — — — 1-3355!
cS C o o t*
«> O »1 ^J CO J-. t- -^ . ^ ^--::
S'2'-< O >> <C O ~ cj p'St^
Ji-S.- C p"=-a5 cST3^ so
Ph Ph Cm Ph PM f^ &H ^ Cm Ph Cm Ph fc
9
ft
JOJI
^
ce
:« :S
=-
a> o
^
2S
Ph
o o
.2
.2
^
s
c
> >
.S
d
u
O O
o
^^
J2 J
>.>,
>^~
j:;
.o
3 3
_S^_3 — -?
s'
"— " S :!
— 3
3 t.
c o
t.
o
c c
.=:^=:¥
CP -•
O O 0)
<a » .i J- r?
i'-z 3.t:.t:.t:.-.t: si.t: = 3
-CC!->--!-t."-t-0O
O^^ OJ fij a
fe -i o & S ?
' >i >. >- >i * " >. o > >^ >^ o
■^;-t.U^-^.^t.g_0!.i__^
j= 2 = g Mj:^ S f^i; S o ^
c c S
o o— „ - - ^
o o o irsi i; 41 I,
^jz^Smx:^ i^3 — — -^^
ti ai t£-r tc it tt - -I r -c :t Z3
c o 6 s
^ t- t- -^^
£*j ftftoCClc ft"©
P^C^PH^P^P.PHPHP^PHP^P^P-l
29T
In examiniiift- the tigures obtained it is seen tliere are six species in
"O'hicli the spring wood traclieides are longer tliaji those of the summer,
Avhile seven species have the summer tracheides tlie longer. The species
in each group shoAV variations in hardness and strength, so that taking
the length of the tracheides as a factor by itself nothing can be deduced
in regard to the quality of the wood, but taliing the length and comparing
it with the width of the cells, and again comparing the width and the
thickness of walls together, and the amount of the spring and summer
wood, the strength can be determined within limits in each species.
For Instance, in P. ponderosa scopulorum the spring tracheides are 129.6
times as long as they are wide, and the summer tracheides 164.4 times
their width, the thickness of their walls is not nearly as great as that of
many of the others, but when the thickness is compared with the width
of the cells, it is found to l>e fairly thick, and as about two-thirds of the
annual ring is summer wood, we have an explanation of the strength of
the wood.
Taking any of these factors alone, it does not mean anything, as the
length of the elements may be vevy considerable, but the width may be
also; then, again, the elements may have rather thin walls, if the thick-
ness of the wall alone Avere considered. But Avhen the size of the cell
as a whole is taken into consideration along Avith the thickness, the pro-
portion of AvaU may be greater than the tigures representing the thick-
ness indicate.
Contributions to the Flora of Indiana.
Stanley Coulter.
The notes included in this contribution are based, partly, upon a crit-
ical study of certain species and partly upon reports and materials sub-
mitted by those interested in perfecting our knowledge of the flora of the
State. They are presented hi the h'ope that they may proA'e of interest
and value to the botanical Avorkers of the State.
Finns Strohiis L. White Pine.
From Mr. C. F. Very, of A'eAA' Albany, I have received abundant speci-
mens of the leaves and cones of this species with the following notes.
The specimens are from trees planted by the father of Mr. Veiy some
seA'enty years ago. and one of them is about sixty feet in height, with a
298
trunk diameter of eighteen inches: "They came from that native grove
of wliite pine in the noi-theastem part of Floyd County, near the line of
Clark. At the time my father got them, about seventy years ago, there
was quite a grove of the vrhite pines there, one of them being quite an old
tree, which would throw them back of the time of white men. The
Knobs in that region are now covered with old field scrub pine" (P.
Virginiana Mill). The note is interesting as extending the local range of
the white pine.
Erioplwrum yracUe Koch, as given in the State Flora, page 655, becomes
E. paucinervinm (Eiigelm.) A. A. Eaton, as will be seen by reference to
Britton's Manual, page 182, and the latter name should replace it.
Erio])liijriim gracile Koch, of Britton's Manual, but not of the Illustrated
Flora, has been collected by Mr. C. G. Deam, of Bluffton, in Wells
County. The determination of the form was made by E. S. Steele,
Assistant Botanist, Department of Agriculture, Washington.
E. pmicinervhim, therefore, replaces E. gracile of the State Flora, and E.
gracile of Britton's Manual is to be added to the Flora.
Qiierctis Texana Buckley.
In Britton's "Manual of the Flora of the Northern States and Canada,"
page 333, it will be seen that this species becomes Quercus SchnecJdi Brit-
ton {Q. Texana Sargent, in part, not Buckley). Under the former name it
was reported in the "Catalogue of the Flowering Plants and of the Ferns
and Their Allies Indigenous to Indiana,"* as occurring in Gibson, Posey aind
Knox Counties, upon the authority of Dr. J. Schneck. The statement was
also made that it would be found to extend farther northward along the
Wabash Rivex*. Specimens have come into my hands since that report
from Vermillion County, where it occurs in considerable abundance.
While closely allied to Q. palustris DuRoi, with which it is doubtless often
confused, it is also liable to be mistaken on casual inspection for Q. rubra
L. In addition to the leaf characters which sei've to separate the forms,
I have found the sliape of the buds and color of the twigs of value. The
buds are more sharply conical and apparently much more compactly built
than in either Q. rubra or Q. t)alii.'<tris. The twigs are of a lighter, more
definite gray than in the other forms and have in addition a peculiar dusty
appearance, because of their being slightly tomentulose. A reference to
Britton's Manual as cited above will give leaf and fruit characters. I sub-
mit with this specimens in flower and fruit, labelled Q. Texana Buckley,
Report of State Geologiit, p. 710.
299
wliicli wiTc (■(illcclcd ill li)\v holloiiis Iwo miles c.-isr of .Mt. (';iniK'I. 111.,
by Dr. .1. Sclincck. In tlic ( "iit;il(>,mir of Die Stale Flora, t luHvforc>, Q.
!^cJnii'i-l:ii I'ritton slioiild replace (J. 'rt.nnnt liuekley. and Venuillion (.'oiinty
be added to llie ran.ue there assiuiied.
(Juci-fiis <lliiis(,i(l(ilis 10. .1. Hill. Hill's Oak.
Mr. Hill informs me that this oak occurs in tlie northwestern counties
((f tlie State. The ranuc as uiven in P.ritton"s .Manual, pa.iit' '''■'>-i. is Illinois,
.Michigan and Minnesota. It is a tall tree witli drocipin.ii' lower Itranches.
close, uray l)ark. the innermost layer lu'inii- yellowish. The leaves are oval
t(> obo\ate-oiliicnlar in (Uitline. from (i-l.") cm. lonn' wlien maturi-. deeply
.1-7 lobed, with rounded sinuses; sliinin.ii' above, lilabrous or nearly so be-
neath: Iiase brojully cuneate to truncate: i)etiolt^s '2.'<-~t cm. Ions;". Acorn
elli])si)id to subuiobose. 1-1' cm. loiiu'. 1-1. r> cm. thick, 1-L' times as lonn' as
cup. iI'ritton"s .Manual. Inc. cil.) Tlu> species shotUd lie added to the
flora.
(,ii(< rcH.'< jxKiinliii jiilid (Ell.) .\she.
It will be recalled liinl last year' 1 c.\press.'d the oi»inion that the above
foini was "so well marked in our area as to seem entitled to v.arietal. if
not. indeed, tc specitic i-ani<."' 1 ftirther stated, after reviewin.u tlie his-
tory of the species, that in my judunu-nt "it should be written (,>. dinitafd
pdi/nddcfolid Kll,. and niven a place in the tiora."'
In I'ritton's Manual. pai;(> :!.">4. if appeju's as above, with the following
leaf and fruit desi-riptiou:
'•Leaves oval to oblong in outline, cuneate to truncate at base, 2-3 dm.
long, deeply 5-11 lobed, persistently -wliite-tomentulcse below, dark green
iibove, the lobes narrowly triangular, spreading or somewhat ascending,
usually entire: twigs tomentose; petioles 3-0 cm. long: cup sessile, shallow,
its bracts appressed; aeoni globose, about 1 cm. in diameter; about one-
half enclosed in cup."
The tree, which is from Kiti-llO degrees high in its nuiximum develop-
ment, is usually found in \\v\ or moist soil. In the southwestern coun-
ties. I M-. .1. Schneck. I subndt foi' your insi)ection spiH-imi'^ns collected by
Dr. Schiu'ck ne.ar E.ast -Mt. ('armel, lud.
Q. iKit/oddcfolia (Ell.) Ashe is. therefore, to be added to the flora, hav-
ing a ])lace lietween Q. din'itdtd (M.arsh) Sudw., and Q. Marylamlica Mueneli,
being given the range assigiu'd above.
^ Proceedings Indiana Academy Science, Vol. 11. p. 142.
17— Academy of Science.
;30o
(Jiicn-Ks Mcrdiidcri Krittoii. (M;iini:il of tlir Mom of tlio NortluTii States
and Cuiuula, i>aj;e 3o(>.)
To this species is to lie referrtnl the forms cited in the State Oatfilogue,
l)a,y:e 713. under Q. Priniis L.
Q. AlcaanOeri is closely allied to Q. aciiminaia (Michx.) Honda, includ-
iiij; really wliat were formerly i-egarded as broad-leaved forms of the
latter species. The description is as follows:
"A tree similar to the precedin.y- species (Q. acmiiinata), but the leaves
l)r()adest alvove the middle, olxivate or o1)long-obovate; cup cupulate, sliort-
stalkcd or sessile, sliallow; acoi'ii ovoid. l..")-2 cm. lonji'. 2-3 times as lii.yh as
the cuiK bar]<; especially tliat of the old trees, flaky."
I'rolialily faii-ly dislrilnitcd t hrou.uliout tlie State in tlie same situa-
tions as (J. aciiiiiiiKitd.
In some resjiects. notably the vciKition of the le;it' and tlic .-icorn. the
form closely a]ii»i(i:iches O. I'riuiis. 'I'lic catalo.nue should. lio\vev(u% be
corrected to read .-is indicated iiy this p.nra.nrapli. Specinu-ns of the leaves
are hei"e\vith ])resented.
Sixi/iiihriKiii. (iltixsiiinivh ly.
Tli'is species, adventixe from l<;nroi)e. is re|)orted by I>r. Kobert Iless-
ler as .i;i-o\vin.u- aloni; the State Line Uaili-oad. east of Lake Cicott, Cass
County, .lune 7. I'.Mil; Lake Ma\inku<-kee. Marshall County. H. W. Clark.
The species is easily distins;ulslied from the oilu-r members of the genus
by its heiiiht. from (>-!> dm.
\'ici<i (nifiiistifolia Roth.
"Growing plentifully along the old Eel River railroad in the northern
portion of Logansport. I had not noticed it in former years and it must
have been introduced recently." (Robert Hessler.)
Britton, in his manual, page 500, gives the range of the species from
Nova Scotia to Florida. This record is a western extension of the range.
The intlorescence being axillary, separates it readily from the other mem-
bei's of the genus except 1'. satirii Ij. and Y. sciiiiim L.; from hoth of
wliicli it is easily distinguished by the characti-r (tf the leatlets.
Siinplnildrid Icporvlld Bicknell.
"Lake Cicott. June 7, ITMH, in Hower; Lake Maxinkuckee. .Inly 2i,
11M»1. in fi-nit. Plants are more upright and bloom much earlier than the
other species, at least by the end of May." (Robert Ilessler.) Also col-
lected at Liake IMaxinkuckee by li. W. Clark.
301
The form is t'nrthor separatee! from »?. Mari/landica L. by its leaves
being "incised dentate" instead of sliarply serrate; the mostly alternate
instead of opiMisite l>ra('tlets; the sharply contracted throat of the corolla,
and the corolla beinc; dull instead of shining- within.
An examination of the specimens in the Purdue Herl)ariuni show that
all of the six'cimens collected in tlower in May and June are to be referred
to this species, wliich will pi'ohnlily lie found .li-enci'ally distrilnitcd tliroUL;)!
out the State.
The followiu.ii- additions .-ire also re])oi'tcd by yir. II. \V. ("lark, but
as specimens have not been seen they are included only tentatively:
Savastano ndorota (L.I Scribn. Holy Grass. Seneca Grass.
Lake Maxinkuckee, .Marsliall County. Tliis lnc;lity woidd be a soutli-
ward extension of range in tiic criiti-jil I'liitt'd Stales, Ihe i-ecordcNl I'aiige
being "south to Wisconsin."
LUiiint HtiihcJUituni I'nrsli. Western Ked Lily.
Lake Maxinku<-keo, Marshall County. The oidy objection to this ref-
erence seems to lie in the fact tliat it is a dry soil i)lant. and the further
fact that the majority of Mr. Clark's .Maxinkuckee collections were in
the marginal zones near the lake. The leaf character and arrangement
would, however, seem suthcient to separate it readily fi'om any related
forms.
The following species are to be added upon the authority of Britten's
"Majiual of the Flora of the Northern States and Cijinada." I have not
as yet had opportiinity to examine Herbarium specimens to verify the ref-
erences, but have no reason to doulit their accuracy.
Linvpodiniii iiorophUnm Lloyd and Underw. Rock Olub-moss.
Britten's Manual, page 1037. ''Differs from L. luciduliim in its nearly
linear entire leaves and smaller size, and from L. Selayo in the bases of its
leaves, which are tlattened. On sandstone rocks, Wisconsin, Indiana and
Alabama." The familiarity of Dr. Underwood with the Pteridophytes of
the State places this reference beyond question.
Talitnitn. riinnsiicniiiini Holzinger. Rough-seeded Talinum.
Eritton's :\Ianual, page 1047. "Similar to T. teretifolium and confused
with that species. * * T. terrtif(diiii)i differs in having short, blunt style-
lobes, oblong anthers and smooth, black seeds. In dry soil Indiana to Wis-
consin and Minnesota." In T. rwjOHpcrmum the seeds are pale and rough-
ened.
302
Tlt(> following- aflditioiial stations ai-»' i-f'ported l)y Dr. Robert Hessler
and indicat.. work of a charactor tliat wonld niiicli simplify the labors of
the Hioloyical Snrvpy if it conld bccdnio more .iipncral:
Xi/ris /h:ni()s(i .Muld. Slender VoUow-eyed Grass.
Low places alon- Lal«' Cicoll, (^ass Connty. Au.uust, liioi. Previous re-
liorted stations are Lajioi'te. Lal<e and Koscinsl<(. couidies.
Vcnilnini 11 wr/// Kol.bins. Wood's False Ilellehorc.
iMniinl seveial miles s(<ntlu'ast of Lo-ansport. Cass ('(,imly. X,» tlowers
d(>veloped. prebalily ,.n account of Die extivme dryness of tln^ season.
Trilliniti iiinilv Kiddell. V/.wXy \\-;il<e Kobju.
On rocl<y, s],aded liillsides. rare. Tliis sjiecies is also found iri abun-
dance in Tipiiecano.. C.iunly. on llie -rounds of tlu' C.Tmaina Clnb south
of I.al'ayette.
■/fffir.sDnlii (li/ilii/lhi (I,. I I'crs. Twindeaf.
A ].alcli on a sliady iiillside ,.asi of l.(.-ansport. Cass County.
llaiiKUiicHK \ iri/iiiiinni ].. Wilcii Hazel.
(»n linM'sl(,ne clitTs alon- Die Wahasii i!Jvei-. neai- Lo.-ansiioH.
h'locikcd firnxi rii'niiitdiiUs U'ilhl. l'"a!se .Mermaid.
In low. moist woods at (lie .\orIliern Indiana Hospital for Insane, Cass
County. .\ lar.ue jyatcli in bloom. May L'. llin].
OcN'.llnra lachiUiln Hill. Sinuate lea ved lOvenin- Primrose.
•Vlon- the Kel Uivei- i';i ilro;i(l. .-ibonl two ndles ("ast of l.o-ansport. Cass
<'ounty. Spreadinu i-apidly alon- ilie i-i-hi ,.f way ..f I1h> I'ailn.ad. Pnwi-
ons recM-ds l.n- lli.. Stale are \-i.-o. Daviess and Payette counties.
LuxiiiKii-ltid <iii(i(hifoli(i L. Whorled Loosest |-ife.
In samly soils about Lake MaxinUuckee. .Mai-shall County.
Sininihiinjiii tli/frsifhira (L.i Duby. Tufted L(K)sestrife.
Wet iilaees about Logansport, Cass County.
.l.s-c/r/,/^/.s- (imi'lr-rivuiilis J. E. Smith. {A. nbfiisifoJiii Michx.) Pdunt l(>aved
Milkweed.
A cluster found in a sand held m^ar Lake Cicolt, only a short distance
from the railroad.
The following forms are spi-eadinj;- with exti'eme rapidity in locations
indicated:
CameJina Kafiva iD.i Crantz. False Vh\x.
In Lo.ii-ansport, alon- the right of way of th(> Wabash railroad.
Mirraiiijielis lahtita (Miclix.) (ireene. Wild Balsam Apple.
Sicjjfjfi fuiinildtiis L. Star Cucumber. One-seeded Bur Cucumber.
303
"These vines, fonnei'ly rarely seen in Gass County, are now very
common alonji' the maruins ot the Wabash River, covering shrubs and
small trees profusely and often crowding out small plants." (R. Hessler.)
Should the nomenclatni'e of Britton's Manual, 1901. be generally
adopted, many new species would be added to the flora of the State, since
in that work any I'ecognizable plant segregate is given specitic rank. No
sweeping changes should be made, however, until there has been sufficient
time to judge as to whether the species there announced are possible of
recognition except by the compai'ative methods of a great herbarium.
INDEX, 1901.
ACT FOR THP: protection OF BIRDS,
NESTS AND EGGS, 7.
Act to provide for publication, 5.
Ad.sorption of dissolved substances, 249.
Aley, R. J.,89.
Angle trisection, note on attempted, 89.
Apple rusts, notes on, 255.
BAKER, PHILIP SCIIAFFNER, 12.
Bean Blossom Valley, topography and geog-
raphy, 222.
Beede, J. W., 221.
Bigney, A. .1., 93, 94, 95.
Biological Station, reports from the, 117.
Bitangential of the (juintic, the, 89.
Breeze, Fred. . I ,215.
Burrage, Severance, 63,
By-Laws, 15.
CENTER OF POPULATION OF THE
UNITED STATES, 87.
Changes in the elastic limit of nickel
steel, 81.
Clark, H.W., 128.
Clay, a. H., 252.
Cogshall,W.A.,65.
Committees, 9, 10.
Constitution. 13.
Contents, table of, 3.
Cook, xMelT., 266.
Coulter, Stanley, 297.
Cox, Ulysses 0.. 89.
Cragwall, J. A., 71.
Culture of Amoeba, the, 93.
DENSITY AND SURFACE TENSION OF
LIQUID AIR, 88.
Determination of manganese in iron and
steel, 2.52.
Developing eggs, experiments on, 95.
Dorner, Herman B., 284.
Dragontlies, additions to the Indiana list
of, 119.
Drug adulterations of note, some, 254.
EDWARDS, J. .1., 62,247.
Eigenmann, C. H., 101, ItW, 107, 113.
Effect of composition of soil upon minute
structure of plants, 284.
Electro-deposition of platinum, investiga-
tions in the, 71.
Elrod, Moses N., 205.
Etheostoma, an aberrant. 115.
Evans, P. N., 248, 249.
Eye of Amhlyopsis, history of, 101.
Eye of Palaemonetes antrorum, 96.
Eye of Rhinoura Horidana, 106.
FIELD MEETING, 1901, 32.
Flora of Eagle Lake and vicinity, 128.
Flora of Indiana, contributions to the, 297.
Flora of Indiana, some additions to the, 282.
Foreign correspondents, list of, 21.
Forestry and the sciences, correlation of, 54,
Forestry in Indiana. 33.
Freeman, W. H.,54.
GERMINATIVE POWER of the conidia of
Aspergillus oryzae, 272.
Golden, Katherine E., 292.
Gregg, John C, 87, 88.
HANNA, U. S., 89.
Hatt, Wm. K., 76, 81.
Hiller, Mary F., 272.
Histology of the wood uf certain species of
pines, 292.
Hole. A. D., 216.
Hybridization of fishes, experiments in the.
114.
Hydroxy-dihydro-alpha-campholytic acid, a
new, 253.
IN MEMORIAM, 12.
KENNEDY, CLARENCE, 113.
Kirkwood Observatory, 85.
Knipp, C. T., 88, 89.
LIQUID AIR, a few experiments with, 89.
(305)
506
McBETH, WM. A., 237. 244.
Maps of Winona. Pike and Center Lakes,
117, 118.
Marsters, V. F., 222.
Medians of a triangle concur, proof that, 88.
Members, 16.
Meteors, daylight, 87.
Microscopical organisms found in the La-
Fayette reservoir, 63.
Miller, J. A., 8,5, 87.
Moenkhaus, W. .1., 113, 114, 115.
Mollusca of Winona Lake, the, 118.
Moore, Joseph, 216.
Mounds and burial grounds of Bartholomew
county, 62.
Mutchler, Fred, 291.
Myxomycetes, a collection of, 291.
NEHER. E. M.,!16.
Niagara groui> unconformities in Indiana,
205.
Norris, Allen A., 117. 118.
Noyes.W. A., 2.52,2.53.
OBSERVATIONS OF MARS AT OPPOSI-
TION, PHYSICAL, 65.
Officers, 1901-1902,9, 11.
Organic acid phosphides, 248.
PALEONTOLOGY OF BARTHOLOMEW
COUNTY, MAMMALIAN, 247.
Patterson, A. M., 253.
Plant ecology of Winona Lake, 192.
Polk, R. B.,.58.
President's address, 33.
Pressure regulator, some experiments with
ft now form of, 76,
Problem in (teometry, a, 87.
Program of seventeenth annual meeting, 28.
Protective coloring in terns, 94.
RELATION OF SCIENTIFIC ORGANIZA-
TIONS TO MANUFACTURERS, 58.
Ripple marks in Hudson River limestone,
216.
SEVENTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING, 32.
Spinning of the egg-sac in Lycosa, 113.
Spires of Seminula argentia, variation in
the, 221.
Spore resistance of loose smut of wheat, 275.
Stemonitis, notes on the genus, 261.
Stuart, William, 275, 282.
THEOREM IN GEOMETRY, A, 87.
Thomas, M. B., 3:1.
VALIiEY OF THE LOWER TIPPE-
CANOE, 215.
Variation notes, 113.
Vegetation of abandoned rock r|uarries, 266.
WABASH RIVER TERRACES IN TIPPE-
CANOE COUNTY, 237.
Wea Creek, Tippecanoe County, history
of, 244.
Whet/.el, II. H., ai5, 261.
Williamson, E.B., 119.
Wright, J. S., 2.54.
YOUSE, LUCY, 192.
ZOOLOGICAL MISCELLANY, 107.
Zoologienl fiirvey of Minnesota, S9,
2044 106 262 009
Date Due
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11